Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2005
Registration No. 333-126626
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Amendment No. 5 to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
GENOMIC HEALTH, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   8071   77-0552594
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
301 Penobscot Drive
Redwood City, CA 94063
(650) 556-9300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer
Genomic Health, Inc.
301 Penobscot Drive
Redwood City, CA 94063
(650) 556-9300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
         
Stanton D. Wong
Justin D. Hovey
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
P.O. Box 7880
San Francisco, CA 94120
(415) 983-1000
(415) 983-1200 facsimile
  Gabriella A. Lombardi
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
2475 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 233-4500
(650) 233-4545 facsimile
  William H. Hinman, Jr.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
3330 Hillview Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 251-5000
(650) 251-5002 facsimile
 
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.     o
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated September 26, 2005
5,016,722 Shares
(LOGO)
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock by Genomic Health, Inc. We are offering 5,016,722 shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock.
We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share.
We expect our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “GHDX.”
 
This investment involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
                 
    Per Share   Total
         
Initial Public Offering Price
  $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to Genomic Health, Inc. (before expenses)
  $       $    
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 752,508 shares from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than 5,016,722 shares of common stock in this offering.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2005.
Joint Book-Running Managers
JPMorgan Lehman Brothers
 
Piper Jaffray Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
JMP Securities
                    , 2005


Table of Contents

(ONCOTYPE DX BREAST CANCER ASSAY)
individualized treatment decision physician orders test sample tracking pathology review RNA processing automated multi-gene analysis quantitative readout patient report reimbursement support

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    7  
    22  
    24  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    27  
    29  
    40  
    69  
    77  
    79  
    83  
    87  
    89  
    95  
    95  
    95  
    F-1  
  EXHIBIT 10.10
  EXHIBIT 23.1
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any person to provide you with different information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as of the date on the front cover, but the information may have changed since that date.
Without limitation to the other restrictions referred to herein, this communication is directed only at (i) persons outside the United Kingdom; (ii) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005; or (iii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49(2) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005. Without limitation to the other restrictions referred to herein, any investment or investment activity to which this communication relates is available only to, and will be engaged in only with, the persons referred to in (i)-(iii) above, and persons within the United Kingdom who receive this communication (other than persons who fall within (ii) or (iii) above) should not rely or act upon this communication.
Until                     , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all of the information you should consider. Therefore, you should also read the more detailed information set out in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock. References in this prospectus to “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Genomic Health, Inc. unless the context requires otherwise.
GENOMIC HEALTH, INC.
Our Business
      We are a life science company focused on the development and commercialization of genomic-based clinical diagnostic tests for cancer that allow physicians and patients to make individualized treatment decisions. In January 2004, we launched our first test under the brand name Onco type DX for early stage breast cancer patients. We believe that Onco type DX is the first genomic test that has clinical evidence supporting its ability to predict the likelihood of cancer recurrence, the likelihood of patient survival within 10 years of diagnosis and the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit. Our first commercial test is focused on patients with early stage, node negative, or N-, estrogen receptor positive, or ER+, breast cancer who will be treated with hormonal therapy. Approximately half of the 230,000 patients expected to be diagnosed with breast cancer in the United States in 2005 are predicted to be early stage cancer patients that are N-, ER+, and it is customarily recommended that those patients be treated with hormonal therapy.
      Many of the diagnostic factors currently used in connection with early stage breast cancer are subjective. We believe these factors have limited capability to predict future cancer recurrence. Under current treatment regimens, a large percentage of early stage breast cancer patients receive chemotherapy. According to a National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project, or NSABP, study published in 2004, the overall survival at 12 years in early stage breast cancer patients using only the hormonal therapy tamoxifen was approximately 83% and the overall survival using tamoxifen hormonal therapy and chemotherapy was 87%. Therefore, the incremental survival benefit of chemotherapy in this study was only 4%. We believe that the use of Onco type DX can provide a deeper understanding of each patient’s breast cancer and therefore should result in better informed and more appropriate treatment decisions. Onco type DX is commercially available at a list price of $3,460 through our laboratory located in Redwood City, California, which is accredited under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 and by the College of American Pathologists. In 2004, over 500 tests were ordered by treating physicians. In December 2004, our validation study was published in The New England Journal of Medicine and the results of additional clinical trials were presented at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, over 3,000 tests were ordered by treating physicians. As of June 30, 2005, Onco type DX has been ordered by over 1,400 physicians throughout the United States.
      We developed Onco type DX using a multi-step approach, conducting clinical studies on tumor specimens from more than 2,600 breast cancer patients. Our technology provides quantitative gene expression information for each patient’s tumor, which we refer to as an oncotype. When an oncotype is correlated with known clinical outcomes, it can be useful in predicting the likelihood of an individual patient’s tumor behavior. In breast cancer, we developed our gene panel by narrowing the field of the approximately 25,000 human genes down to 250 cancer-related genes through review of existing research literature and computer analysis of genomic databases. We evaluated the 250 genes in three independent clinical studies to identify a 21-gene panel whose composite gene expression profile can be represented by a single quantitative score, which we call a Recurrence Score. The higher the Recurrence Score, the more aggressive the tumor and the more likely it is to recur. The lower the Recurrence Score, the less aggressive the tumor and the less likely it is to recur. Moreover, we have demonstrated that the Recurrence Score also correlates with chemotherapy benefit, and we are undertaking further studies to support this finding.

1


Table of Contents

      Onco type DX has been clinically validated for N-, ER+, tamoxifen-treated breast cancer patients by two large independent studies. The first study, conducted with the NSABP and published in The New England Journal of Medicine in December 2004, demonstrated that the Recurrence Score quantifies the likelihood of cancer recurrence in early stage breast cancer patients receiving tamoxifen therapy. Patients in a pre-defined low Recurrence Score group were more than four times less likely to have a recurrence of breast cancer than patients in a pre-defined high Recurrence Score group (p-value<0.001, or p<0.001). A p-value indicates the probability that the result obtained in a statistical test is due to chance rather than a true relationship between measures. A small p-value, generally less than 0.05, or p<0.05, indicates that it is very unlikely that the results were due to chance. The second study, conducted with Northern California Kaiser Permanente in a community hospital setting and reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004, demonstrated that the Recurrence Score correlates with breast cancer survival at 10 years. The likelihood of breast cancer survival at 10 years was more than five fold higher for patients in the pre-defined low Recurrence Score group when compared to patients in the pre-defined high Recurrence Score group (p<0.003). An additional study, which was conducted with the NSABP, demonstrated that the Recurrence Score predicts the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit. This study was reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004 and further detailed results were presented at the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology in May 2005.
      We are using the clinical development platform that we created in connection with Onco type DX to build a product pipeline. Our products under research and development include a second generation product in N-, ER+ breast cancer, as well as tests that can be utilized in N+ breast cancer patients and tests that can be used to predict responsiveness to other current treatments such as specific types of chemotherapies. We are also conducting research on colon, prostate, renal cell and lung cancers and melanoma. Over 550,000 treatment decisions are expected to be made in the United States in 2005 for patients diagnosed with early stages of breast cancer and these cancers. In addition, we plan to develop additional tests in collaboration with pharmaceutical partners for targeted therapies. For example, in July 2005 we signed a collaborative agreement with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and ImClone Systems Incorporated to develop a genomic test to predict the likelihood of response to Erbitux in colorectal carcinoma. Erbitux is a targeted therapy currently approved for the treatment of metastatic colorectal carcinoma.
      Revenues for clinical laboratory testing services may come from several sources, including commercial third-party payors, such as insurance companies and health maintenance organizations, government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and patients. As a relatively new test, Onco type DX may be considered investigational by payors and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Upon commercialization of Onco type DX, we began working with third-party payors to establish reimbursement coverage policies. Currently, several regional payors, including Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, Inc. and Highmark Blue Cross Blue Shield, have issued policies supporting reimbursement for our test. In addition, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. has entered into a national clinical laboratory services agreement to reimburse us for Onco type DX tests performed for their patients. Where policies are not in place, we pursue case-by-case reimbursement. Through this process, as of June 30, 2005, over 180 payors had reimbursed one or more Onco type DX tests.
      Our selling and marketing strategy targets the oncology community, primarily medical and surgical oncologists. Our direct sales approach focuses on the clinical and economic benefits of Onco type DX and the scientific validation supporting our product. Our field staff has significant clinical oncology selling and marketing experience from leading biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical and specialty reference laboratory companies, and we promote our product through marketing channels commonly used by the biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries, such as sponsored continuing medical education, medical meeting participation and broad-based publication of our scientific and economic data.
Our Solution
      We believe that physicians and patients are currently making crucial and expensive treatment decisions based on inadequate and often subjective information with limited understanding of the molecular profile of a

2


Table of Contents

patient’s tumor. Our strategy is to identify treatment decisions that can benefit from, and be guided by, each patient’s individual genomic information.
      Our genomic-based diagnostic approach correlates gene expression information to clinical outcomes and provides information designed to improve treatment decisions for cancer patients. We have optimized methods and processes for screening hundreds of genes at a time using minimal amounts of chemically preserved tissue embedded in blocks of paraffin wax. This technology allows us to analyze archived samples of tissue, retained by hospitals for most cancer patients, to correlate gene expression with known clinical outcomes. Once we have established and validated a test, we can then analyze a patient’s tumor and correlate the result to known clinical outcomes. As a result, each tumor’s gene expression can be quantified and correlated with responsiveness to therapy or the likelihood of tumor recurrence or progression. This information ultimately allows the physician and patient to choose a course of treatment that is individualized for each patient.
      Our solution fits within current clinical practice and therapeutic protocols, facilitating product adoption. We analyze tissues as they are currently handled, processed and stored by clinical pathology laboratories. Once a patient is diagnosed with breast cancer and a physician orders Onco type DX, the pathology lab provides us with the tumor block or thin sections from the biopsy specimen utilized for the diagnosis. Because the specimens are chemically preserved and embedded in paraffin wax, they require no special handling and can be sent by overnight mail to our laboratory in California. We typically analyze the tissue and deliver our results to the treating physician within 10 to 14 days of receipt of the tissue sample. This is within the crucial decision window after the tumor has been surgically removed and before the patient and the treating physician discuss additional treatment options.
      We believe our solution provides information that has the following benefits:
  Improved Quality of Treatment Decisions . We believe our approach to genomic-based cancer analysis improves the quality of cancer treatment decisions by providing an individualized analysis of each patient’s tumor that is correlated to clinical outcome. Our approach represents a substantial departure from existing approaches to treatment, which often use subjective, anatomic and qualitative factors to determine treatments. Onco type DX has been shown in clinical studies to classify many patients into recurrence risk categories different from classifications based on current guidelines. Thus, our solution enables patients and physicians to make more informed decisions about treatment risk-benefit and, consequently, design an individualized treatment plan.
 
  Improved Economics of Cancer Care . We believe that improving the quality of treatment decisions can result in significant economic benefits. In early stage breast cancer, our data shows that many patients are misclassified as high or low risk under existing treatment guidelines. Many low risk patients misclassified as high risk receive toxic and expensive chemotherapy treatment regimens. Chemotherapy may cost in excess of $20,000, as compared to Onco type DX’s list price of $3,460. On the other hand, some high risk patients misclassified as low risk are not provided chemotherapy treatment, possibly necessitating future treatment costing up to $50,000 or more if the cancer recurs.
Risks Associated With Our Business
      Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our current business strategy. Those reasons could include failure to obtain reimbursement for Onco type DX from a sufficient number of third-party payors, regulation of our test by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, failure to maintain and to protect our intellectual property assets, and inability to maintain current collaborations or enter into new collaborations with organizations in the cancer field.
      We currently have only one product, which was first commercialized in January 2004. We have incurred $80.5 million in cumulative net losses from our inception in 2000, and we expect losses to continue for the foreseeable future. Our net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2005 was $15.7 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $25.0 million.

3


Table of Contents

      We do not anticipate commercializing another product for at least several years, if at all. All of our product candidates other than those for breast cancer are in the clinical research phase. We are unable to predict the extent of future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we succeed in developing and commercializing another product, we may never generate sufficient product revenues to achieve and then sustain profitability.
Private Share Sale to Incyte Corporation
      Concurrent with the closing of this offering, we expect to exercise a put right and cause Incyte Corporation to purchase from us in a private sale $5.0 million of our common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, Incyte would purchase from us 384,615 shares of our common stock if we exercise our put right.
CORPORATE INFORMATION
      We were incorporated in Delaware in August 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 301 Penobscot Drive, Redwood City, California 94063, and our telephone number is (650) 556-9300. Our website is www.genomichealth.com . Information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
      The Genomic Health logo and Onco type are our registered trademarks. We have applied to register our trademarks, Onco type DX and Recurrence Score, with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering
     
Common stock offered by us
  5,016,722 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
  24,335,381 shares
Estimated initial public offering price per share
  $12.00 to $14.00
Use of proceeds
  We intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Proposed Nasdaq symbol
  GHDX
      Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes:
  •  a 1-for-3 reverse split of our common stock;
 
  •  the automatic conversion of every three shares of our convertible preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering;
 
  •  our distribution of 736,142 shares of our common stock as a dividend to our stockholders prior to the date of this offering and a proportional adjustment to options outstanding as of the dividend distribution date to increase the aggregate number of shares subject to exercise thereunder by 55,068 shares; and
 
  •  no exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
      The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:
  •  includes 18,197,987 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2005;
 
  •  includes 736,142 shares of common stock issuable to our stockholders of record prior to the date of this offering, less an aggregate of 85 shares for which cash will be paid in lieu of fractional interests, in connection with the stock dividend described above that we expect to make upon the closing of this offering;
 
  •  includes 384,615 shares that we expect to issue in a private sale to Incyte Corporation in connection with our exercise of a put right described elsewhere in this prospectus, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share;
 
  •  excludes 1,416,206 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of August 31, 2005, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.91 per share; and
 
  •  excludes 5,000,000 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our stock option plans following the date of this offering.
      Several of our significant existing stockholders, including funds affiliated with Julian C. Baker, Felix J. Baker and Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. or their affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, less any shares sold to our employees pursuant to our directed share program. However, because indications of interest are not binding upon us or the prospective purchasers, these stockholders may not acquire any shares in this offering.

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      The following table presents our summary consolidated historical financial information. You should read this information together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                                           
    Period from       Six Months Ended
    August 22, 2000   Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
    (inception) to        
    Dec. 31, 2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                             
        (In thousands, except share and per share data)        
            (Unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
 
Product revenues
  $     $     $     $     $ 227     $ 33     $ 1,585  
 
Contract revenues
                      125       100             100  
                                           
Total revenues
                      125       327       33       1,685  
Operating expenses(1):
                                                       
 
Cost of product revenues
                            1,828       931       2,874  
 
Research and development
    169       11,080       7,053       9,069       10,040       5,182       4,630  
 
Selling and marketing
          117       754       2,805       9,856       4,449       7,415  
 
General and administrative
    566       2,844       3,753       3,686       3,869       1,832       2,787  
                                           
Total operating expenses
    735       14,041       11,560       15,560       25,593       12,394       17,706  
Interest and other income (expense), net
          1,267       492       185       271       98       322  
                                           
Net loss
  $ (735 )   $ (12,774 )   $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
                                           
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (10.10 )   $ (20.14 )   $ (11.95 )   $ (12.43 )   $ (14.38 )   $ (7.26 )   $ (8.28 )
                                           
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    72,777       634,415       925,814       1,226,444       1,737,652       1,687,964       1,895,625  
                                           
 
(1)  Includes non-cash charges for stock-based compensation expense of $191,000, $9,000 and $509,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
                         
    As of June 30, 2005
     
        Pro Forma
    Actual   Pro Forma   As Adjusted
             
    (In thousands)
    (Unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25,231     $ 25,231     $ 88,855  
Working capital
    23,306       23,306       86,930  
Total assets
    30,832       30,832       94,456  
Capital leases, long-term
    2,483       2,483       2,483  
Convertible preferred stock
    103,212              
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (79,228 )     23,984       87,608  
      The preceding table presents a summary of our unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005:
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 5,016,722 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of 384,615 shares of common stock to Incyte Corporation for cash proceeds of $5.0 million in connection with our expected exercise of a put right, at a purchase price equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision to buy our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMPANY
We are an early stage company with a history of losses, and we expect to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.
      We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2005, we had a net loss of $11.1 million, $15.3 million, $25.0 million and $15.7 million, respectively. From our inception in August 2000 through June 30, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $80.5 million. To date, we have generated only minimal revenues, and we may never achieve revenues sufficient to offset expenses. We expect to devote substantially all of our resources to continue commercializing our existing product, Onco type DX, and to develop future products.
      We expect to incur additional losses this year and in future years, and we may never achieve profitability. In addition, we have only recently begun to commercialize Onco type DX and do not expect our losses to be substantially mitigated by revenues from Onco type DX or future products, if any, for a number of years.
We expect to continue to incur significant research and development expenses, which may make it difficult for us to achieve profitability.
      In recent years, we have incurred significant costs in connection with the development of Onco type DX. Our research and development expenses were $7.1 million, $9.1 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005. We expect our research and development expense levels to remain high for the foreseeable future as we seek to enhance our existing product and develop new products. As a result, we will need to generate significant revenues in order to achieve profitability. Our failure to achieve profitability in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
If third-party payors, including managed care organizations and Medicare, do not provide reimbursement for Oncotype DX, its commercial success could be compromised.
      Onco type DX has a list price of $3,460. Physicians and patients may decide not to order Onco type DX unless third-party payors, such as managed care organizations, Medicare and Medicaid, pay a substantial portion of the test’s price. There is significant uncertainty concerning third-party reimbursement of any test incorporating new technology, including Onco type DX. From commercialization of Onco type DX in January 2004 through June 30, 2005, approximately 90% of our revenues derived from the sale of Onco type DX have been paid by third-party payors. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend on a number of factors, including a payor’s determination that tests using our technologies are:
  •  not experimental or investigational,
 
  •  medically necessary,
 
  •  appropriate for the specific patient,
 
  •  cost-effective, and
 
  •  supported by peer-reviewed publications.

7


Table of Contents

Since each payor makes its own decision as to whether to establish a policy to reimburse for a test, seeking these approvals is a time-consuming and costly process. To date, we have secured policy-level reimbursement approval only from a limited number of third-party payors and have not secured any such approval from Medicare or any state Medicaid program. We cannot assure you that coverage for Onco type DX will be provided in the future by any third-party payors.
      In early 2005, the Medical Advisory Panel of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association’s Technology Evaluation Center, or BCBSA, a technology assessment group, concluded that the existing clinical data in support of Onco type DX did not meet the panel’s technology criteria for clinical effectiveness and appropriateness. This assessment is provided for informational purposes to members of BCBSA and can be used by third-party payors and health care providers such as Blue Cross and Blue Shield, which provide healthcare coverage for nearly one-third of all Americans, as grounds to deny coverage for Onco type DX.
      In addition, in December 2004, the Northern California Medicare contractor with responsibility for processing and paying claims submitted by us announced that it would not provide coverage for Onco type DX for Medicare beneficiaries. It also indicated that there could be some questions concerning whether the hospital must bill Medicare or we can bill Medicare directly. Finally, it questioned which Medicare contractor has jurisdiction to determine coverage for Medicare claims for our test. Any determination that our test constitutes a hospital service as opposed to an outpatient procedure could result in lower payment rates in the event reimbursement is provided.
      Insurers, including managed care organizations, as well as government payors, such as Medicare, have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of health care services. From time to time, Congress has considered and implemented changes in the Medicare fee schedules in conjunction with budgetary legislation. Further reductions of reimbursement for Medicare services may be implemented from time to time. Reductions in the reimbursement rates of other third-party payors have occurred and may occur in the future. These measures have resulted in reduced prices, added costs and decreased test utilization for the clinical laboratory industry. If we are unable to obtain reimbursement approval from private payors and Medicare and Medicaid programs for Onco type DX, or if the amount reimbursed is inadequate, our ability to generate revenues from Onco type DX could be limited.
If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, were to begin regulating our products, we could be forced to stop sales of Oncotype DX, we could experience significant delays in commercializing any future products, or we could incur substantial costs and time delays associated with meeting requirements for premarket approval.
      Clinical laboratory services like Onco type DX are regulated under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, as administered through the Center for Medicare/ Medicaid Services, as well as by applicable state laws. Diagnostic kits that are sold and distributed as products through interstate commerce are regulated as medical devices by the FDA. Clinical laboratory tests that are developed and validated by a laboratory for its own use are called home brew tests. Most home brew tests currently are not subject to FDA regulation, although reagents or software provided by third parties and used to perform home brew tests may be subject to regulation. We believe that Onco type DX is not a diagnostic kit and also believe that it is a home brew test. As a result, we believe Onco type DX is not subject to regulation under current FDA policies. The container we provide for collection and transport of tumor samples from a pathology laboratory to our laboratory is a medical device subject to FDA regulation but is currently exempt from premarket review by the FDA.
      In December 2004, the FDA, through the Office of In Vitro Diagnostic Devices, or OIVD, initiated a dialogue with us regarding the regulatory status of Onco type DX. We subsequently engaged in informal communications with the FDA regarding the status of our test. In early 2005, OIVD indicated that the FDA is considering whether our test may be subject to premarket review. We have not heard from the FDA since this communication. We cannot provide any assurance that the FDA will agree with our view on whether Onco type DX is subject to regulation or that FDA regulation, including review by the FDA before marketing, will not be required in the future for Onco type DX.

8


Table of Contents

      If review by the FDA before marketing is required, we might have to stop selling our test until a review is completed and approval or clearance to market is obtained. In this case, the regulatory approval process could involve, among other things, successfully completing additional clinical trials and submitting a premarket clearance notice or filing a premarket approval application with the FDA. There is no assurance that the FDA would clear or approve our test. Ongoing compliance with FDA regulations would increase the cost, time and complexity of conducting our business. In addition, should any of the clinical laboratory device reagents, software or the tumor sample container used in or for our home brew test be affected by future regulatory actions, we could experience increased costs of testing or delays and limitations or unavailability of the reagents or software necessary to perform testing. If we are unable to obtain the reagents necessary to perform our test at all or on commercially reasonable terms, we would need to revise Onco type DX so that it would not require those reagents. Even if we were able to revise Onco type DX so that it would not require those reagents, we would then be required to re-validate our test before using it, which would be time-consuming and expensive.
If we were required to conduct additional clinical trials prior to marketing our products, those trials could lead to delays or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals and harm our ability to become profitable.
      If the FDA decides to regulate our tests, it would require extensive premarket clinical testing prior to submitting a regulatory application for commercial sales. If we are required to conduct premarket clinical trials, whether using prospectively acquired samples or archival samples, delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly increase our product development costs and delay product commercialization. Many of the factors that may cause or lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to delay or denial of regulatory approval. The commencement of clinical trials may be delayed due to insufficient patient enrollment, which is a function of many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial. We may find it necessary to engage contract research organizations to perform data collection and analysis and other aspects of our clinical trials, which might increase the cost and complexity of our trials. We may also depend on clinical investigators, medical institutions and contract research organizations to perform the trials properly. If these parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or for other reasons, our clinical trials may have to be extended, delayed or terminated. Many of these factors would be beyond our control. We may not be able to enter into replacement arrangements without undue delays or considerable expenditures. If there are delays in testing or approvals as a result of the failure to perform by third parties, our research and development costs would increase, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our products. In addition, we may not be able to establish or maintain relationships with these parties on favorable terms, if at all. Each of these outcomes would harm our ability to market our product, or to become profitable.
Complying with numerous regulations pertaining to our business is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.
      We are subject to CLIA, a federal law that regulates clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality control, quality assurance and inspections. We have a current certificate of accreditation under CLIA to perform testing. To renew this certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years, and we expect that we will be inspected within the next nine months. Moreover, CLIA inspectors may make random inspections of our laboratory.
      We are also required to maintain a license to conduct testing in California. California laws establish standards for day-to-day operation of our clinical laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and

9


Table of Contents

quality control. Moreover, several states require that we hold licenses to test specimens from patients residing in those states. Other states have similar requirements or may adopt similar requirements in the future. Finally, we may be subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions as we seek to expand international distribution of our test.
      If we were to lose our CLIA accreditation or California license, whether as a result of a revocation, suspension or limitation, we would no longer be able to sell Onco type DX, which would limit our revenues and harm our business. If we were to lose our license in other states where we are required to hold licenses, we would not be able to test specimens from those states.
      We are subject to other regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business, including:
  •  Medicare billing and payment regulations applicable to clinical laboratories;
 
  •  the federal Medicare and Medicaid Anti-kickback Law, and state anti-kickback prohibitions;
 
  •  the federal physician self-referral prohibition commonly known as the Stark Law and the state equivalents;
 
  •  the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996;
 
  •  the Medicare civil money penalty and exclusion requirements; and
 
  •  the federal civil and criminal False Claims Act.
      The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action brought against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws and regulations, we may be subject to any applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, we could be required to refund payments received by us, and we could be required to curtail or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.
Our financial results depend on sales of one product, Oncotype DX, and we will need to generate sufficient revenues from this and other products to run our business.
      For the foreseeable future, we expect to derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of one product, Onco type DX. We have only been selling this test since January 2004. We are in the early stages of research and development for other products that we may offer as well as for enhancements to our existing product. We are not currently able to estimate when we may be able to commercialize products for other cancers or whether we will be successful in doing so. If we are unable to increase sales of Onco type DX or to successfully develop and commercialize other products or product enhancements, our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability would be impaired, and the market price of our common stock could decline.
We may experience limits on our revenues if only a small number of physicians decide to adopt our test.
      If medical practitioners do not order Onco type DX or any future tests developed by us, we will likely not be able to create demand for our products in sufficient volume for us to become profitable. To generate demand, we will need to continue to make oncologists, surgeons and pathologists aware of the benefits of Onco type DX, and any products we may develop in the future, through published papers, presentations at scientific conferences and one-on-one education by our sales force. In addition, we will need to demonstrate our ability to obtain adequate reimbursement coverage from third-party payors.
      Existing guidelines and practices regarding the treatment of breast cancer recommend that chemotherapy be considered in most cases, including many cases in which our test may indicate, based on our clinical trial results, that chemotherapy is of little or no benefit. Accordingly, physicians may be reluctant to order a test that may suggest recommending against chemotherapy in treating breast cancer where current guidelines

10


Table of Contents

recommend consideration of such treatment. Moreover, our test provides quantitative information not currently provided by pathologists and it is performed at our facility rather than by the pathologist in a local laboratory, so pathologists may be reluctant to order or support our test. These facts may make it difficult for us to convince medical practitioners to order Onco type DX for their patients, which could limit our ability to generate revenues and our ability to achieve profitability.
We may experience limits on our revenues if only a small number of patients decide to use our test.
      Some patients may decide not to order our test due to its list price of $3,460, part or all of which may be payable directly by the patient if the applicable payor denies reimbursement in full or in part. Even if medical practitioners recommend that their patients use our test, patients may still decide not to use Onco type DX, either because they do not want to be made aware of the likelihood of recurrence or they wish to pursue a particular course of therapy regardless of test results. If only a small portion of the patient population decides to use our test, we will experience limits on our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability.
If we are unable to develop products to keep pace with rapid medical and scientific change, our operating results and competitive position would be harmed.
      In recent years, there have been numerous advances in technologies relating to the diagnosis and treatment of cancer. For example, new hormonal therapies such as aromatase inhibitors are viewed by physicians as promising therapies for breast cancer with more tolerable side effects than those associated with tamoxifen, the hormonal therapy commonly used today in treatment. For advanced cancer, new chemotherapeutic strategies are being developed that may increase survival time and reduce toxic side effects. These advances require us continuously to develop new products and enhance existing products to keep pace with evolving standards of care. Our test could become obsolete unless we continually innovate and expand our product to demonstrate recurrence and treatment benefit in patients treated with new therapies. New treatment therapies typically have only a few years of clinical data associated with them, which limits our ability to perform clinical studies and correlate sets of genes to a new treatment’s effectiveness. If we are unable to demonstrate the applicability of our tests to new treatments, then sales of our tests could decline, which would harm our revenues.
Our rights to use technologies licensed from third parties are not within our control, and we may not be able to sell our products if we lose our existing rights or cannot obtain new rights on reasonable terms.
      We license from third parties technology necessary to develop our products. For example, we license technology from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. that we use to analyze genes for possible inclusion in our tests and that we use in our laboratory to conduct our tests. In return for the use of a third party’s technology, we may agree to pay the licensor royalties based on sales of our products. Royalties are a component of cost of product revenues and impact the margin on our tests. We may need to license other technology to commercialize future products. Our business may suffer if these licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license or fail to prevent infringement by third parties, if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms.
Our competitive position depends on maintaining intellectual property protection.
      Our ability to compete and to achieve and maintain profitability depends on our ability to protect our proprietary discoveries and technologies. We currently rely on a combination of patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements, material data transfer agreements, license agreements and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We also rely upon unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.
      We do not have any issued patents. Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, and we cannot assure you that any patents that might ultimately be issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office will protect our technology. Any patents that may be issued to us might be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology

11


Table of Contents

that avoids our patents. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation and use of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.
We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend and could result in our loss of significant rights and the assessment of treble damages.
      From time to time, we may receive notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We cannot assure you that we will prevail in these actions, or that other actions alleging misappropriation or misuse by us of third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or the validity of our patents, will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. We may also initiate claims to defend our intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation, regardless of outcome, is expensive and time-consuming, could divert management’s attention from our business and have a material negative effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. If there is a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages (including treble damages if we were to be found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patent) to the party claiming infringement, develop non-infringing technology, stop selling our test or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable or commercially practical terms, if at all. Our failure to develop non-infringing technologies or license the proprietary rights on a timely basis could harm our business. In addition, revising our test to include the non-infringing technologies would require us to re-validate our test, which would be costly and time consuming. Also, we may be unaware of pending patent applications that relate to our test. Parties making infringement claims on future issued patents may be able to obtain an injunction that would prevent us from selling our test or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could harm our business.
      One of the genes in the Onco type DX 21-gene panel may be the subject of a patent, the rights of which are exclusively licensed by a subsidiary of Pfizer Inc. We have initiated discussions with Pfizer regarding a license of the patent but have not reached an agreement. If we are not able to negotiate a license on acceptable terms, and if our test is determined to infringe this patent, then we may be forced to develop an alternate method for performing our test. Revising our test may take more than a year and may require that we spend considerable amounts of money to develop a non-infringing gene panel and to validate our findings through a clinical study or studies. We may be forced to pay Pfizer royalties, damages and costs, or we may be prevented from selling our test altogether, which would greatly damage our business and operating results. Also, we are aware of other patents owned by Pfizer that relate to another gene in the Onco type DX 21-gene panel and are currently investigating whether any of the claims warrant a license. In addition, there are a number of patents and patent applications that may constitute prior art in the field of genomic-based diagnostics. We may be required to pay royalties, damages and costs to firms who own the rights to these patents, or we might be restricted from using any of the inventions claimed in those patents.
If we are unable to compete successfully, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenues or achieve profitability.
      Our principal competition comes from existing diagnostic methods used by pathologists and oncologists. These methods have been used for many years and are therefore difficult to change or supplement. In addition, companies offering capital equipment and kits or reagents to local pathology laboratories represent another source of potential competition. These kits are used directly by the pathologist, which facilitates adoption more readily than tests like Onco type DX that are performed outside the pathology laboratory. In addition, few diagnostic methods are as expensive as Onco type DX.
      We also face competition from companies, such as Agendia B.V., that offer products or have conducted research to profile gene expression in breast cancer using fresh or frozen tissue. Commercial laboratories with strong distribution networks for diagnostic tests, such as Genzyme Corporation, Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings and Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, may become competitors. Other potential competitors include companies that develop diagnostic tests such as Bayer Healthcare LLC, Celera Genomics, a business

12


Table of Contents

segment of Applera Corporation, Roche Diagnostics, a division of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd, and Veridex LLC, a Johnson & Johnson company, as well as academic and research institutions.
      Many of our present and potential competitors have widespread brand recognition and substantially greater financial and technical resources and development, production and marketing capabilities than we do. Others may develop lower-priced, less complex tests that could be viewed by physicians and payors as functionally equivalent to our test, which could force us to lower the list price of our test and impact our operating margins and our ability to achieve profitability. If we are unable to compete successfully against current or future competitors, we may be unable to increase market acceptance for and sales of our test, which could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues or achieving or sustaining profitability and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to contract with third parties for access to archival tissue samples.
      Under standard clinical practice in the United States, tumor biopsies removed from patients are chemically preserved and embedded in paraffin wax and stored. Our clinical development relies on our ability to secure access to these archived tumor biopsy samples, as well as information pertaining to their associated clinical outcomes. Others have demonstrated their ability to study archival samples and often compete with us for access. Additionally, the process of negotiating access to archived samples is lengthy since it typically involves numerous parties and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, privacy rights, publication rights, intellectual property ownership and research parameters. If we are not able to negotiate access to archival tumor tissue samples with hospitals and collaborators, or if other laboratories or our competitors secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future products will be limited or delayed.
If we cannot maintain our current clinical collaborations and enter into new collaborations, our product development could be delayed.
      We rely on and expect to continue to rely on clinical collaborators to perform a substantial portion of our clinical trial functions. If any of our collaborators were to breach or terminate its agreement with us or otherwise fail to conduct its collaborative activities successfully and in a timely manner, the research, development or commercialization of the products contemplated by the collaboration could be delayed or terminated. If any of our collaboration agreements is terminated, or if we are unable to renew those collaborations on acceptable terms, we would be required to seek alternative collaborations. We may not be able to negotiate additional collaborations on acceptable terms, if at all, and these collaborations may not be successful.
      In the past, we have entered into clinical trial collaborations with highly regarded organizations in the cancer field, including the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project, or NSABP, and Northern California Kaiser Permanente. Our success in the future depends in part on our ability to enter into agreements with other leading cancer organizations. This can be difficult due to internal and external constraints placed on these organizations. Some organizations may limit the number of collaborations they have with any one company so as to not be perceived as biased or conflicted. Organizations may also have insufficient administrative and related infrastructure to enable collaborations with many companies at once, which can extend the time it takes to develop, negotiate and implement a collaboration. Additionally, organizations often insist on retaining the rights to publish the clinical data resulting from the collaboration. The publication of clinical data in peer-reviewed journals is a crucial step in commercializing and obtaining reimbursement for a test such as ours, and our inability to control when, if ever, results are published may delay or limit our ability to derive sufficient revenues from any product that may result from a collaboration.
      From time to time we expect to engage in discussions with potential clinical collaborators which may or may not lead to collaborations. For example we have held discussions with the National Cancer Institute regarding conducting a large clinical study utilizing Onco type DX. However, we cannot guarantee that any discussions will result in clinical collaborations or that any clinical studies which may result will be enrolled or completed in a reasonable time frame or with successful outcomes. Once news of discussions regarding

13


Table of Contents

possible collaborations are known in the medical community, regardless of whether the news is accurate, failure to announce a collaborative agreement or the entity’s announcement of a collaboration with an entity other than us may result in adverse speculation about us, our product or our technology, resulting in harm to our reputation and our business.
New product development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may be unable to commercialize any of the products we are currently developing.
      We have multiple products under development and devote considerable resources to research and development. For example, we are currently conducting research on the application of our technology to predict recurrence and the therapeutic benefit of chemotherapy in colon, prostate, renal cell and lung cancers and melanoma. There can be no assurance that our technologies will be capable of reliably predicting the recurrence of cancers, beyond breast cancer, with the sensitivity and specificity necessary to be clinically and commercially useful for the treatment of other cancers, or that we can develop those technologies at all. In addition, before we can develop diagnostic tests for new cancers and commercialize any new products, we will need to:
  •  conduct substantial research and development;
 
  •  conduct validation studies;
 
  •  expend significant funds; and
 
  •  develop and scale-up our laboratory processes.
      This process involves a high degree of risk and takes several years. Our product development efforts may fail for many reasons, including:
  •  failure of the product at the research or development stage;
 
  •  difficulty in accessing archival tissue samples, especially tissue samples with known clinical results; or
 
  •  lack of clinical validation data to support the effectiveness of the product.
      Few research and development projects result in commercial products, and success in early clinical trials often is not replicated in later studies. At any point, we may abandon development of a product candidate or we may be required to expend considerable resources repeating clinical trials, which would adversely impact the timing for generating potential revenues from those product candidates. In addition, as we develop products, we will have to make significant investments in product development, marketing and selling resources. If a clinical validation study fails to demonstrate the prospectively defined endpoints of the study, we would likely abandon the development of the product or product feature that was the subject of the clinical trial, which could harm our business.
The loss of key members of our senior management team or our inability to retain highly skilled scientists, clinicians and salespeople could adversely affect our business.
      Our success depends largely on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our executive management team. The efforts of each of these persons will be critical to us as we continue to develop our technologies and testing processes and as we attempt to transition to a company with more than one commercialized product. If we were to lose one or more of these key employees, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategies.
      Our research and development programs and commercial laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and technicians, including geneticists, licensed laboratory technicians, chemists and engineers. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and technicians in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific personnel. In addition, our success depends on our ability to attract and retain salespeople with extensive experience in oncology and close relationships with medical oncologists, surgeons, pathologists and other hospital personnel. We may have

14


Table of Contents

difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified salespeople, which could cause a delay or decline in the rate of adoption of our products. If we are not able to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will adversely affect our ability to support our discovery, development and sales programs.
      All of our employees are at-will employees, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time. We maintain key-person life insurance only on Randal Scott, our Chief Executive Officer, Joffre Baker, our Chief Scientific Officer, and Steven Shak, our Chief Medical Officer. We may discontinue this insurance in the future, it may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or, if continued, it may prove inadequate to compensate us for the loss of these individuals’ services.
If our sole laboratory facility becomes inoperable, we will be unable to perform our tests and our business will be harmed.
      We do not have redundant laboratory facilities. We perform all of our diagnostic services in our laboratory located in Redwood City, California. Redwood City is situated on or near earthquake fault lines. Our facility and the equipment we use to perform our tests would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, flooding and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our tests for some period of time. The inability to perform our tests may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
      In order to rely on a third party to perform our tests, we could only use another facility with established state licensure and CLIA accreditation under the scope of which Onco type DX could be performed following validation and other required procedures. We cannot assure you that we would be able to find another CLIA-certified facility willing to adopt Onco type DX and comply with the required procedures, or that this laboratory would be willing to perform the tests for us on commercially reasonable terms. In order to establish a redundant laboratory facility, we would have to spend considerable time and money securing adequate space, constructing the facility, recruiting and training employees, and establishing the additional operational and administrative infrastructure necessary to support a second facility. Additionally, any new clinical laboratory facility opened by us would be subject to certification under CLIA and licensed by several states, including California and New York, which can take a significant amount of time and result in delays in our ability to begin operations.
Changes in healthcare policy could subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of Oncotype DX and increase our costs.
      Healthcare policy has been a subject of extensive discussion in the executive and legislative branches of the federal and many state governments. We developed our commercialization strategy for Onco type DX based on existing healthcare policies. Changes in healthcare policy, such as the creation of broad limits for diagnostic products in general or requirements that Medicare patients pay for portions of tests or services received, could substantially interrupt the sales of Onco type DX, increase costs and divert management’s attention. For example, in 1993, the U.S. Congress passed federal self-referral prohibitions commonly known as the Stark Law, significantly restricting, regulating and changing healthcare companies’ relationships with physicians. We cannot predict what changes, if any, will be proposed or adopted or the effect that such proposals or adoption may have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on a sole supplier for some of our laboratory instruments and may not be able to find replacements in the event our sole supplier no longer supplies that equipment.
      We rely solely on Applied Biosystems, a division of Applera Corporation, to supply some of the laboratory equipment on which we perform our tests. We periodically forecast our needs for laboratory

15


Table of Contents

equipment and enter into standard purchase orders with Applied Biosystems based on these forecasts. We believe that there are relatively few equipment manufacturers other than Applied Biosystems that are currently capable of supplying the equipment necessary for Onco type DX. Even if we were to identify other suppliers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into agreements with such suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing from Applied Biosystems the quality and quantity of equipment we require for Onco type DX, we may need to reconfigure our test process, which would result in delays in commercialization or an interruption in sales. If any of these events occur, our business and operating results could be harmed. Additionally, if Applied Biosystems deems us to have become uncreditworthy, it has the right to require alternative payment terms from us, including payment in advance. We are also required to indemnify Applied Biosystems against any damages caused by any legal action or proceeding brought by a third party against Applied Biosystems for damages caused by our failure to obtain required approval with any regulatory agency.
If we are unable to support demand for our products, our business may suffer.
      Since we only began the commercialization of Onco type DX in January 2004, we have limited experience in processing our test and even more limited experience in processing large volumes of tests. If demand for Onco type DX increases, we will be required to implement increases in scale and related processing, customer service, billing and systems process improvements, and to expand our internal quality assurance program to support testing on a larger scale. We will also need additional certified laboratory scientists and other scientific and technical personnel to process our tests. We cannot assure you that any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance will be successfully implemented or that appropriate personnel will be available. Failure to implement necessary procedures or to hire the necessary personnel could result in higher cost of processing or an inability to meet market demand. Since we have limited experience handling large volumes of Onco type DX tests, there can be no assurance that we will be able to perform tests on a timely basis at a level consistent with demand. If we encounter difficulty meeting market demand for Onco type DX, our reputation could be harmed and our future prospects and our business could suffer.
We may be unable to manage our future growth effectively, which would make it difficult to execute our business strategy.
      Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure, including customer service and our clinical laboratory. Our ability to manage our operations and growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy.
If we were sued for product liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.
      The marketing, sale and use of our test could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that our product failed to perform as it was designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in the information we provide to customers or for a misunderstanding of, or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming for us to defend. Although we believe that our existing product liability insurance is adequate, we cannot assure you that our insurance would fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could cause injury to our reputation, result in the recall of our products, or cause current collaborators to terminate existing agreements and potential collaborators to seek other partners, any of which could impact our results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

If we use biological and hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we could be liable for damages.
      Our activities currently require the controlled use of potentially harmful biological materials, hazardous materials and chemicals and may in the future require the use of radioactive compounds. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. Additionally, we are subject on an ongoing basis to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations might be significant and could negatively affect our operating results.
Our dependence on distributors for foreign sales of Oncotype DX could limit or prevent us from selling our products in foreign markets and from realizing long-term international revenue growth.
      International sales as a percentage of net revenues are expected to remain minimal in the near term as we focus our efforts on the sale of Onco type DX in the United States. We currently depend on one third-party distributor to sell Onco type DX in Israel. Over the long term, we intend to grow our business internationally, and to do so we will need to attract additional distributors to expand the territories in which we sell Onco type DX. Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell Onco type DX to the level of our expectations. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or we are unable to locate distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize long-term international revenue growth.
We may acquire other businesses or form joint ventures that could harm our operating results, dilute your ownership of us, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.
      As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and assets, as well as technology licensing arrangements. We also may pursue strategic alliances that leverage our core technology and industry experience to expand our product offerings or distribution. We have no experience with respect to acquiring other companies and limited experience with respect to the formation of collaborations, strategic alliances and joint ventures. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions by us also could result in significant write-offs or the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could harm our operating results. Integration of an acquired company also may require management resources that otherwise would be available for ongoing development of our existing business. We may not identify or complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance or joint venture.
      To finance any acquisitions, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which would dilute your interest in us. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other companies for stock. Alternatively, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds for acquisitions through public or private financings. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.

17


Table of Contents

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new products and technologies.
      We expect capital outlays and operating expenditures to increase over the next several years as we expand our infrastructure, commercial operations and research and development activities. Specifically, we may need to raise additional capital to, among other things:
  •  sustain commercialization of our initial product or enhancements to that product;
 
  •  increasing our selling and marketing efforts to drive market adoption and address competitive developments;
 
  •  expand our clinical laboratory operations;
 
  •  expand our technologies into other areas of cancer;
 
  •  fund our clinical validation study activities;
 
  •  expand our research and development activities;
 
  •  acquire or license technologies; and
 
  •  finance capital expenditures and our general and administrative expenses.
      Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:
  •  the level of research and development investment required to maintain and improve our technology position;
 
  •  costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
 
  •  our need or decision to acquire or license complementary technologies or acquire complementary businesses;
 
  •  changes in product development plans needed to address any difficulties in commercialization;
 
  •  competing technological and market developments; and
 
  •  changes in regulatory policies or laws that affect our operations.
      If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt securities, these debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, and the terms of the debt securities issued could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our research and development activities.
We must implement additional and expensive finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements, which will increase our costs and require additional management resources.
      As a public reporting company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including expanded disclosures and accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other requirements will increase our costs and require additional management resources. We recently have been upgrading our finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls and will need to continue to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements. If we are unable to complete the required Section 404 assessment as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, if we

18


Table of Contents

fail to maintain or implement adequate controls, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the date of our first Form 10-K for which compliance is required, our ability to obtain additional financing could be impaired. In addition, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting and in the accuracy of our periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act. A lack of investor confidence in the reliability and accuracy of our public reporting could cause our stock price to decline.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK
Our operating results may fluctuate, which could cause our stock price to decrease.
      Fluctuations in our operating results may lead to fluctuations, including declines, in our share price. Our operating results and our share price may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including:
  •  demand by physicians and patients for Onco type DX;
 
  •  reimbursement decisions by third-party payors and announcements of those decisions;
 
  •  clinical trial results and publication of results in peer-reviewed journals or the presentation at medical conferences;
 
  •  the inclusion or exclusion of our products in large clinical trials conducted by others;
 
  •  new or less expensive products and services or new technology introduced or offered by our competitors or us;
 
  •  the level of our development activity conducted for new products, and our success in commercializing these developments;
 
  •  the level of our spending on Onco type DX commercialization efforts, licensing and acquisition initiatives, clinical trials, and internal research and development;
 
  •  changes in the regulatory environment, including any announcement from the FDA regarding its decisions in regulating our activities;
 
  •  the impact of seasonality on our business;
 
  •  changes in recommendations of securities analysts or lack of analyst coverage;
 
  •  failure to meet analyst expectations regarding our operating results;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel; and
 
  •  general market conditions.
      Variations in the timing of our future revenues and expenses could also cause significant fluctuations in our operating results from period to period and may result in unanticipated earning shortfalls or losses. In addition, the Nasdaq National Market in general, and the market for life science companies in particular, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.
If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.
      Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price if trading in our stock is not active. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. See

19


Table of Contents

“Underwriting” for more information regarding the factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
      The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. In other words, you are paying a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock at June 30, 2005, your shares will be worth $9.39 less per share than you will pay in the offering. Further, investors participating in this offering will contribute approximately 37.4% of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception but will only own approximately 20.7% of the total shares outstanding immediately after this offering. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution of your investment. In addition, if we raise funds by issuing additional shares, the newly issued shares will further dilute your ownership interest.
We may allocate net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree.
      Our management will have broad discretion in using the proceeds from this offering and may use the proceeds in ways with which you may disagree. Because we are not required to allocate the net proceeds from this offering to any specific investment or transaction, you cannot determine at this time the value or propriety of our application of the proceeds. Moreover, you will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use our proceeds. We may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our prospects for the future or increase the value of your investment. As a result, you and other stockholders may not agree with our decisions.
Future sales of shares by our stockholders could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
      After this offering, we will have outstanding 24,335,381 shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding at August 31, 2005. This includes the 5,016,722 shares we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, other than any shares sold to participants in our directed share program, which are subject to a 180-day lockup. The remaining 19,318,659 shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below.
         
Number of Restricted    
Shares/% of Total Shares    
Outstanding Following    
Offering   Date of Availability for Resale into the Public Market
     
  3,560,462/14.6%     180 days (subject to extension in specified circumstances) after the date of this prospectus due to the release of the lock-up agreement these stockholders have with the underwriters
  15,758,197/64.8%     At some point after 180 days (subject to extension in specified circumstances) after the date of this prospectus, subject to vesting requirements and the requirements of Rule 144 (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations), Rule 144(k) or Rule 701
      At any time and without public notice, the underwriters may in their sole discretion release all or some of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could drop significantly if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, six months after this offering, the holders of 17,579,758 shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our preferred stock may require us to file a registration statement covering those shares, which may also cause our stock price to decline. These declines in our stock price could occur even if our business is otherwise doing well.

20


Table of Contents

If our principal stockholders, executive officers and directors choose to act together, they may be able to control our management and operations, which may prevent us from taking actions that may be favorable to you.
      Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, and entities affiliated with them, will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately 46.1% of our common stock following this offering. To the extent our existing stockholders purchase additional shares, in this offering or otherwise, this ownership concentration would increase. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. These stockholders, acting together, will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, they could dictate the management of our business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination that could be favorable to you.
We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you must rely on stock appreciation for any return on your investment.
      We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will also depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors and will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you will have to rely on capital appreciation, if any, to earn a return on your investment in our common stock. Furthermore, we may in the future become subject to contractual restrictions on, or prohibitions against, the payment of dividends.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter, bylaws and Delaware law may make it difficult for you to change our management and may also make a takeover difficult.
      Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to change our management and may also enable our management to resist a takeover. These provisions include limitations on persons authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders and advance notice procedures required for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control or in our management. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors and cause us to take other corporate actions. In addition, the existence of these provisions, together with Delaware law, might hinder or delay an attempted takeover other than through negotiations with our board of directors.

21


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
  •  our expectation that, for the foreseeable future, substantially all of our revenues will be derived from Onco type DX;
 
  •  our expectation that our research and development expense levels will remain high as we seek to enhance Onco type DX and develop new products;
 
  •  our dependence on collaborative relationships;
 
  •  our compliance with federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements;
 
  •  the regulation of Onco type DX by the FDA;
 
  •  our plans to pursue reimbursement on a case-by-case basis;
 
  •  our ability, and expectations as to the amount of time it will take, to achieve successful reimbursement from third-party payors, such as insurance companies and health maintenance organizations, and government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;
 
  •  increases in patient and physician demand resulting from our direct sales approach;
 
  •  plans for enhancements of our existing test, Onco type DX, to address different patient populations of breast cancer;
 
  •  plans for future products addressing multiple cancers, including colon, prostate, renal cell and lung cancers and melanoma;
 
  •  the outcome or success of clinical trials;
 
  •  the ability of genomics to change the diagnosis and treatment of diseases such as cancer and thereby provide significant economic benefits to the healthcare system;
 
  •  the capacity of our laboratory to process tests;
 
  •  the ability of our technology to screen increasing numbers of genes in tissue samples;
 
  •  our intellectual property and our strategies regarding filing additional patent applications to strengthen our intellectual property rights;
 
  •  our expected stock-based compensation expense in future periods;
 
  •  our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing; and
 
  •  anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate.
      In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-

22


Table of Contents

looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by U.S. federal securities laws, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the statement is made.
      You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
      This prospectus contains statistical data that we obtained from reports generated by the American Cancer Society and by DaVinci Oncology Specialists, a division of The Mattson Jack Group, Inc. These reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the reports are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

23


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
      We expect that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $58.6 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we expect that our net proceeds will be approximately $67.7 million. We also expect to receive $5.0 million from our private sale of common stock to Incyte Corporation.
      We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering as follows:
  •  approximately $25.0 million to build our commercial capabilities in selling and marketing related to Onco type DX;
 
  •  approximately $20.0 million to fund research and development programs for Onco type  DX and in a variety of cancers;
 
  •  approximately $8.0 million for capital expenditures to expand facilities and laboratory operations capacity and for information systems infrastructure; and
 
  •  the balance for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
      As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amount and timing of actual expenditures may vary significantly depending upon a number of factors, such as the progress of our product development, regulatory requirements, commercialization efforts, the amount of cash used by operations and progress in reimbursement. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products. We have no current plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment, and we are not currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.
      Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
      We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Our board of directors will determine future cash dividends, if any.
      On September 8, 2005, our board of directors declared a conditional dividend of 791,210 shares of our common stock, which will be distributed upon the closing of this offering on a pro rata basis to all of our stockholders of record as of the date of this prospectus only if the initial public offering price of our common stock is $11.40 or greater. This conditional dividend will not be distributed if the initial public offering price of our common stock is lower than $11.40. Our outstanding stock options will be proportionately adjusted in the event this conditional stock dividend is distributed. Based on our outstanding stock options as of August 31, 2005, we would issue approximately 736,142 shares pursuant to this dividend, less an aggregate of 85 shares for which cash will be paid in lieu of fractional interests, and the number of shares underlying outstanding stock options would be increased by approximately 55,068 shares. The sum of the total number of shares issuable pursuant to the conditional dividend and the additional shares issuable upon exercise of our outstanding stock options as a result of the proportionate adjustments will equal 791,210 shares. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock.”

24


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
      The following table describes our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2005:
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, and to give effect to the issuance of 791,210 shares of common stock pursuant to the conditional dividend; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 5,016,722 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the sale of 384,615 shares of common stock to Incyte Corporation for cash proceeds of $5.0 million in connection with our expected exercise of a put right, at a purchase price equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.
      You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
                               
    June 30, 2005
     
        Pro Forma
    Actual   Pro Forma   As Adjusted
             
    (In thousands, except share and per
    share data)
    (Unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25,231     $ 25,231     $ 88,855  
                   
Capital leases, long-term
    2,483       2,483       2,483  
                   
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, issuable in series; 101,216,958 shares authorized, 48,480,819 shares issued and outstanding, actual; aggregate liquidation preference of $103,599 at June 30, 2005; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    103,212              
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                       
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 105,000,000 shares authorized, 1,932,921 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 18,884,404 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 24,285,741 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    1       2       2  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    5,085       108,296       171,920  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (3,793 )     (3,793 )     (3,793 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (80,521 )     (80,521 )     (80,521 )
                   
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (79,228 )     23,984       87,608  
                   
     
Total capitalization
  $ 26,467     $ 26,467     $ 90,091  
                   
      The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table:
  •  excludes 1,424,393 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2005, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.86 per share; and
 
  •  excludes 5,000,000 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our stock option plans following the date of this offering.

25


Table of Contents

DILUTION
      Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2005 was $24.0 million, or $1.27 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our pro forma total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming the conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005 into shares of our common stock and the issuance of 791,210 shares of common stock pursuant to the conditional dividend. Pro forma net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering on a pro forma as adjusted basis. After giving effect to the sale of the 5,016,722 shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and our sale of 384,615 shares of common stock to Incyte Corporation for cash proceeds of $5.0 million in connection with our expected exercise of a put right, at a price per share equal to the assumed initial public offering price, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2005 would have been $87.6 million, or $3.61 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.34 per share of common stock to existing common stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $9.39 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 13.00  
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2005
  $ 1.27          
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors and the new investment by Incyte.
    2.34          
             
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
            3.61  
             
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
          $ 9.39  
             
      The following table summarizes as of June 30, 2005, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing and new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
                                           
    Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
            Average Price
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Per Share
                     
Existing stockholders
    18,819,233       77.7 %   $ 104,027,660       59.7 %   $ 5.53  
New investors in this offering
    5,016,722       20.7       65,217,386       37.4       13.00  
New investment by Incyte
    384,615       1.6       4,999,995       2.9       13.00  
                               
 
Total
    24,220,570       100.0 %   $ 174,245,041       100.0 %        
                               
      The table above assumes no exercise of any outstanding stock options. As of June 30, 2005, there were 1,424,393 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.86 per share, and there were 5,000,000 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our stock option plans following the date of this offering. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

26


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for each year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the period from August 22, 2000 (inception) to December 31, 2000 and for the year ended December 31, 2001 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data at June 30, 2005 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
                                                             
    Period from       Six Months Ended
    August 22, 2000   Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
    (inception) to        
    Dec. 31, 2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                             
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)
        (Unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
 
Product revenues
  $     $     $     $     $ 227     $ 33     $ 1,585  
 
Contract revenues
                      125       100             100  
                                           
Total revenues
                      125       327       33       1,685  
Operating expenses(1):
                                                       
 
Cost of product revenues
                            1,828       931       2,874  
 
Research and development
    169       11,080       7,053       9,069       10,040       5,182       4,630  
 
Selling and marketing
          117       754       2,805       9,856       4,449       7,415  
 
General and administrative
    566       2,844       3,753       3,686       3,869       1,832       2,787  
                                           
   
Total operating expenses
    735       14,041       11,560       15,560       25,593       12,394       17,706  
                                           
Loss from operations
    (735 )     (14,041 )     (11,560 )     (15,435 )     (25,266 )     (12,361 )     (16,021 )
Interest and other income (expense), net
          1,267       492       185       271       98       322  
                                           
Net loss
  $ (735 )   $ (12,774 )   $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
                                           
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (10.10 )   $ (20.14 )   $ (11.95 )   $ (12.43 )   $ (14.38 )   $ (7.26 )   $ (8.28 )
                                           
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    72,777       634,415       925,814       1,226,444       1,737,652       1,687,964       1,895,625  
                                           
 
(1)  Includes non-cash charges for stock-based compensation expense as follows:
                                                         
    Period from       Six Months Ended
    August 22, 2000   Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
    (inception) to        
    Dec. 31, 2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                             
    (In thousands)
        (Unaudited)
Cost of product revenues
  $     $     $     $     $ 5     $ 1     $ 21  
Research and development
                            42       6       166  
Selling and marketing
                            38       1       210  
General and administrative
                            106       1       112  
                                           
    $     $     $     $     $ 191     $ 9     $ 509  
                                           

27


Table of Contents

                                                 
    At December 31,    
        At June 30,
    2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
                         
    (In thousands)
        (Unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,503     $ 28,678     $ 25,318     $ 11,062     $ 38,275     $ 25,231  
Working capital
    7,173       26,724       25,165       10,046       36,771       23,306  
Total assets
    7,617       30,408       27,376       13,096       41,538       30,832  
Capital leases, short-term
                163       161             777  
Capital leases, long-term
                150                   2,483  
Convertible preferred stock
    7,917       41,783       51,073       51,064       103,212       103,212  
Accumulated deficit
    (735 )     (13,509 )     (24,577 )     (39,827 )     (64,822 )     (80,521 )
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (731 )     (13,482 )     (24,502 )     (39,547 )     (64,154 )     (79,228 )

28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Information Regarding Forward-looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Business Overview
      We are a life science company focused on the development and commercialization of genomic-based clinical diagnostic tests for cancer that allow physicians and patients to make individualized treatment decisions. Our first test, Onco type  DX, is used for early stage breast cancer patients to predict the likelihood of cancer recurrence, the likelihood of patient survival within 10 years of diagnosis and the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit. All tumor samples are sent to our laboratory in Redwood City, California for analysis. Upon generation and delivery of a Recurrence Score report to the physician, we generally bill third-party payors for Onco type  DX. As of June 30, 2005, Onco type  DX has been ordered by over 1,400 physicians throughout the United States. The list price of our test is $3,460.
      We launched Onco type  DX in January 2004 and initially made sales to a select number of physicians in a few markets in the United States through a small direct sales force. Late in 2004 and continuing into 2005, we have experienced a significant increase in demand for Onco type  DX. In the year ended December 31, 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2005, 500 and 3,000 tests, respectively, were ordered by treating physicians. We believe this increase in demand resulted from the publication of our validation study in The New England Journal of Medicine and the presentation of an additional study at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, both of which occurred in December 2004. However, this increased demand for our product is not necessarily indicative of future growth rates, and we cannot assure you that this level of increased demand can be sustained. Moreover, we believe that each year we may experience decreased demand for our tests in the summer months of July and August, which may be attributed to physicians, surgeons and patients scheduling vacations during this time. As of June 30, 2005, our laboratory had the capacity to process up to 2,500 tests per quarter, and our current expansion plan contemplates that we will have capacity to process up to 4,000 tests per quarter by the end of 2005.
      We believe the key factors that will drive broader adoption of Onco type  DX will be acceptance by healthcare providers of its clinical benefits, demonstration of the cost-effectiveness of using our test, expanded reimbursement by third-party payors, expansion of our sales force and increased marketing efforts. Reimbursement of Onco type  DX by third-party payors is essential to our commercial success. In general, clinical laboratory testing services, when covered, are paid under various methodologies, including prospective payment systems and fee schedules. Reimbursement from payors depends upon whether a service is covered under the patient’s policy and if payment practices for the service have been established. As a relatively new test, Onco type  DX may be considered investigational by payors and not covered under current reimbursement policies. Until we reach agreement with an insurer on contract terms or establish a policy for payment of Onco type  DX, we expect to recognize revenue on a cash basis.
      Upon commercialization of Onco type  DX, we began working with third-party payors to establish reimbursement coverage policies. As of August 2005, several regional payors, including Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, Inc. and Highmark Blue Cross Blue Shield, had issued policies supporting reimbursement for our test. In addition, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. has entered into a national clinical laboratory services agreement to reimburse us for Onco type DX tests performed for their patients. Where policies are not in place, we pursue case-by-case reimbursement. We believe that as much as 20% of our future revenues may be derived from tests billed to Medicare. We are working with many payors, including Medicare, to establish policy-level reimbursement which, if in place, will allow us to recognize revenues upon submitting an invoice. We do not expect to recognize the majority of revenues in this manner until 2007, at the earliest.

29


Table of Contents

      Since our inception, we have generated significant net losses. As of June 30, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of $80.5 million. We incurred net losses of $11.1 million, $15.3 million and $25.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $15.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. We expect our net losses to continue for at least the next several years. We anticipate that a substantial portion of our capital resources and efforts will be focused on research and development, both to develop additional tests for breast cancer and to develop products for other cancers, scale up our commercial organization, and other general corporate purposes. Our financial results will be limited by a number of factors, including establishment of coverage policies by third-party insurers and government payors, our ability in the short term to collect from payors often requiring a case-by-case manual appeals process, and our ability to recognize revenues other than from cash collections on tests billed until such time as reimbursement policies or contracts are in effect. Until we receive routine reimbursement and are able to record revenues as tests are processed and reports delivered, we are likely to continue reporting net losses.
Financial Operations Overview
Revenues
      We derive our revenues from product sales and contract research arrangements and operate in one industry segment. Our product revenues are derived solely from the sale of Onco type  DX. Payors are generally billed upon generation and delivery of a Recurrence Score report to the physician. Product revenues are recorded on a cash basis unless a contract or policy is in place with the payor at the time of billing and collectibility is reasonably assured. All product revenues recognized to date reflect cash collections. Contract revenues are derived from studies conducted with biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies and are recorded on an accrual basis upon completion of the contractual obligation.
Cost of Product Revenues
      Cost of product revenues represents the cost of materials, direct labor, costs associated with processing tissue samples including histopathology, anatomical pathology, paraffin extraction, reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction, or RT-PCR, and quality control analyses, license fees and delivery charges necessary to render an individualized test result. Costs associated with performing our test are recorded as tests are processed. On the other hand, license fees are recorded at the time product revenues are recognized or in accordance with other contractual obligations. License fees represent a significant component of our cost of product revenues and are expected to remain so for the foreseeable future.
Research and Development Expenses
      Research and development expenses from our inception in August 2000 through December 31, 2003 were $27.4 million, and substantially all of these expenses were focused on the research and development of Onco type DX, which we launched in January 2004. During this time, Onco type DX was the only product under development. Research and development expenses represent costs incurred both to develop our technology and to carry out our clinical studies to validate our multi-gene tests. Most of the costs incurred prior to 2003 were to develop our technology. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2005:
  •  costs incurred for salaries and benefits were $4.2 million, $4.7 million and $2.7 million;
 
  •  costs paid to third party clinical collaborators, including contract services, were $890,000, $1.8 million and $34,000;
 
  •  costs allocated to overhead and facilities were $1.3 million, $990,000 and $679,000;
 
  •  depreciation costs for equipment were $576,000, $413,000 and $181,000;
 
  •  costs for materials to conduct gene assays in clinical research and development studies were $918,000, $964,000 and $639,000;
 
  •  license and technology rights were $991,000, $1.0 million and $328,000; and
 
  •  all other costs were $167,000, $143,000 and $72,000.
      We charge all research and development expenses to operations as they are incurred. All potential future product programs outside of breast cancer are in the clinical research phase, and the earliest we expect

30


Table of Contents

another cancer program to reach the development stage is 2006. However, the expected time frame that a product related to one of these other cancers can be brought to market is uncertain given the technical challenges and clinical variables that exist between different types of cancers.
      We do not record or maintain information regarding costs incurred in research and development on a program or project specific basis. Our research and development staff and associated infrastructure resources are deployed across several programs. Many of our costs are thus not attributable to individual programs. We believe that allocating costs on the basis of time incurred by our employees does not accurately reflect the actual costs of a project.
      As a result of the uncertainties discussed above, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development programs or when, if ever, and to what extent we will receive cash inflows from the commercialization and sale of a product.
Selling and Marketing Expenses
      Our selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and education and promotional expenses associated with Onco type  DX. These expenses include the costs of educating physicians, laboratory personnel and other healthcare professionals regarding our genomic technologies, how our Onco type  DX test was developed and validated and the value of the quantitative information that Onco type  DX provides. Selling and marketing expenses also include the costs of sponsoring continuing medical education, medical meeting participation and dissemination of our scientific and economic publications related to Onco type  DX.
General and Administrative Expenses
      Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel related costs, legal costs, including intellectual property, accounting costs and other professional and administrative costs.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
      This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
      Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
      We have generated limited revenues since our inception. Product revenues for our first product, Onco type  DX, were minimal from the commercial launch in January 2004 through June 30, 2005, and were recognized on a cash basis. To date, we have recognized all of our product revenues on a cash basis because we have limited collection experience and a limited number of contracts. In accordance with our policy, revenues for tests performed will be recognized on an accrual basis when the related costs are incurred, provided there is a contract or coverage policy in place and the following criteria are met:
  •  persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;
 
  •  delivery has occurred or services rendered;
 
  •  the fee is fixed and determinable; and
 
  •  collectibility is reasonably assured.
Determination of the last two criteria will be based on management’s judgments regarding the nature of the fee charged for products or services delivered and the collectibility of those fees.

31


Table of Contents

      We generally bill third-party payors for Onco type  DX upon generation and delivery of a Recurrence Score report to the physician. As such, we take assignment of benefits and the risk of collection with the third-party payor. We usually bill the patient directly for amounts owed after multiple requests for payment have been denied or only partially paid by the insurance carrier. As a relatively new test, Onco type  DX may be considered investigational by payors and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Consequently, we pursue case-by-case reimbursement where policies are not in place or payment history has not been established.
      Contract revenues are derived from studies conducted with biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies and are recognized on a contract specific basis. Under certain contracts, our input, measured in terms of full-time equivalent level of effort or running a set of assays through our laboratory under a contractual protocol, triggers payment obligations and revenues are recognized as costs are incurred or assays are processed. Certain contracts have payment obligations that are triggered as milestones are complete, such as completion of a successful set of experiments. In these cases, revenues are recognized when the milestones are achieved.
Deferred Stock-based Compensation Expense
      Stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash charge, results from stock option grants at exercise prices that, for financial reporting purposes, are deemed to be below the fair value of the underlying common stock. We recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the underlying option, which is generally four years. The amount of stock-based compensation expense expected to be amortized in future periods may decrease if unvested options for which deferred stock-based compensation expense has been recorded are subsequently cancelled or may increase if future option grants are made with exercise prices below the deemed fair value of the common stock on the date of measurement.
      During the period from January 1, 2004 through June 30, 2005, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 1,066,565 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.38 per share to $3.30 per share. We did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an independent valuation specialist in connection with these grants. Instead, we relied on our board of directors, the members of which we believe have extensive experience in the life science industry and a majority of which is comprised of non-employee directors, to determine a reasonable estimate of the then-current value of our common stock. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock and resulting lack of liquidity in 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2005, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on several factors, including the sales prices and liquidation preferences of our preferred stock, progress and milestones achieved in our business, our financial condition, equity market conditions, trading ranges of comparable public companies and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering or a sale of the company given prevailing market conditions.
      In connection with our proposed initial public offering, we have reassessed the fair value of our common stock. In determining the reassessed fair value per share of the common stock as of each grant date, the factors identified in the preceding paragraph were taken into account. We also considered other material factors and business developments, including the following:
  •  we commercially launched Onco type DX in January 2004;
 
  •  we conducted studies in 2004 with the NSABP to test additional attributes of Onco type DX;
 
  •  in the summer of 2004 and later in September 2004, the results of these studies demonstrated that Onco type DX predicts the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence and chemotherapy benefit;
 
  •  in October 2004, The New England Journal of Medicine accepted our validation study for publication and published an online version of the results in December 2004;
 
  •  the results of several of our studies were presented at the annual San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004;
 
  •  in December 2004, the FDA, through the Office of In Vitro Diagnostic Devices, initiated a dialogue with us regarding the regulatory status of Onco type DX;

32


Table of Contents

  •  in December 2004, the local Medicare contractor in Northern California indicated that it would not provide coverage for Onco type DX;
 
  •  in early 2005, the Medical Advisory Panel of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association concluded that Onco type DX did not meet the panel’s technology criteria for clinical effectiveness and appropriateness;
 
  •  beginning in early 2005, we began entering into contracts or establishing policies with third-party payors to reimburse us for our tests;
 
  •  in the first quarter of 2005, our board of directors authorized us to initiate the process of preparing for an initial public offering; and
 
  •  the market for new public offerings made by life science companies in 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2005 was highly volatile.
      In reassessing the value of our common stock, we used a straight-line approach because we determined that no single event supported incremental movement in underlying value. Further, we believe this approach is consistent with valuation methodologies applied by other similar life science companies pursuing an initial public offering. Based upon the reassessment process, we determined that the reassessed fair value of the options granted from January 1, 2004 through June 30, 2005 ranged from $1.95 to $11.25 per share. Accordingly, deferred stock-based compensation of $3.6 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2004 and $846,000 was recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2005 in accordance with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25. The deferred stock-based compensation will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the related awards, which is generally four years. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded employee stock-based compensation expense of $191,000, $5,000 of which was allocated to cost of product revenues and $186,000 of which was allocated to other operating expenses. We expect deferred stock-based compensation expense under APB Opinion No. 25 to be $372,000, $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the last four months of 2005 and for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 (and thereafter), respectively, before consideration of the impact of the recent changes in accounting pronouncements for stock options.
      The information regarding net loss as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, presented in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, has been determined as if we had accounted for our employee stock options under the fair value method. The resulting effect on net loss pursuant to SFAS No. 123 is not likely to be representative of the effects on net loss pursuant to SFAS No. 123 in future years, since future years are likely to include additional grants and the impact of future years’ vesting.
Clinical Collaborator Costs
      We enter into collaboration and clinical trial agreements with clinical collaborators and record these costs as research and development expenses. We record accruals for estimated study costs comprised of work performed by our collaborators under contract terms. All clinical collaborators enter into agreements with us which specify work content and payment terms.
      In addition to costs for research and development, under one of our collaboration agreements, we make annual payments resulting from the commercial launch of Onco type  DX. These payments are recorded in cost of product revenues as a license payment. Expense is recorded ratably over the year in which the relevant payment is made. However, either party may terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice. If this collaborative arrangement were not cancelable, a liability for the entire stream of remaining payments of $2.5 million would be recorded, payments would be made annually and expense would be recognized ratably through 2011.
Results of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004
      Revenues. Revenues were $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, as compared to $33,000 for the comparable period in 2004. All revenues in 2004 were product revenues from our first product, Onco type DX, which was launched in January 2004. During 2005, product revenues were $1.6

33


Table of Contents

million and contract revenues were $100,000. First cash collections for Onco type DX were received during the second quarter of 2004. These revenues were recognized upon cash receipt.
      Cost of Product Revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, cost of product revenues was $2.9 million, consisting of tissue sample processing costs of $2.6 million for tests performed during the period and license fees of $292,000. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, cost of product revenues was $931,000, consisting of tissue sample processing costs of $571,000 and license fees of $360,000. All costs for tissue sample processing were recorded in the period in which the test was processed, regardless of whether revenue was recognized with respect to that test. Recorded costs for Onco type DX include direct material costs, direct labor costs, equipment costs and other infrastructure costs. License fees were recorded in cost of product revenues for contractual obligations and royalties due on product revenues. The decrease in license fees resulted from non-recurring payments owing due to the commercialization of our test in January 2004. Costs of product revenues will increase as an absolute number as the volume of tests processed increases.
      Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses were $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, a decrease from $5.2 million for the comparable period of 2004. This decrease is a result of spending $1.1 million less on clinical programs in 2005 as compared to 2004 and a $192,000 reduction in license agreement costs. These decreases were partially offset by higher personnel costs in research and development of $521,000 and increases in laboratory supplies of $163,000. We expect research and development expenses to increase as we work to develop additional tests for breast cancer and for other cancers.
      Selling and Marketing Expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased to $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, from $4.4 million for the comparable period in 2004. The increase was due in part to personnel costs of $1.8 million and travel and entertainment costs of $532,000 associated with the growth of the commercial field sales team compared to limited spending in this area in the first half of 2004 when Onco type DX was launched. Additionally, promotional spending for Onco type DX was $505,000 higher for the six months ended June 30, 2005 than for the comparable period in 2004. We expect selling and marketing expenses to increase as a result of continued growth in our sales infrastructure to support growth in our product revenues and billings and as we incur a full year of costs for the field sales personnel hired in late 2004 and as we hire additional sales personnel.
      General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses totaled $2.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, as compared to $1.8 million for the comparable period in 2004. This increase was due in part to increases in personnel costs of $596,000, legal costs of $157,000 and billing and collections costs of $160,000. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase after this offering as a result of the need to hire additional administrative personnel and due to higher legal, accounting and related expenses associated with being a public company.
      Interest Income and Other Income/ Expense. Interest income was $393,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2005, compared with $121,000 in the comparable period in 2004. This increase was due to higher average cash balances from preferred stock financings and higher interest rates during the six months ended June 30, 2005. Other income during the six months ended June 30, 2005 was $1,000 as compared to $20,000 of expense in the comparable period of 2004.
      Interest Expense. Interest expense was $72,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2005, compared with $3,000 in the comparable period in 2004. The increase resulted from the initiation of an equipment financing line established in March 2005 under which draws have been made and interest expense has been incurred. No such arrangement existed in the prior year period. We expect interest expense to increase as we make interest payments on borrowings under our equipment loan and make further draws throughout the remainder of 2005.
Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
      Revenues.  Revenues were $327,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $125,000 for the comparable period in 2003. Product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $227,000, as

34


Table of Contents

compared to zero in the comparable period in 2003. Product revenues were all recognized upon cash receipt. Contract revenues were $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, down from $125,000 in the comparable period in 2003. Contract revenues in both periods were for studies assessing our gene expression technology.
      Cost of Product Revenues.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, cost of product revenues was $1.8 million, consisting of tissue sample processing costs of $1.3 million related to the launch of Onco type  DX and license fees of $477,000. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded costs for Onco type  DX that included direct material costs, direct labor costs, equipment costs and other infrastructure costs. All costs recorded for tissue sample processing in that year represent the cost of all the tests processed regardless of whether revenue was recognized with respect to that test. License fees were recorded in cost of product revenues for contractual obligations and royalties due on product revenues. No cost of product revenues were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2003 because we had not commercialized Onco type  DX.
      Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses increased to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $9.1 million for the comparable period in 2003. The increase in research and development expenses is primarily due to $944,000 in increased costs for clinical development programs studying distant survival and chemotherapy benefits in early stage breast cancer patients and increased personnel costs of $476,000, partially offset by a decrease of $518,000 in facilities, depreciation and other general expenses.
      Selling and Marketing Expenses.  Selling and marketing expenses increased to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $2.8 million for the comparable period in 2003. The $7.1 million increase primarily reflects an increase of $2.6 million for higher promotional, education and tradeshow expenses, an increase of $2.8 million in personnel related costs, mostly to establish a domestic field sales organization, and $831,000 in higher travel expenses associated with field sales personnel, as well as costs of $405,000 for patient advocacy programs. For the year ended December 31, 2003, selling and marketing expenses were primarily for personnel related costs and market research.
      General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 were slightly higher than the $3.7 million for the comparable period in 2003. The increase in general and administrative expenses reflects an increase of $352,000 in recruiting and relocation costs, an increase of $250,000 in legal costs and miscellaneous increases in personnel and consulting related costs. These higher costs are offset in part by a $493,000 decrease in costs related to information technology support.
      Interest Income and Other Income/Expense.  Interest income was $295,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared with $199,000 in the comparable period in 2003. This $96,000 increase was due to higher average cash balances from preferred stock financings and higher interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2004. Other expense was $20,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, and was zero for the comparable period in 2003.
      Interest Expense.  Interest expense is comprised of the interest on deferral of contractual payments under a collaboration agreement. Interest expense decreased to $4,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $14,000 in the comparable period in 2003 due to completing payments under the payment schedule. The final payment under this agreement was made in October 2004.
Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002
      Revenues.  Contract revenues of $125,000 were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2003, related to two studies assessing our gene expression technology, both of which were completed in 2003. There were no revenues for the year ended December 31, 2002.
      Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses were $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, up from $7.1 million for the comparable period in 2002. The increase of $2.0 million was primarily due to $850,000 of higher personnel related costs, an increase in the general

35


Table of Contents

overhead allocation to our research and development department of $755,000 and $699,000 in higher costs associated with our clinical development programs. These increases in 2003 were partially offset by a reduction of $496,000 in payments to clinical collaborators.
      Selling and Marketing Expenses.  Selling and marketing expenses were $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, up from $754,000 for the comparable period in 2002. The increase of $2.0 million reflects primarily increased costs of $1.0 million for market research, promotion and tradeshow costs in preparation for the January 2004 launch of Onco type  DX and other patient advocacy programs and increases of $742,000 in personnel related costs as we began to establish our domestic field sales organization. Selling and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002, were primarily related to personnel, consulting and market research services.
      General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses decreased to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $3.8 million for the comparable period in 2002.
      Interest Income.  Interest income decreased to $199,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $502,000 for the comparable period in 2002. This decrease was due to significantly lower average cash and investment balances as well as lower interest rates in calendar year 2003 as compared to calendar year 2002.
      Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $14,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, as compared to $13,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002. All interest expense amounts related to deferred contractual payments under a collaboration agreement.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Since our inception in August 2000, we have incurred significant losses and, as of June 30, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $80.5 million. We have not yet achieved profitability and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that our research and development, selling and marketing and general and administrative expenses will continue to grow and, as a result, we will need to generate significant product revenues to achieve profitability. We may never achieve profitability.
Sources of Liquidity
      Since our inception, substantially all of our operations have been financed through the sale of our preferred stock. Through June 30, 2005, we had received net proceeds of $103.2 million from the sale of preferred stock and $425,000 from the issuance of common stock to employees, consultants and directors in connection with the exercise of stock options. We also financed our operations, purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements through loans. As of December 31, 2004, we had cash and cash equivalents of $38.3 million and no debt, and, at June 30, 2005, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.2 million and debt under our equipment loan of $3.3 million. As a result of the issuance of our series E preferred stock, it will be necessary to record a charge relating to the beneficial conversion feature, or BCF, of our series E preferred stock in the event the initial public offering price of our common stock is less than $11.40 per share. We currently estimate the BCF charge, if recorded, would be approximately $803,000. If the charge is recorded, it would increase the net loss attributable to common stockholders and the net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, but will have no impact on cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) or net loss in the period in which the initial public offering is completed.
Cash Flows
      As of June 30, 2005, we had $25.2 million in cash and cash equivalents, compared to $38.3 million at December 31, 2004. This decrease was due primarily to cash used in operating activities of $14.8 million, initial public offering costs of $1.1 million and purchases of property and equipment of $1.6 million, offset partially by proceeds from our equipment loan of $3.3 million and the issuance of common stock of $58,000.
      Net cash used in operating activities was $14.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, compared to $11.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004. The increase in cash used of $3.4 million

36


Table of Contents

was primarily due to an increase in selling and marketing expenses of $3.0 million and higher lab processing costs of $1.9 million, offset by cash collected from customers of $1.6 million.
      Net cash used in operating activities was $23.1 million, $13.5 million and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities for these periods consisted primarily of our net loss, partially offset by depreciation of property and equipment.
      Net cash used in investing activities was $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005, compared to $797,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2004. This cash was used to acquire property and equipment and for leasehold improvements.
      Net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million, $739,000 and $631,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Our investing activities for these periods consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment. We expect amounts used in investing activities to increase in 2005 and beyond as we expand research and development activities and capacity in our commercial laboratory.
      Net cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2005 was $3.3 million, compared to $29.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004. Substantially all amounts in the 2004 period represented proceeds from our sale of series E preferred stock. Amounts in the six months ended June 30, 2005 consisted of proceeds from our equipment loan of $3.3 million and the issuance of $58,000 of common stock.
      Net cash provided by financing activities was $52.1 million, $27,000 and $9.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Financing activities consisted primarily of the sale of our preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2004 and the sale of our common stock in the year ended December 31, 2003.
          Contractual Obligations
      As of December 31, 2004, we had the following contractual commitments:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period
     
        More
        Less than       than 5
Contractual Obligations   Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   Years
                     
    (In thousands)
Operating lease obligations
  $ 944     $ 813     $ 131     $     $  
      In addition to the above, we are required to make a series of annual payments under one of our collaboration agreements beginning on the date that we commercially launched Onco type DX. The initial payment of $150,000 was made in January 2004. For a period of seven years on each anniversary of this first payment, we are required to make additional payments in increasing amounts. A payment of $150,000 was made in 2005. We are required to make additional payments of $300,000 in each of 2006 and 2007, and $475,000 in each of 2008 through 2011. However, either party may terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice.
      In March 2005, we entered into an arrangement to finance the acquisition of laboratory equipment, computer hardware and software, leasehold improvements and office equipment. In connection with this arrangement, we granted the lender a security interest in the assets purchased with the borrowed amounts. We cannot prepay any amounts owed until 2006, at which point we can prepay all, but not part, of the amounts owing under the arrangement so long as we also pay a 6% premium on the remaining payments. This premium is reduced to 5% in 2007 and 4% in 2008. As of August 31, 2005, borrowings under this arrangement were $3.7 million at an annual interest rate of 10.23%, 10.30%, 10.49%, 10.56% or 10.65%, depending on the applicable note. As of August 31, 2005, we are required to make payments under this arrangement of $417,000 in 2005, $1.3 million in 2006, $1.3 million in 2007, $1.1 million in 2008 and $275,000 in 2009. We expect to request to borrow additional amounts under this arrangement.
      We currently sublease approximately 25,000 square feet of laboratory and office space under a sublease that expires in February 2006. In September 2005, we entered into a lease directly with the facility owner that

37


Table of Contents

has a term of six years. When our existing sublease expires in February 2006, the new lease will apply to the existing 25,000 square feet of laboratory and office space we currently occupy. Under the new lease, we also lease approximately 23,000 square feet of additional space which we expect to first occupy in March 2006. If we first occupy space under this new lease in March 2006, we will be required to make aggregate rent payments of $460,000 in 2006, $730,000 in 2007, $753,000 in 2008, $779,000 in 2009, $799,000 in 2010, $827,000 in 2011 and $139,000 in 2012.
          Operating Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements
      We expect to continue to incur substantial operating losses in the future and to make capital expenditures to keep pace with the expansion of our research and development programs and to scale up our commercial operations, which we expect to fund in part with the proceeds of this offering. It may take several years to move any one of a number of product candidates in clinical research through the development phase and validation phase to commercialization. We expect that the remainder of the net proceeds and our existing cash and cash equivalents will be used to fund working capital and for capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, such as licensing technology rights, partnering arrangements for the processing of tests outside the United States or reduction of debt obligations. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products. We have no current plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment, and we are not currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.
      The amount and timing of actual expenditures may vary significantly depending upon a number of factors, such as the progress of our product development, regulatory requirements, commercialization efforts, the amount of cash used by operations and progress in reimbursement. We expect that we will receive limited payments for Onco type DX test billings in the foreseeable future. As reimbursement contracts with third-party payors are put into place, we expect an increase in the number and level of payments received for Onco type DX test billings.
      We currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, together with proceeds from this offering, collections for Onco type DX and amounts available under our equipment credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We cannot be certain that any of our reimbursement contract programs or development of future products will be successful or that we will be able to raise sufficient additional funds to see these programs through to a successful result.
      Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the following:
  •  the rate of progress in establishing reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors;
 
  •  the cost of expanding our commercial and laboratory operations, including our selling and marketing efforts;
 
  •  the rate of progress and cost of research and development activities associated with expansion of Onco type DX products for breast cancer;
 
  •  the rate of progress and cost of research and development activities associated with products in the research phase focused on cancer, other than breast cancer;
 
  •  the cost of acquiring or achieving access to tissue samples and technologies;
 
  •  the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
 
  •  the effect of competing technological and market developments;
 
  •  the cost and delays in product development as a result of any changes in regulatory oversight applicable to our products; and
 
  •  the economic and other terms and timing of any collaborations, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter.

38


Table of Contents

      Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenues to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs primarily through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, borrowings or strategic collaborations. The issuance of equity securities may result in dilution to stockholders. We do not know whether additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are not able to secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more research and development programs or selling and marketing initiatives. In addition, we may have to work with a partner on one or more of our product development programs or market development programs, which would lower the economic value of those programs to our company.
Income Taxes
      Since inception, we have incurred operating losses and, accordingly, have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented. As of December 31, 2004, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $60.2 million and $57.8 million, respectively. We also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $855,000 and $569,000, respectively. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2021. Utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code that are applicable if we experience an “ownership change” that may occur, for example, as a result of this offering being aggregated with certain other sales of our stock before or after this offering. If not utilized, the state net operating loss carryforward will expire beginning in 2013. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before they can be used.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 123(R) is effective for public companies for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2005, supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and amends FAS 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in FAS 123. However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2006. Under SFAS 123(R), we must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be used at the date of adoption. The transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive adoption option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS 123(R), while the retroactive method would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options beginning with the first period restated.
      Management is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and expects that its adoption may have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. Management has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), and has not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments through a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds and corporate debt securities. Our cash and cash equivalents through December 31, 2004, included liquid money market accounts.

39


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Company Overview
      We are a life science company focused on the development and commercialization of genomic-based clinical diagnostic tests for cancer that allow physicians and patients to make individualized treatment decisions. In January 2004, we launched our first test under the brand name Onco type DX for early stage breast cancer patients. We believe that Onco type DX is the first genomic test with clinical evidence supporting its ability to predict the likelihood of cancer recurrence, the likelihood of patient survival within 10 years of diagnosis and the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit. Our initial test is focused on patients with early stage, node negative, or N-, estrogen receptor positive, or ER+, breast cancer who will be treated with tamoxifen, a frequently used hormonal therapy. Approximately half of the 230,000 patients expected to be diagnosed with breast cancer in the United States in 2005 are predicted to be early stage cancer patients that are N- and ER+. Many of the diagnostic factors currently used in connection with early stage breast cancer are subjective, have limited capability to predict future cancer recurrence and are not useful in predicting response to chemotherapy. We believe that the use of Onco type DX can provide a deeper understanding of each patient’s breast cancer and therefore should result in better informed and more appropriate treatment decisions.
      We developed Onco type DX using a multi-step approach, conducting clinical studies on tumor specimens from more than 2,600 breast cancer patients. Our technology provides quantitative gene expression information for each patient’s tumor, which we refer to as an oncotype. When an oncotype is correlated with known clinical outcomes, it can be useful in predicting the likelihood of an individual patient’s tumor behavior. Onco type DX for breast cancer utilizes a 21-gene panel whose composite gene expression profile can be represented by a single quantitative score, which we call a Recurrence Score. The higher the Recurrence Score, the more aggressive the tumor and the more likely it is to recur. The lower the Recurrence Score, the less aggressive the tumor and the less likely it is to recur. Onco type DX has been clinically validated for N-, ER+, tamoxifen-treated breast cancer patients by two, large independent studies. Moreover, we have demonstrated that the Recurrence Score correlates with chemotherapy benefit, and we are undertaking further studies to support this finding. Onco type DX is commercially available at a list price of $3,460 through our laboratory located in Redwood City, California, which is accredited under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, and by the College of American Pathologists, or CAP. In 2004, over 500 tests were ordered by treating physicians. In December 2004, our validation study was published in The New England Journal of Medicine and the results of additional clinical trials were presented at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, over 3,000 tests were ordered by treating physicians. As of June 30, 2005, Onco type DX has been ordered by over 1,400 physicians throughout the United States.
Scientific Background
          Limits of Existing Approaches for Determining Cancer Treatments
      Cancer is a group of complex molecular diseases characterized by the uncontrolled growth and spread of abnormal cells resulting from genetic mutations or damage that can severely disrupt normal body functions. In 2005, approximately 1.4 million people in the United States are expected to be diagnosed with cancer. Common types of cancer include breast, prostate, lung and colon. Cancers are difficult to treat because each type responds differently to treatments depending upon the individual and the type and location of the cancer.
      To treat cancer effectively, physicians diagnose and gauge the stage of a patient’s disease to determine the best course of therapy. The most common practice used to diagnose cancer is through pathologic evaluation of tumors under a microscope. For solid tumors, tumor tissue is typically removed through surgery or needle biopsy, fixed in a chemical preservative and embedded in paraffin wax. A pathologist places thin sections of this fixed paraffin embedded, or FPE, tissue onto glass slides so it can be studied under a microscope. In many cases, pathologists also use molecular staining techniques, including protein-specific staining, to improve the quality of their diagnosis. After visually examining the sample, the pathologist judges

40


Table of Contents

whether the biopsy contains normal or cancerous cells. The pathologist may also grade the tumor based on how aggressive the cancer cells appear under the microscope.
      Once a pathologist diagnoses cancer, the patient’s physician determines the stage of the cancer based on further analysis of the patient’s condition using a variety of clinical measures, including the pathology grade, size of the tumor, how deeply the tumor has invaded tissues at the site of origin and the extent of any invasion into surrounding organs, lymph nodes or distant sites. Patient history, physical signs, symptoms and information obtained from existing tests are also evaluated and considered.
      Physicians currently rely primarily on tumor pathology grade and stage when predicting whether a cancer will recur, which is the key determinant in treatment decisions. Because tumor pathology and staging are heavily dependent on visual assessment and human interpretation, physicians and patients make treatment decisions often using subjective and qualitative information that may not reflect the molecular nature of the patient’s cancer. As a result, many patients are misclassified as high risk when they are truly low risk for recurrence or low risk when they are high risk for recurrence, resulting in over-treatment for some and under-treatment for others.
      For many cancer patients, chemotherapy is commonly used as a treatment. Chemotherapy involves the use of highly toxic drugs to kill cancer cells. It is often given after surgery to kill remaining cancer cells that could not be physically removed to reduce the risk of disease recurrence. Chemotherapy can take months to complete and can dramatically impact a patient’s quality of life. Patients usually experience a wide range of acute toxicities, including infection, pain in the mouth and throat, weight loss, fatigue, hair loss, rashes and injection site reactions. In addition, long-term effects of chemotherapy can include cognitive impairment, cardiac tissue damage, infertility, disease of the central nervous system, chronic fatigue, secondary malignancies and personality changes. Overall benefits of chemotherapy vary significantly across cancer populations, and the benefit of treatment may not always justify the cost of the therapy or the physical and mental burden patients endure.
          Use of Genomics to Understand Cancer
      Genomics is the study of complex sets of genes, their expression and their function in a particular organism. A gene is a set of instructions or information that is embedded in the DNA of a cell. For a gene to be turned on or “expressed” by a cell, the cell must first transcribe a copy of its DNA sequence into messenger RNA, which is then translated by the cell into protein. Proteins are large molecules that control most biological processes and make up molecular pathways, which cells use to carry out their specific functions.
      Genomics can also be used to understand diseases at the molecular level. Diseases can occur when mutated or defective genes inappropriately activate or block molecular pathways that are important for normal biological function. Disease can result from inheriting mutated genes or from developing mutations in otherwise normal cells. Such mutations can be the cause of cancer. The ability to detect a mutation or its functional results and to understand the process by which the mutation contributes to disease is crucial to understanding the molecular mechanisms of a disease.
      A common form of genomic analysis is the measurement of gene expression, or the presence and amount of one or more RNA sequences in a particular cell or tissue. Mutations may change the gene expression pattern of a cell as the cell responds to an altered genetic code. Quantifying the differences in gene expression has become a common way to study the behavior of an altered cell. This method allows for the measurement of the expression of single or multiple genes. These expression levels can be correlated with disease and clinical outcomes.
      Advances in genomic technology have accelerated the rate and lowered the cost of gene expression analysis, thus providing unprecedented opportunity for clinical utility. We believe gene expression technology has the potential to improve the quality of diagnosis and treatment of disease by arming patients and physicians with an understanding of disease at a molecular level that is specific to each patient.

41


Table of Contents

      Cancer results from alterations in cells caused by the molecular changes of mutated genes. The behavior of cancer is dependent on many different genes and how they interact. Cancer is complicated and it may not be possible to identify a single gene that adequately signals a more aggressive or less aggressive type of cancer. The ability to analyze multiple genes expressed by the tumor provides more valuable information, which enables individualized cancer assessment and treatment.
      The key to utilizing genomics in cancer is identifying specific sets of genes and gene interactions that are important for diagnosing different subsets of cancers. Studies can be performed which link response to therapy or the likelihood of recurrence to the pattern of gene expression in tumors. These results can then be used to develop tests that quantify gene expression of an individual’s tumor, allowing physicians to better understand what treatments are most likely to work for an individual patient or how likely a cancer is to recur.
Our Solution
      Our genomic-based diagnostic approach correlates gene expression information to clinical outcomes and provides information designed to improve treatment decisions for cancer patients. We have optimized technology for quantitative gene expression on FPE tissue by developing methods and processes for screening hundreds of genes at a time using minimal amounts of tissue. This technology allows us to analyze archived samples of tissue, retained by hospitals for most cancer patients, to correlate gene expression with known clinical outcomes. Once we have established and validated a test, we can then analyze a patient’s tumor and correlate the result to known clinical outcomes. As a result, each tumor’s gene expression can be quantified and correlated with responsiveness to therapy or the likelihood of cancer recurrence or progression. Onco type DX, our first clinically validated product, uses this quantitative molecular pathology approach to provide an individualized analysis of each patient’s tumor.
      We believe that our multi-gene analysis, as opposed to single-gene analysis, provides a more powerful approach to distinguish tumors as being more or less likely to recur or progress. Furthermore, as shown in breast cancer, our approach can be used to determine whether a cancer is more or less likely to respond to therapy. This information ultimately allows the physician and patient to choose a course of treatment that is individualized for each patient.
      Our solution fits within current clinical practice and therapeutic protocols, facilitating product adoption. We analyze tissues as they are currently handled, processed and stored by clinical pathology laboratories. Once a patient is diagnosed with breast cancer and a physician orders Onco type DX, the pathology lab provides us with the tumor block or thin sections from the biopsy specimen utilized for the diagnosis. Because the specimens are chemically preserved and embedded in paraffin wax, they require no special handling and can be sent by overnight mail to our laboratory in California. We believe this provides an advantage over tests using fresh or frozen tissue that require special handling, such as shipping frozen tissue on dry ice. We typically analyze the tissue and deliver our results to the treating physician within 10 to 14 days of receipt of the tissue sample. This is within the crucial decision window after the tumor has been surgically removed and before the patient and the treating physician discuss additional treatment options.
      We believe our solution provides information that has the following benefits:
  Improved Quality of Treatment Decisions. We believe our approach to genomic-based cancer analysis improves the quality of cancer treatment decisions by providing an individualized analysis of each patient’s tumor that is correlated to clinical outcome. Our approach represents a substantial departure from existing approaches to treatment, which often use subjective, anatomic and qualitative factors to determine treatments. Onco type DX has been shown in clinical studies to classify many patients into recurrence risk categories different from classifications based on current guidelines. Thus, our solution enables patients and physicians to make more informed decisions about treatment risk-benefit and, consequently, design an individualized treatment plan.
 
  Improved Economics of Cancer Care. We believe that improving the quality of treatment decisions can result in significant economic benefits. In early stage breast cancer, our data shows that many patients

42


Table of Contents

  are misclassified as high or low risk under existing treatment guidelines. Many low risk patients misclassified as high risk receive toxic and expensive chemotherapy treatment regimens. Chemotherapy may cost in excess of $20,000, as compared to Onco type DX’s list price of $3,460. On the other hand, some high risk patients misclassified as low risk are not provided chemotherapy treatment, possibly necessitating future treatment costing up to $50,000 or more if the cancer recurs.

Business Strategy
      Our goal is to improve the quality of treatment decisions for cancer patients by providing individualized information to patients and their physicians through the genomic analysis of tumor biopsies. Key elements of our strategy include:
  Deliver High-value Genomic-based Diagnostics. We believe that treatment decisions are currently being made with little understanding of the molecular profile of each tumor and that economic inefficiencies result in the healthcare system when crucial and expensive treatment decisions are made based on inadequate and often subjective information. Our strategy is to identify treatment decisions that can benefit from, and be guided by, the patient’s individual genomic information. We are focused on developing high-value tests that address these treatment decisions, with the goal of making our genomic-based tests a standard of care. Our value lies in our ability to deliver individualized information during the crucial period of time after diagnosis but prior to the decision to undergo a specific cancer treatment.
 
  Achieve Broad-based Adoption and Reimbursement. We intend to continue to build a strong sales, marketing and reimbursement effort by interacting directly with medical and surgical oncologists, pathologists and payors. Because oncology is a concentrated specialty, we believe that a focused marketing organization and specialized sales force can effectively serve the oncology community and provide us with a competitive advantage. We believe our direct sales approach, coupled with our plans to conduct multiple clinical studies with results published in peer-reviewed journals, will increase patient and physician demand and increase the number of favorable reimbursement coverage decisions by payors.
 
  Enhance Existing Products and Technologies. Our goal is to enhance our marketed products by validating additional individualized patient information to improve treatment planning. We also intend to deliver added value by expanding the clinical categories of patients we can address within a cancer population. For example, we plan to expand our breast cancer product to address late-stage breast cancer patients as well as questions about the responsiveness of an individual tumor to therapeutic agents such as aromatase inhibitors and taxanes. We believe that continuous innovation can sustain a competitive advantage by delivering more information to physicians in comparison with new competitive products entering the market.
 
  Apply Our Clinical Development Platform to Other Cancers. We intend to use our clinical development platform to address multiple cancers for which quantitative molecular pathology could improve the assessment of the risk of disease progression and the prediction of response to therapy. In the next several years, we plan to expand our focus beyond breast cancer, potentially including colon, prostate, renal cell and lung cancers and melanoma. We designed our clinical development platform to enable us to conduct clinical studies with clinical study groups and opinion leaders using archived biopsy specimens with years of associated patient data to correlate genomic information to clinical outcomes. This approach allowed us to research, develop, validate and commercialize Onco type DX in three years.
Our Product: Onco type DX
      Onco type DX uses quantitative molecular pathology to improve cancer treatment decisions. We offer Onco type DX as a clinical laboratory service, where we analyze tumor tissue samples in our laboratory and provide physicians with genomic information specific to the patient’s tumor. Early stage breast cancer is the first patient population where we have commercialized a genomic test that has been shown clinically to

43


Table of Contents

predict the likelihood of cancer recurrence, the likelihood of patient survival within 10 years of diagnosis and the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit.
      Our technology provides quantitative gene expression information for each patient’s tumor, which we refer to as an oncotype. When an oncotype is correlated with known clinical outcomes, it can be useful in predicting the likelihood of an individual patient’s tumor behavior. This allows the physician and patient to address key issues such as risk of disease recurrence or progression, likelihood of long-term survival and potential response to chemotherapy or other treatments. In breast cancer, we developed our gene panel by narrowing the field of the approximately 25,000 human genes down to 250 cancer-related genes through review of existing research literature and computer analysis of genomic databases. We evaluated the 250 genes in three independent clinical studies to identify a 21-gene panel whose composite gene expression profile can be represented by a single quantitative score, which we call a Recurrence Score. The higher the Recurrence Score, the more aggressive the tumor and the more likely it is to recur. The lower the Recurrence Score, the less aggressive the tumor and the less likely it is to recur. Moreover, we have demonstrated that the Recurrence Score also correlates with chemotherapy benefit, and we are undertaking further studies to support this finding.
Oncotype DX for Breast Cancer
      Approximately 230,000 new cases of breast cancer are expected to be diagnosed in the United States in 2005. Following diagnosis, a physician determines the stage of the breast cancer by examining the following:
  •  the size of the tumor,
 
  •  node status, referred to as node positive, or N+, where the tumor has spread to the lymph nodes, and node negative, or N-, where the tumor has not spread to the lymph nodes, and
 
  •  the extent to which the cancer has spread to other parts of the body.
Breast cancer tumors are classified as stage I, II, III or IV. Stage I and II are generally referred to as early stage breast cancer, and stage III and IV are generally referred to as late-stage breast cancer. Standard treatment guidelines weigh the stage of the cancer and additional factors to predict cancer recurrence and determine treatment protocol such as:
  •  the presence or absence of estrogen receptors, referred to as estrogen receptor positive, or ER+, where estrogen receptors are present, and estrogen receptor negative, or ER-, where estrogen receptors are not present,
 
  •  the abundance of human epidermal growth factor receptor-type 2, or HER2, genes or protein in the tumor,
 
  •  the age of the patient, and
 
  •  the histological type and grading of the tumor as reported by the pathologist.
      Because these diagnostic factors have limited capability to predict future recurrence and response to chemotherapy and some are subjective, a large percentage of early stage breast cancer patients are classified as high risk. As a consequence, the use of chemotherapy has become standard practice in these patients even though the benefit to this patient group as a whole is small. Most early stage breast cancer patients have N-, ER+ tumors. These patients have been demonstrated to respond well to hormonal therapy such as tamoxifen. Identifying which of these patients will further benefit from chemotherapy is a difficult decision under current guidelines. A National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project, or NSABP, study published in 2004 showed that after 12 years of follow-up, overall survival in N-, ER+ breast cancer patients using tamoxifen hormonal therapy alone was approximately 83% and the overall survival using tamoxifen hormonal therapy and chemotherapy was 87%. Therefore, the incremental survival benefit of chemotherapy in this study was only 4%. Our test is designed to help identify those patients with aggressive tumors who are most likely to benefit from chemotherapy and identify those patients with less aggressive tumors who may receive minimal clinical benefit from chemotherapy.

44


Table of Contents

      We believe that Onco type DX is the first genomic test that has clinical evidence supporting its ability to predict the likelihood of cancer recurrence, the likelihood of patient survival within 10 years of diagnosis and the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit in early stage, N-, ER+ breast cancer patients treated with tamoxifen. Onco type DX is currently available at a list price of $3,460. We accept orders from all 50 states through our commercial laboratory located in Redwood City, California. Our laboratory is accredited under CLIA and by CAP.
      When the treating physician places an order for Onco type DX, the local pathology laboratory sends the tumor sample to our laboratory. Once we receive the tumor sample, it is logged in and processed by our pathology department. Suitable samples then undergo a process by which RNA is extracted and purified. We then analyze the resulting material and produce a report, typically within 10 to 14 days of the receipt of the sample, that shows a Recurrence Score on a continuum between 0-100. The Recurrence Score, along with other data and tests that physicians obtain, forms the basis for the treatment decision.
      The Recurrence Score has been clinically validated to correlate with an individual’s likelihood of breast cancer recurrence within 10 years of diagnosis. The lower the Recurrence Score the less likely the tumor is to recur and the higher the Recurrence Score the more likely the tumor is to recur. A Recurrence Score range from 0-100 correlates to an actual recurrence range from about 3% recurrence to over 30% recurrence for patients in our validation study using the NSABP Study B-14 population. This continuous range of scores differentiates Onco type DX from other tests that predict only high or low risk by providing an individualized level of risk. To evaluate our clinical validation studies and compare Onco type DX to other methods of classifying risk, we defined Recurrence Score ranges for low, intermediate and high risk groups. A Recurrence Score below 18 correlates with a low likelihood of recurrence; a Recurrence Score equal to or greater than 18 but less than 31 correlates with an intermediate likelihood of recurrence; and a Recurrence Score equal to or greater than 31 correlates with a high likelihood of recurrence. Within each risk category, Onco type DX further quantifies the risk for any given patient. For example, a low risk patient may have as low as a 3% likelihood of recurrence of breast cancer within 10 years or as high as a 11% likelihood of recurrence, depending on the individual Recurrence Score. We believe this represents a substantial improvement upon existing methods for classifying patient risk.
Clinical Development and Validation of Oncotype DX
Clinical Development of the Oncotype DX Recurrence Score
      We developed Onco type DX using a multi-step approach, conducting clinical studies on tumor specimens from more than 2,600 breast cancer patients. First, we developed methods, using RT-PCR, to quantify the expression of hundreds of genes in RNA isolated from fixed paraffin embedded tumor tissue. We then selected 250 cancer-related genes using computer analysis of genomic databases and our knowledge of cancer pathways. Third, we performed three independent breast cancer clinical studies in a total of 447 patients with known clinical outcomes to test the relationship between the expression of the 250 cancer-related genes and recurrence. Two of these studies were conducted at Providence Saint Joseph Medical Center and Rush University Medical Center, using samples from patients with N- and N+ tumors who received tamoxifen, chemotherapy or both. A third study was conducted in our specific target population of N-, ER+ patients treated with tamoxifen.
      From these studies we selected a panel of 21 genes, comprised of 16 cancer-related genes and five reference genes, with which we developed the Recurrence Score utilizing a number of statistical approaches. The Recurrence Score is obtained by first normalizing the expression of the cancer-related genes against the reference genes and then applying the Recurrence Score formula to calculate a single score scaled between 0-100.
          Clinical Validation of Prediction of Recurrence and Survival in N-, ER+ Patients Treated with Tamoxifen
      Our clinical validation studies were designed to answer two questions about the utility of the Recurrence Score when N-, ER+ breast cancer patients treated with tamoxifen make additional treatment decisions. First, we wanted to test whether Onco type DX could differentiate patients with a high likelihood of recurrence from

45


Table of Contents

patients with a low likelihood of recurrence. Second, we wanted to expand these results with a second study to demonstrate success in predicting breast cancer survival in a community hospital setting.
      Oncotype DX Predicts the Likelihood of Recurrence.  Our initial validation study was performed in 2003 in collaboration with the NSABP to determine whether Onco type DX predicts the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence. This study, which was reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2003 and published in The New England Journal of Medicine in December 2004, evaluated the ability of Onco type DX to quantify the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence over 10 years. The study involved 668 patients who were enrolled in the NSABP Study B-14 between 1982 and 1988. Each patient sample was analyzed in a blinded fashion and the results provided back to the NSABP through a neutral party at the University of Pittsburgh for analysis. The Recurrence Score was used to prospectively define the following three risk groups based on our clinical development studies described above:
  •  a low risk group, with a Recurrence Score of less than 18, classified 51% of patients with an average recurrence rate of 6.8%;
 
  •  an intermediate risk group, with a Recurrence Score equal to or greater than 18 but less than 31, classified 22% of the patients with an average recurrence rate of 14.3%; and
 
  •  a high risk group, with a Recurrence Score greater than 31, which included 27% of the patients with an average recurrence rate of 30.5%.
The Recurrence Score was able to assign patients into high and low risk groups (p<0.001) and, when the Recurrence Score was examined together with age and tumor size in a multivariate analysis, only the Recurrence Score remained a significant predictor of patient outcome (p<0.001). A p-value indicates the probability that the result obtained in a statistical test is due to chance rather than a true relationship between measures. A small p-value, generally less than 0.05, or p<0.05, indicates that it is very unlikely that the results were due to chance. In this study we also demonstrated that the likelihood of distant recurrence at 10 years increased continuously as the Recurrence Score increased, with a range from about 3% recurrence for a Recurrence Score of zero to greater than 30% recurrence for patients in the high Recurrence Score category.
(GRAPH NO. 1 (B-14 STUDY))
In addition, in subgroup analysis of various ages, tumor sizes and pathology grade, the Recurrence Score remained a consistent predictor of distant recurrence.
      Oncotype DX Predicts the Likelihood of Breast Cancer Survival in a Community Hospital Setting.  In collaboration with Northern California Kaiser Permanente, we conducted a large, case-control, epidemiological study of breast cancer patients diagnosed from 1985 to 1994 at 14 Northern California Kaiser hospitals. This study was initially reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December

46


Table of Contents

2004 and further detailed results were presented at the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, or ASCO, in May 2005. Patients who died of breast cancer, or the cases, were matched with up to three controls based on each case’s age, race and ethnicity, tamoxifen treatment, facility and diagnosis year. Controls had to be alive at the time of the corresponding case’s death in order to compare outcomes and availability of follow-up for those patients alive at time of each case death. To be eligible, patients had to be N-, less than 75 years old and not have received adjuvant chemotherapy. Among a potentially eligible population of 4,964 patients, we identified 220 eligible cases and 570 matched controls. Approximately one-third of the study patients were treated with tamoxifen. This study was performed to confirm that the Recurrence Score predicts breast cancer survival at 10 years in ER+ patients treated with tamoxifen. The likelihood of breast cancer survival at 10 years was more than five fold higher for patients in the pre-defined low Recurrence Score group when compared to patients in the pre-defined high Recurrence Score group (p<0.003). With respect to the group of ER+ patients treated with tamoxifen, the absolute risk of breast cancer death at 10 years in the pre-specified risk groups was 2.8% for the low risk group, 10.7% for the intermediate risk group and 15.5% for the high risk group.
(GRAPH KAISER)
Additionally, in the larger population of ER+ patients untreated with tamoxifen, the Recurrence Score was also statistically significantly associated with breast cancer death at 10 years (p<0.025). This study, conducted in a community hospital setting, demonstrates that the Recurrence Score is independently associated with risk of breast cancer death and is able to identify subgroups of patients according to low, intermediate and high risk of death at 10 years.
Additional Questions Addressed by Further Studies
      Additional studies were conducted to investigate three clinical and scientific questions:
  •  How do patients in the different Recurrence Score risk groups respond to tamoxifen plus chemotherapy versus tamoxifen alone?
 
  •  Does the Recurrence Score predict the likelihood of recurrence, the benefit from tamoxifen or both?
 
  •  Does the Recurrence Score apply to untreated ER- patients and untreated ER+ patients?
      Oncotype DX Predicts the Likelihood of Chemotherapy Benefit.  We conducted a study in 2004 with the NSABP to determine whether Onco type DX is predictive of the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit. This study, which was reported initially at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004 and further detailed results were presented at ASCO’s annual meeting in May 2005, included 651 patients from the NSABP Study B-20 with N-, ER+ breast cancer enrolled from 1988 to 1993. Of these patients, 227 were treated with tamoxifen alone and 424 were treated with tamoxifen plus chemotherapy. The results of this

47


Table of Contents

study demonstrated that low risk patients, as defined by the Recurrence Score, had a 96% recurrence-free survival rate at 10 years without chemotherapy compared with a 95% survival rate with chemotherapy, and intermediate risk patients as defined by the Recurrence Score had a 90% survival rate without chemotherapy compared with an 89% rate with chemotherapy. High risk patients as defined by the Recurrence Score had a 60% survival rate without chemotherapy compared with an 88% rate with chemotherapy (p<0.001).
(LINE CHART)
These results demonstrate that Onco type DX not only quantifies recurrence and survival risk but also correlates with the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit in early stage N-, ER+ breast cancer patients.
      Oncotype DX Predicts Likelihood of Recurrence Because it Predicts both Prognosis and Tamoxifen Benefit.  In 2004, we conducted an expanded study with the NSABP Study B-14 population to determine whether Onco type DX captures information regarding likelihood of distant recurrence, response to tamoxifen, or both. This study’s conclusions were reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004 and further detailed results were presented at ASCO’s annual meeting in May 2005. The study included 645 patients with N-, ER+ breast cancer enrolled from 1982 to 1988, 355 of whom were given placebos and 290 of whom where treated with tamoxifen. The results of this study demonstrated that Onco type DX predicts the likelihood of distant disease recurrence in tamoxifen-treated patients with N-, ER+ breast cancer because it captures both prognosis and response to tamoxifen. Furthermore, this study of Onco type DX demonstrates that low and intermediate risk patients as defined by the Recurrence Score had the largest benefit of tamoxifen and high risk patients as defined by the Recurrence Score had minimal benefit of tamoxifen. The quantitative levels of ER, as defined by Onco type DX, varied by over two-hundred fold within the ER+ population and increasing levels of quantitative ER gene expression correlated with increasing response to tamoxifen. Finally, Onco type DX was able to discriminate between high and low risk patients in a subset of patients not treated with tamoxifen.
      Results Were Inconclusive as to Whether Oncotype DX Predicts Likelihood of Recurrence in a Mixed Population of N-, Untreated Patients.  In 2003, we conducted a trial with The M.D. Anderson Cancer Center to test the predictive power of Onco type DX in untreated breast cancer patients who were either ER- or ER+. This study was first reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2003 and published in Clinical Cancer Research in May 2005. Out of a pool of over 4,000 N- patient tissue samples, only 149 patients were untreated and had a sufficient tissue sample and RNA available to make them eligible for the study. The study population differed significantly from the NSABP Study B-14 treatment arm used for our initial validation study in that none of the patients were treated with tamoxifen, and the population included ER- and ER+ patients. This study did not demonstrate a significant predictive power for Onco type DX in untreated N- patients. Importantly, it also did not demonstrate the expected predictive power for other known predictive factors. For example, tumor grade inversely correlated with expected outcomes. Subsequent evaluations of Onco type DX in the NSABP Study B-14 placebo arm using samples from untreated ER+ patients and in the Kaiser Permanente population-based study using samples from untreated ER+ and ER- patients demonstrated a correlation between

48


Table of Contents

the Recurrence Score and recurrence and survival. These results were reported at the San Antonio Breast Cancer Conference in December 2004 and ASCO’s annual meeting in May 2005.
Health Economic Benefits of Oncotype DX
      We are sponsoring third-party studies conducted by researchers affiliated with academic institutions to examine the health economic implications of Onco type DX. One such study, which was published in The American Journal of Managed Care , analyzed data from patients in the NSABP Study B-14 multi-center clinical trial to compare risk classification based on guideline criteria from the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, or NCCN, to risk classification by Onco type DX. Of the 668 patients in the NSABP study population, NCCN guidelines classified 615, or 92%, as high risk and 53, or 8%, as low risk. Of the 615 patients classified as high risk by NCCN, Onco type DX classified 49% as low risk, 22% as intermediate risk and 29% as high risk. Of the 53 patients that NCCN classified as low risk, Onco type DX classified 6% as high risk, 22% as intermediate risk and 72% as low risk. In each case, Onco type DX provided a more accurate classification of risk than the NCCN guidelines as measured by 10 year distant recurrence free survival.
      Based on these results, a model was designed to forecast quality-adjusted survival and expected costs, or the net present value of all costs of treatment until death, if Onco type DX was used in patients classified as low risk or high risk by NCCN guidelines. The model, when applied to a hypothetical population of 100 patients with the demographic and disease characteristics of the patients entered in the NSABP Study B-14, demonstrated an increase to quality-adjusted survival in this population of 8.6 years and a reduction in projected aggregate costs of approximately $200,000. Furthermore, the model showed that as the expected costs and anticipated toxicity of chemotherapy regimens increase, the use of the Recurrence Score to identify which patients would benefit from chemotherapy should lead to larger reductions in projected overall costs. According to this study, if all early stage breast cancer patients and their physicians used Onco type DX and acted on the information provided by the Recurrence Score, there would be significant economic benefit to the healthcare system.
New Product Development
      We developed Onco type DX using the following multi-phased clinical development platform that we intend to use in developing future products for breast and other cancers:
  •  Clinical Research Phase.  In this phase, we establish a product definition and research plan. Our research team initiates the clinical research program with computer-based screening of the approximately 25,000 genes in the human genome to select candidate genes. The gene selection process uses genomic databases and knowledge of key cancer and drug related pathways. We use internally developed software for optimization and rapid selection of target DNA sequences in order to develop quantitative molecular pathology assays for each gene. To date, we have compiled a library of over 1,000 individual gene tests for use in multiple product opportunities. We secure access to archival tumor biopsy samples for feasibility studies as well as archival tumor biopsy samples correlated with clinical data for gene identification studies. The goal of these studies is to identify genes that correlate with a specific clinical outcome prior to moving the program into development.
 
  •  Development Phase.  We conduct additional clinical studies to refine the gene set in the specific patient population of interest. We select the final gene panel through statistical modeling of the gene correlation data to develop the best quantitative correlation to the target clinical outcome. With a gene panel and quantitative methodology established, we then finalize all of the remaining assay parameters. For example, for Onco type DX we tested and verified protocols for RNA extraction and amplification, automated chemistry and reagent quality control and handling to establish a reproducible, scaleable process. Once the genes, assay chemistry, automation and analysis specifications are finalized, tested and verified, we begin clinical validation.
 
  •  Validation Phase.  In this phase, we conduct one or more validation studies with prospectively designed endpoints to test our candidate gene panel and the corresponding quantitative expression score. These studies are conducted with a different set of archival patient specimens to verify that the test correlates with the predicted clinical outcome in an independent patient population. Since we control the quality

49


Table of Contents

  and reproducibility of our assays using FPE tissues, we are able to conduct large validation studies with archived samples with years of clinical outcomes. This allows validation studies to be performed more rapidly than would be the case with techniques that require fresh tissue, which must be newly collected and need many years of follow up before study results can be obtained.
 
  •  Commercialization and Product Expansion Phase.  Once a test is commercialized, we may perform additional studies designed to support the test’s clinical utility and potentially to broaden its use in additional patient populations or for additional indications. Such studies may include prospective studies to verify that our test is changing physician behavior as well as testing a commercial product in new populations. Multiple clinical studies are also useful for driving adoption and reimbursement by physicians and payors.

Our Product Pipeline
      Over 550,000 treatment decisions are expected to be made in the United States in 2005 for patients diagnosed with early stages of breast, colon, prostate, renal cell and lung cancers and melanoma. Early stage cancers are often treated with adjuvant treatments that are administered in conjunction with primary therapy, such as surgery and radiation, intended to prevent the recurrence of a particular cancer. The early stage patient population is generally the larger treatment population for most cancers. While our products under development focus on early stage disease, we consider product opportunities in late-stage disease when appropriate.

50


Table of Contents

Product Development Opportunities in Breast Cancer
      The following table describes our current breast cancer product and our product opportunities:
                     
        2005 Estimated        
        Treatment        
        Decisions        
    Breast Cancer   in the   Anticipated   Product
Breast Cancer Products   Population   United States   Product Attributes   Stage
                 
Onco type DX
  N-, ER+     125,000     • Recurrence   Commercial
                • Response to chemotherapy    
 
                • Response to chemotherapy   or other therapeutic   regimens   Product
Expansion
 
    N+     65,000     • Recurrence   Product
                • Response to chemotherapy   or other therapeutic   regimens   Expansion
 
 
Onco type DX —
  N-, ER+ and     190,000 (1)   • Enhanced recurrence   Clinical
Second Generation
  N+           • Enhanced response to   chemotherapy   Research
 
 
New Products
  N-, ER-     30,000     • Response to taxanes (2)   Clinical
                • Response to chemotherapy   Research
                • Recurrence    
 
    N+     65,000 (3)   • Response to taxanes   Clinical
                • Response to chemotherapy   Research
 
    N-, ER+     125,000 (4)   • Response to taxanes   Clinical
Research
 
(1)   Represents the sum of the 125,000 estimated treatment decisions in 2005 for N-, ER+ patients and the 65,000 estimated treatment decisions in 2005 for N+ breast cancer patients listed above.
 
(2)   Taxanes are a class of chemotherapy drugs that are commonly used for breast cancer.
 
(3)   This figure is the same as the 65,000 treatment decisions listed above.
 
(4)   This figure is the same as the 125,000 treatment decisions listed above.
          Oncotype DX
      We are conducting clinical studies with Onco type DX to expand the market and improve certain product features. Approximately 65,000 patients are expected to be diagnosed in the United States in 2005 with N+ breast cancer and many may not benefit from chemotherapy or may have other health issues that increase the risk of chemotherapy treatment. Our early clinical research studies with Rush University Medical Center and Providence Saint Joseph Medical Center support further investigation of Onco type DX for this patient population. Additional studies are in the planning stage to investigate whether Onco type DX predicts the likelihood of recurrence in patients who use other hormonal therapies instead of tamoxifen. Additionally, we believe that individual gene scores which contribute to the Recurrence Score may have additional utility in predicting outcomes for specific therapies or disease subtypes. For example, a quantitative ER score may be a clinically useful predictor of response to tamoxifen based on our studies of the NSABP Study B-14 population.
          Second Generation Oncotype DX
      We are in the clinical research phase to investigate additional genes and gene combinations that may add to the predictive power of Onco type DX. A second generation product, if successful, could further refine and

51


Table of Contents

improve the classification of patients and result in better information for treatment decisions. We have identified multiple genes through research and development studies that, in varying combinations, may provide improved prediction of recurrence risk and likelihood of response to chemotherapy.
          Recurrence and Response Test for N-, ER- Breast Cancer
      We are in the clinical research phase to develop a product to predict the likelihood of recurrence and response to chemotherapy in N-, ER- breast cancer patients. This population is expected to represent approximately 30,000 patients in the United States in 2005. To date, we have conducted several clinical research studies that included N-, ER- breast cancer patients, and we plan to continue to explore opportunities in this population, including tests to better define ER- patients based on quantitative molecular pathology.
          Taxane Response Test
      We are also in the clinical research phase to develop a product to predict the response of patients to taxanes. Taxanes are a class of chemotherapy drugs that are used in addition to traditional chemotherapy regimens in some patients but have side effects and are most often used in patients with aggressive or later stage tumors. The potential population for this product includes the estimated 65,000 N+ breast cancer patients as well as N-, ER-patients at high risk and N- patients at high risk in the United States in 2005. We have developed a number of hypotheses and selected a gene panel to investigate this product opportunity further.

52


Table of Contents

          Product Development Opportunities in Other Cancers
      The following table describes our new products in development for cancers other than breast cancer:
                         
    2005 Estimated            
    Total Incidence   2005 Estimated        
    in the   Addressable        
Product Opportunity   United States   Population   Anticipated Product Attributes   Product Stage
                 
Colon Cancer
    120,000       65,000     • Recurrence   Clinical
                    • Prediction of drug response   Research
Prostate Cancer
    250,000       195,000     • Progression   Clinical
                    • Recurrence   Research
Renal Cell Cancer
    40,000       25,000     • Recurrence   Clinical
                    • Prediction of drug response   Research
Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    155,000       25,000     • Recurrence
• Prediction of drug response
  Clinical
Research
Melanoma
    70,000       25,000     • Recurrence   Clinical
                    • Prediction of drug response   Research
          Colon Cancer Recurrence and Response Test
      We are in the clinical research phase of developing a test to predict the likelihood of recurrence and response to chemotherapy in patients with early stage colon cancer. Colon cancer is expected to affect approximately 120,000 individuals in the United States in 2005, of which approximately 65,000 early stage patients will need to decide whether or not to use chemotherapy for their cancer as well as which chemotherapy to use. Only a small percentage of colon cancer patients are expected to have a survival benefit from additional treatment after surgery. We have developed an investigational 758-gene panel for colon cancer and have established a collaborative agreement with the NSABP, as well as other academic groups, to access colon tissue samples that have associated clinical outcome data.
          Prostate Cancer Progression and Recurrence Test
      We are in the clinical research phase of developing a test to predict the likelihood of progression and recurrence of prostate cancer in early stage patients. Approximately 250,000 men are expected to be diagnosed with prostate cancer in the United States in 2005, approximately 195,000 of whom will need to make critical decisions on whether or not to undergo local therapy, such as surgery or radiation, and on whether or not to have additional treatment after local therapy. Because the side effects of surgery and local radiation therapy can be serious, a need exists for a reliable test to determine the likelihood of progression. There is also a need for a reliable test to determine the likelihood of recurrence after local treatment, because hormonal therapy and chemotherapy have significant side effects as well. We are in the process of defining our prostate cancer gene panel and have established a collaborative agreement with an academic group to conduct initial feasibility studies and to access clinical samples correlated with outcome data in prostate cancer.
          Renal Cell Cancer Recurrence and Response Test
      We are in the clinical research phase of developing a test to predict the likelihood of recurrence and response to therapy in renal cell cancer. Approximately 40,000 individuals are expected to be diagnosed with renal cell cancer in the United States in 2005. Recently reported studies suggest that some of these patients may respond to new treatments. We have conducted initial feasibility studies to extract RNA from renal cell cancer specimens and are currently working to define potential products for patients with renal cell cancer under a collaborative agreement with an academic group that has access to clinical samples correlated to outcome data.
          Non-small Cell Lung Cancer Recurrence and Response Test
      We are in the clinical research phase of developing a test to predict the likelihood of response to chemotherapy in early stage, non-small cell lung cancer. Approximately 155,000 individuals are expected to be diagnosed with non-small cell lung cancer in the United States in 2005, of which approximately 25,000 of

53


Table of Contents

those patients are expected to be diagnosed before the cancer spreads and will need to make chemotherapy treatment decisions. Recent clinical studies suggest that at least some of those early stage patients will benefit from chemotherapy. The use of chemotherapy in early stage non-small cell lung cancer is relatively recent and is likely to accelerate. We have completed initial feasibility studies in lung tissues as a part of our EGFR inhibitor program described below and are in the process of defining our lung cancer gene panel. We have a collaborative agreement with an academic group that has access to clinical samples correlated to outcome data.
          Melanoma Recurrence and Response Test
      We are in the research phase of developing a test to predict the likelihood of recurrence and response to therapy for patients with melanoma. Approximately 70,000 individuals are expected to be diagnosed with melanoma in the United States in 2005. Recently reported studies suggest that some of these patients may respond to new treatments. We have conducted initial feasibility studies to extract RNA from melanoma cancer specimens and are currently working to define potential products for melanoma under a collaborative agreement with an academic group that has access to tissue samples that have been correlated to outcome data.
          Product Development Opportunities for Targeted Therapeutics
      New anti-cancer drugs in clinical development are designed to provide more targeted treatment which should improve efficacy and reduce side effects. A need exists to identify those patients who, based on the genomic profile of their tumors, are most likely to benefit from these therapies. We believe our individualized genomic analysis has the potential to improve patient selection for these therapies. We have had a number of discussions with pharmaceutical companies regarding the use of Onco type DX or our clinical development platform to identify subsets of patients more likely to respond to a particular therapy. We have completed several studies with different companies to evaluate our technology, and we are marketing our clinical development platform to pharmaceutical companies for exploratory clinical studies.
           Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor, or EGFR, Inhibitor Response Test
      We are in the clinical research phase to develop tests to predict the likelihood of response to the EGFR inhibitor class of drugs. The market opportunity for these tests will initially be limited to metastatic disease in lung and colon cancer, with an estimated 60,000 patients in the United States in 2005, where such drugs are currently approved. We have conducted three small clinical research studies in lung cancer, colon cancer and head and neck cancer which allowed us to identify and file patent applications on a number of genes which may predict the response to EGFR inhibitors. Further clinical development may require partnerships with pharmaceutical companies that have access to appropriate clinical trial specimens.
      In July 2005, we signed a collaborative agreement with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and ImClone Systems Incorporated to develop a genomic test to predict the likelihood of response to Erbitux in colorectal carcinoma. Erbitux is a targeted therapy currently approved for the treatment of metastatic colorectal carcinoma. Consistent with terms we generally require in our collaborative agreements, the agreement provides for research funding support and milestone payments and provides us commercial rights to diagnostic tests that result from the collaboration.
      We cannot assure you that any of the above product opportunities or products in development will ever be commercialized or, if commercialized, will ever be successful.
          Research and Development Expenses
      Our research and development expenses were $7.1 million, $9.1 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2005.

54


Table of Contents

Technology
      We utilize existing technologies such as RT-PCR and information technologies and optimize and integrate them into new processes. We expect to continue to extend the capabilities of the various components of our process to develop effective products. Our technology allows us to:
          Extract RNA from FPE-tumor Biopsies
      Our product development requires that we be able to quantify the relative amounts of RNA in patients’ FPE tissue specimens. We have developed proprietary technology, intellectual property and know-how for optimized and automated methods for extraction and analysis of RNA from FPE tissue. Although others can extract RNA from FPE tissue, to our knowledge the process has not been optimized and scaled up for high-throughput clinical testing and large-scale clinical development studies involving large numbers of genes. Our process uses commercially available reagents and instruments with our own proprietary process and automation protocols, which results in RNA extraction from the range of tissues used in our clinical development studies and our commercial laboratory test.
          Amplify and Detect Diminished Amounts of RNA Consistently
      We use a well-established technology that we license from Roche called RT-PCR as the basis for our quantitative molecular pathology assays. This technology uses PCR along with fluorescent detection methods to quantify the relative amount of RNA in a biological specimen. Our technology platform has the following advantages:
  •  Sensitivity.  We have developed protocols for extracting and quantifying RNA utilizing RT-PCR. Our method for amplifying small fragmented RNA is designed to allow us in the future to conduct studies with hundreds to thousands of genes from 10 micron sections of FPE tissue. Together with the inherent amplification of PCR, our platform provides us with sophisticated capabilities to quantify RNA levels from minimal amounts of tissue. The ability to amplify RNA allows us to maintain a repository of RNA from limited tissue samples that can be used for later studies.
 
  •  Specificity.  Human tissues contain thousands of different genes that are often highly related in sequence content, making it challenging for genomic tests to specifically identify molecules of interest. Our RT-PCR platform is highly specific because it works only when three different test reagents, called DNA probes and primers, independently match each gene to be measured. In addition, we have designed and implemented proprietary software for selecting optimal probe and primer sequences in an automated, high-throughput process. Our technology is also capable of quantifying non-coding RNA sequences that are present in miniscule quantities within tissues. The ability to utilize these sequences allows us to design highly specific assays for closely related genes.
 
  •  Precision and Reproducibility.  The reagents, materials, instruments and controls in our processes are used by trained personnel following validated standard operating procedures. Validation studies have shown that these standard operating procedures precisely quantify tested RNA with minimal variability in the assay system across days, instruments and operators. This enables our laboratory to produce consistently precise and accurate gene expression results. Our quality control methods for our reagents and processes, along with our software for automation, sample tracking, data quality control and statistical analysis, add to the reproducibility and precision of our test.
 
  •  Dynamic Range.  Because our RT-PCR platform can amplify small amounts of RNA in proportion to the amount present in the sample, we are able to measure RNA levels across as much as a hundred thousand fold range of differing RNA expression. Having a broad range of high resolution testing capability increases the quality of our correlations with clinical outcomes and therefore the predictive power of our tests.

55


Table of Contents

          Analyze Hundreds of Genes
      Historically, RT-PCR has been used to screen one or, at most, a few genes at a time. The methods and know-how we have developed allow us to expand RT-PCR technology to a scale that enables screening of hundreds of genes at a time while using minimal amounts of tissue. During our initial years of operation, we typically screened 48 to 96 genes from a standard FPE tissue sample using RNA from three 10 micron sections of tissue. By 2003, we routinely screened 192 genes from each sample and, by 2004, we screened 384 genes per sample. Today, we have the capability to screen up to 768 different genes per sample without sacrificing the sensitivity, specificity and reproducibility of RT-PCR. With continued investment in miniaturization and automation, we believe that our technology will be capable of continued increases in throughput.
          Employ Advanced Information Technology
      We have developed computer programs to automate our RT-PCR assay process. We have also developed a laboratory information management system to track our gene-specific reagents, instruments, assay processes and the data generated. Similarly, we have automated data analysis, storage and process quality control. We use statistical methods to optimize and monitor assay performance and to analyze data from our clinical research and development studies.
Reimbursement
      Revenues for clinical laboratory testing services may come from several sources, including commercial third-party payors, such as insurance companies and health maintenance organizations, government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and patients.
      To gain broad reimbursement coverage, we are focusing on educating payors on the following Onco type DX attributes:
  •  Test Performance.  Onco type DX provides results that are reproducible, sensitive, accurate and specific to the patient’s tumor. Patients may benefit from treatment decisions based on prediction of recurrence, survival and chemotherapy benefit.
 
  •  Clinical Utility.  Patients are provided a Recurrence Score on a risk continuum that may change decision making regarding the use of adjuvant chemotherapy, which may increase the benefits of treatment while reducing its risks and costs. We believe the large difference in risk of distant recurrence between tumors with low Recurrence Scores and high Recurrence Scores is indicative of the clinical utility of our test.
 
  •  Peer-reviewed Publication and Consistent Study Outcomes.  The 2003 NSABP validation study was peer-reviewed and published in The New England Journal of Medicine in December 2004. Physicians and payors often require one, and many require two or more, peer-reviewed publications to provide a basis for use and reimbursement decisions. The results of the independent Kaiser Permanente study reinforce the findings in the NSABP study. We believe that additional publications, including our findings on chemotherapy response, will increase usage and create a more favorable reimbursement environment.
 
  •  Patient and Physician Demand.  Increasing awareness and demand in the cancer community for Onco type DX will be necessary for widespread payor adoption. Increased usage of the test by physicians can influence payors and facilitate the reimbursement decision process.
 
  •  Improved Economics.  We are sponsoring third-party studies and providing information to payors to demonstrate the economic benefits that can result from the use of Onco type DX. A health economic analysis of Onco type DX was published in The American Journal of Managed Care in May 2005.
      As a relatively new test, Onco type DX may be considered investigational by payors and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Consequently, we have pursued case-by-case reimbursement and expect the test will continue to be reviewed on this basis until policy decisions have been made by individual payors.

56


Table of Contents

We are also working with public and private payors and health plans to secure coverage for Onco type DX based upon clinical evidence showing the utility of the test. As of August 2005, several regional payors, including Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, Inc. and Highmark Blue Cross Blue Shield, had issued policies supporting reimbursement for our test. In addition, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. has entered into a national clinical laboratory services agreement to reimburse us for Onco type DX tests performed for their patients. Where policies are not in place, we pursue case-by-case reimbursement. Through this process, as of June 30, 2005, over 180 payors had reimbursed one or more Onco type DX tests. We believe that it may take one or more years to achieve successful reimbursement with a majority of payors. However, we cannot predict whether, or under what circumstances, payors will reimburse our products. Payment amounts can also vary across individual policies. Denial of coverage by payors, or reimbursement at inadequate levels, would have a material adverse impact on market acceptance of our products. The current situation with our primary payors is as follows:
      Commercial Third-party Payors and Patient Pay.  Where there is a payor policy in place, we bill the payor and the patient in accordance with the established policy. Where there is no payor policy in place, we pursue reimbursement on behalf of each patient on a case-by-case basis. We request that physicians have a billing conversation with patients prior to a test being submitted to discuss the patient’s responsibility should their policy not cover the test. We also request that the physician inform the patient that we will take on the primary responsibility for obtaining third-party reimbursement on behalf of patients, including appeals for initial denials, prior to billing a patient. With this practice established, we believe that most patients receiving the Onco type DX test have agreed to the test knowing that they may be responsible for all or some portion of the cost of the test should their medical insurer deny or limit coverage. Our efforts on behalf of patients will take a substantial amount of time, and bills may not be paid for many months, if at all. Furthermore, if a third-party payor denies coverage after final appeal, it may take a substantial amount of time to collect from the patient, and we may not be successful.
      In early 2005, the Medical Advisory Panel of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association’s Technology Evaluation Center, or BCBSA, a technology assessment group, concluded that the existing clinical data in support of Onco type DX does not meet the panel’s technology criteria for clinical effectiveness and appropriateness. This assessment is provided for informational purposes to members of BCBSA and can be used by third-party payors and health care providers such as Blue Cross and Blue Shield, which provide healthcare coverage for nearly one-third of all Americans, as grounds to deny coverage for Onco type DX.
      Medicare and Medicaid.  In December 2004, the Northern California Medicare contractor with responsibility for processing and paying claims submitted by us announced that it would not provide coverage for Onco type DX for Medicare beneficiaries. It also indicated that there could be some questions concerning whether the hospital must bill Medicare or we can bill Medicare directly. Finally, it questioned which Medicare contractor has jurisdiction to determine coverage for Medicare claims for our test. To date, there is no national coverage determination on Onco type DX by Medicare, which means coverage is left to the discretion of the local Medicare contractor. Since the local Medicare contractor responsible for processing claims submitted by us has announced that it would not provide coverage for Onco type DX, this has resulted in the denial of Medicare claims. We are appealing these denials through established processes and working with Medicare to establish coverage for our test. During this time, we are not billing Medicare patients directly. However, if we are not successful in establishing coverage through Medicare, we may change this policy and bill future Medicare patients directly, subject to obtaining from patients their advance written consent. We believe that as much as 20% of our future market for Onco type DX may be derived from patients covered by Medicare.
Selling and Marketing
      Our selling and marketing strategy targets the oncology community, primarily medical and surgical oncologists. Our direct sales approach focuses on the clinical and economic benefits of Onco type DX and the scientific validation supporting our product. As of August 31, 2005, our selling and marketing team consisted of 40 employees. Our field staff has significant clinical oncology selling and marketing experience from leading biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical and specialty reference laboratory companies.

57


Table of Contents

      Our marketing strategy focuses on educating physicians, laboratory personnel and other healthcare professionals regarding the development of new genomic technologies and the value of the quantitative information Onco type DX provides. We also work closely with national and regional patient advocacy organizations that are focused on breast cancer care. Our customer service representatives are trained to handle inquiries from physicians, patients and other healthcare-providers. We also utilize the Internet for communicating with external constituencies, and our web site contains clinical information for healthcare professionals and educational information for breast cancer patients.
      We promote our product through marketing channels commonly used by the biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries, such as sponsored continuing medical education, medical meeting participation and broad-based publication of our scientific and economic data.
Competition
      We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of:
  •  the value of the quantitative information Onco type DX provides;
 
  •  the clinical validation of Onco type DX’s ability to predict recurrence and survival, and the demonstration of Onco type DX’s ability to predict the likelihood of chemotherapy benefit;
 
  •  our ability to perform clinical studies using archival tissue as it is currently processed, handled and stored;
 
  •  our ability to screen hundreds of genes at a time;
 
  •  the speed with which our clinical development platform can commercialize products;
 
  •  our clinical collaborations with clinical study groups; and
 
  •  the level of customer service we provide, both to patients and health care professionals.
      We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, although we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to do so in the future or that new products that perform better than Onco type DX will not be introduced. We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to:
  •  continue to innovate and maintain scientifically advanced technology;
 
  •  enhance Onco type DX for breast cancer to provide information in response to additional indications;
 
  •  continue to validate our products, especially with respect to chemotherapy benefit;
 
  •  obtain positive reimbursement decisions from payors;
 
  •  expand Onco type DX for use in other forms of cancer;
 
  •  attract and retain skilled scientific and sales personnel;
 
  •  obtain patents or other protection for our products;
 
  •  obtain and maintain our clinical laboratory accreditations and licenses; and
 
  •  successfully market and sell Onco type DX.
      Currently, our principal competition comes from existing diagnostic methods utilized by pathologists and oncologists, which generally involve assessing and evaluating the grade and stage of cancerous tumors when determining risk of recurrence. These methods, which have been used for many years and are therefore difficult to change or supplement, are typically accomplished in a short period of time without much expense. In addition, companies offering capital equipment and inexpensive kits or reagents to local pathology laboratories represent another source of potential competition. These kits are used directly by the pathologist, which facilitates adoption more readily than tests like Onco type DX that are performed outside the pathology laboratory. In addition, few diagnostic methods are as expensive as Onco type DX and others may develop lower-priced, less complex tests that could be viewed as the equivalent of ours.

58


Table of Contents

      We also face competition from companies such as Agendia B.V. which offer products or have conducted research to profile gene expression in breast cancer using fresh or frozen tissue. Commercial laboratories with strong distribution networks for diagnostic tests, such as Genzyme Corporation, Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings and Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, may become competitors. Other potential competitors include companies that develop diagnostic tests such as Bayer Healthcare LLC, Celera Genomics, a division of Applera Corporation, Roche Diagnostics, a division of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd, and Veridex LLC, a Johnson & Johnson company, as well as academic and research institutions.
      Many of our present and potential competitors have widespread brand recognition and substantially greater financial and technical resources and development, production and marketing capabilities than we do. Competition among these entities to recruit and retain highly qualified scientific, technical and professional personnel and consultants is also intense. If we are unable to compete successfully against current or future competitors, we may be unable to increase market acceptance for and sales of our test, which could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues, or achieving or sustaining profitability.
Regulation
          Medicare and Medicaid Coverage
      In determining whether or not Medicare will pay for a service, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, which oversees Medicare, can permit the contractors, who process and pay Medicare claims, to make that determination or it can make a national coverage determination, which will bind all Medicare contractors. To date, CMS has not issued a national coverage determination on Onco type DX. As a result, whether or not Medicare will cover the test is the decision of NHIC California, the current local Medicare carrier for California and the contractor with jurisdiction to process claims submitted by us. In December 2004, NHIC published an article on its website stating that it would not provide coverage for Onco type DX for Medicare beneficiaries and that there could be some questions concerning which provider must bill Medicare for the test and which contractor had jurisdiction to determine coverage for Medicare claims for our test.
      In addition, in February 2005, CMS issued a notice that would affect how the date of service for a laboratory service is determined. Based on this notice, CMS could determine that the date of service for the test is the date on which the patient’s initial surgery was performed. As a result, Onco type DX could be considered a hospital service, which would mean that we would be required to bill and be paid by the hospital and that the hospital would be required to bill Medicare for the test as part of its prospective payment for the admission or encounter during which the surgery was performed. This could also result in lower reimbursement rates in the event coverage is provided.
      We intend to work with Medicare to establish coverage for Medicare beneficiaries, and we are also working with NHIC California and CMS to resolve the issue concerning which entity is required to bill Medicare for our tests. In the meantime, we intend to appeal denials received on a case-by-case basis. We cannot provide any assurance, however, that coverage will be provided in the future by Medicare, that our appeals will ultimately be successful or that other issues will be favorably resolved. In addition, each state Medicaid program, which pays for services furnished to the eligible medically indigent, will usually make its own decision whether or not to cover Onco type DX. To date, no state Medicaid program has decided to pay for the test.
          Payment
      Clinical laboratory testing services, when covered by third-party payors, are paid under various methodologies, including prospective payment systems and fee schedules. Under Medicare, payment is generally made under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule with amounts assigned to specific procedure billing codes. Each Medicare carrier jurisdiction has a fee schedule that establishes the price for each specific laboratory billing code. The Social Security Act establishes that these fee schedule amounts are to be increased annually by the percentage increase in the consumer price index, or CPI, for the prior year. Congress has frequently legislated that the CPI increase not be implemented. In the Medicare Prescription

59


Table of Contents

Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act, or MMA, Congress eliminated the CPI update through 2008. In addition, the National Limitation Amount, or NLA, which acts as a ceiling on Medicare reimbursement, is set at a percentage of the median of all the carrier fee schedule amounts for each test code. In the past, Congress has frequently lowered the percentage of the median used to calculate the NLA in order to achieve budget savings. Currently, the NLA ceiling is set at 74% of the medians for established tests and 100% of the median for diagnostic tests for which no limitation amount was established prior to 2001. Thus, no carrier can pay more than the NLA amount for any specific code.
      At the present time, there is no specific code to report Onco type DX. Therefore, the test must be reported under a non-specific unlisted procedure code, which is subject to manual review of each claim. Furthermore, because there is no specific code for this test, there is also no set Medicare payment amount. We are moving forward with plans to obtain procedure coding, but there is no assurance that a specific procedure code will be adopted or that adequate payment will be assigned if and when a code is adopted.
      Several provisions of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 may affect future payments for clinical laboratory testing services, including Onco type DX. First, the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule payments under Medicare are frozen through 2008 with zero-percent annual adjustment. This would affect Medicare and Medicaid payments for Onco type DX if a specific procedure code and Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule payment are assigned to the test. Second, Congress authorized the Medicare program to conduct a demonstration project on applying competitive bidding to certain clinical laboratory tests. It is not clear whether competitive bidding will be applied more broadly to clinical laboratory services under Medicare at some point in the future and, if so, whether this would impact payment for Onco type DX, which is provided solely by us. Third, Medicare is reforming the local contractor process to replace current contracts with fiscal intermediaries, which are billed by hospitals and other institutional providers, and carriers, which are billed by physicians, independent laboratories and other suppliers, with new contracts. These reforms may result in a change in the contractors to whom we send Medicare claims, which may affect coverage for Onco type DX. Finally, on several occasions, including in 2003 during the negotiations over the MMA, Congress has considered imposing a 20% co-insurance amount on clinical laboratory services, which would require beneficiaries to pay a portion of the cost of their clinical laboratory testing. Although that requirement has not been enacted at this time, Congress could decide to impose such an obligation at some point in the future. If so, it could make it more difficult for us to collect payment for Onco type DX.
          Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988
      As a clinical laboratory, we are required to hold certain federal, state and local licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. Under CLIA, we are required to hold a certificate applicable to the type of work we perform and to comply with standards covering personnel, facilities administration, quality systems and proficiency testing.
      We have a certificate of accreditation under CLIA to perform testing and are accredited by CAP. To renew our CLIA certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years to assess compliance with program standards. The standards applicable to the testing which we perform may change over time. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate profitably should regulatory compliance requirements become substantially more costly in the future.
      If our laboratory is out of compliance with CLIA requirements, we may be subject to sanctions such as suspension, limitation or revocation of our CLIA certificate, as well as directed plan of correction, state on-site monitoring, civil money penalties, civil injunctive suit or criminal penalties. We must maintain CLIA compliance and certification to be eligible to bill for services provided to Medicare beneficiaries. If we were to be found out of compliance with CLIA program requirements and subjected to sanction, our business could be harmed.

60


Table of Contents

          Food and Drug Administration
      The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, regulates the sale or distribution, in interstate commerce, of medical devices, including in vitro diagnostic test kits. Devices subject to FDA regulation must undergo premarket review prior to commercialization unless the device is of a type exempted from such review. In addition, manufacturers of medical devices must comply with various regulatory requirements under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated under that Act, including quality system review regulations, unless exempted from those requirements for particular types of devices. Entities that fail to comply with FDA requirements can be liable for criminal or civil penalties, such as recalls, detentions, orders to cease manufacturing and restrictions on labeling and promotion.
      Clinical laboratory services are not subject to FDA regulation, but in vitro diagnostic test kits and reagents and equipment used by these laboratories may be subject to FDA regulation. Clinical laboratory tests that are developed and validated by a laboratory for use in examinations the laboratory performs itself are called “home brew” tests. Most home brew tests currently are not subject to premarket review by FDA although analyte-specific reagents or software provided to us by third parties and used by us to perform home brew tests may be subject to review by the FDA prior to marketing. We believe that Onco type DX is a type of home brew test. We believe that Onco type DX is not subject to regulation under current FDA policies and have communicated this conclusion to FDA staff. We believe that the container we provide for collection and transport of tumor samples from a pathology laboratory to our laboratory is a medical device subject to FDA regulation but exempt from premarket review. At this time, we believe the FDA is reviewing the regulatory status of Onco type DX. We cannot provide any assurance that FDA regulation, including premarket review, will not be required in the future for Onco type DX. If premarket review is required, this would adversely affect our business until such review is completed and approval or clearance to market is obtained. If premarket review is required by the FDA, there can be no assurance that our test will be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all. Ongoing compliance with FDA regulations would increase the cost of conducting our business, subject us to inspection by the FDA and to the requirements of the FDA and penalties for failure to comply with the requirements of the FDA. Should any of the clinical laboratory device reagents obtained by us from vendors and used in conducting our home brew test be affected by future regulatory actions, we could be adversely affected by those actions, including increased cost of testing or delay, limitation or prohibition on the purchase of reagents necessary to perform testing.
          Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
      Under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by health care providers, such as us. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in health care transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. Penalties for violations of HIPAA regulations include civil and criminal penalties.
      We have developed policies and procedures to comply with these regulations by the respective compliance enforcement dates. The requirements under these regulations may change periodically and could have an effect on our business operations if compliance becomes substantially more costly than under current requirements.
      In addition to federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws governing confidentiality of health information that are applicable to our operations. New laws governing privacy may be adopted in the future as well. We have taken steps to comply with health information privacy requirements to which we are aware that we are subject. However, we can provide no assurance that we are or will remain in compliance with diverse privacy requirements in all of the jurisdictions in which we do business. Failure to comply with privacy requirements could result in civil or criminal penalties, which could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

61


Table of Contents

          Federal and State Self-referral Prohibitions
      We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions commonly known as the Stark Law, and to similar restrictions under California’s Physician Ownership and Referral Act, commonly known as PORA. Together these restrictions generally prohibit us from billing a patient or any governmental or private payor for any test when the physician ordering the test, or any member of such physician’s immediate family, has an investment interest in, or compensation arrangement with, us, unless the arrangement meets an exception to the prohibition.
      Both the Stark Law and PORA contain an exception for referrals made by physicians who hold investment interests in a publicly traded company that has stockholders’ equity of $75 million at the end of its most recent fiscal year or on average during the previous three fiscal years, and which satisfies certain other requirements. In addition, both the Stark Law and PORA contain an exception for compensation paid to a physician for personal services rendered by the physician. We have compensation arrangements with a number of physicians for personal services, such as speaking engagements and specimen tissue preparation. We have structured these arrangements with terms intended to comply with the requirements of the personal services exception to Stark and PORA. However, we can not be certain that regulators would find these arrangements to be in compliance with Stark, PORA or similar state laws. We would be required to refund any payments we receive pursuant to a referral prohibited by these laws to the patient, the payor or the Medicare program, as applicable.
      Sanctions for a violation of the Stark Law include the following:
  •  denial of payment for the services provided in violation of the prohibition;
 
  •  refunds of amounts collected by an entity in violation of the Stark Law;
 
  •  a civil penalty of up to $15,000 for each service arising out of the prohibited referral;
 
  •  exclusion from federal healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs; and
 
  •  a civil penalty of up to $100,000 against parties that enter into a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibition.
These prohibitions apply regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral. No finding of intent to violate the Stark Law is required for a violation. In addition, under an emerging legal theory, knowing violations of the Stark Law may also serve as the basis for liability under the Federal False Claims Act.
      Further, a violation of PORA is a misdemeanor and could result in civil penalties and criminal fines. Finally, other states have self-referral restrictions with which we have to comply that differ from those imposed by federal and California law. While we have attempted to comply with the Stark Law, PORA and similar laws of other states, it is possible that some of our financial arrangements with physicians could be subject to regulatory scrutiny at some point in the future, and we cannot provide an assurance that we will be found to be in compliance with these laws following any such regulatory review.
          Federal and State Anti-kickback Laws
      Federal Anti-kickback Law makes it a felony for a provider or supplier, including a laboratory, to knowingly and willfully offer, pay, solicit or receive remuneration, directly or indirectly, in order to induce business that is reimbursable under any federal health care program. A violation of the Anti-kickback Law may result in imprisonment for up to five years and fines of up to $250,000 in the case of individuals and $500,000 in the case of organizations. Convictions under the Anti-kickback Law result in mandatory exclusion from federal health care programs for a minimum of five years. In addition, HHS has the authority to impose civil assessments and fines and to exclude health care providers and others engaged in prohibited activities from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs.
      Actions which violate the Anti-kickback Law or similar laws may also involve liability under the Federal False Claims Act, which prohibits the knowing presentation of a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for

62


Table of Contents

payment to the U.S. Government. Actions under the False Claims Act may be brought by the Department of Justice or by a private individual in the name of the government.
      Although the Anti-kickback Law applies only to federal health care programs, a number of states, including California, have passed statutes substantially similar to the Anti-kickback Law pursuant to which similar types of prohibitions are made applicable to all other health plans and third-party payors. California’s anti-kickback statute, commonly referred to as Section 650, has been interpreted by the California Attorney General and California courts in substantially the same way as the HHS and the courts have interpreted the Anti-kickback Law. A violation of Section 650 is punishable by imprisonment and fines of up to $50,000.
      Federal and state law enforcement authorities scrutinize arrangements between health care providers and potential referral sources to ensure that the arrangements are not designed as a mechanism to induce patient care referrals and opportunities. The law enforcement authorities, the courts and Congress have also demonstrated a willingness to look behind the formalities of a transaction to determine the underlying purpose of payments between health care providers and actual or potential referral sources. Generally, courts have taken a broad interpretation of the scope of the Anti-kickback Law, holding that the statute may be violated if merely one purpose of a payment arrangement is to induce future referrals.
      In addition to statutory exceptions to the Anti-kickback Law, regulations provide for a number of safe harbors. If an arrangement meets the provisions of a safe harbor, it is deemed not to violate the Anti-kickback Law. An arrangement must fully comply with each element of an applicable safe harbor in order to qualify for protection. There are no safe harbors to California’s Section 650.
      Among the safe harbors that may be relevant to us is the discount safe harbor. The discount safe harbor applies to discounts provided by providers and suppliers, including laboratories, to clients with respect to Medicare, Medicaid, private pay or HMO patients, where the referring physician bills the payor for the test, not when the service provider bills the payor directly. If the terms of the discount safe harbor are met, the discounts will not be considered prohibited remuneration under the Anti-kickback Law.
      California does not have a discount safe harbor. However, certain licensees, such as hospitals or physicians, may only mark-up laboratory tests purchased by those licensees from a laboratory if certain disclosures are made to patients and third party payors regarding the mark-up. Therefore, if and when we elect to offer discounts to California customers, including any hospital or physician, such discounts would not likely be viewed by regulators as prohibited under Section 650 because the mark-up would be disclosed by the customer to its buyer under California’s mark-up laws. In contrast, any such discounts provided by us to our non-California customers would have to be analyzed under California’s Section 650.
      The personal services safe harbor to the Anti-kickback Law provides that remuneration paid to a referral source for personal services will not violate the Anti-kickback Law provided all of the elements of that safe harbor are met. One element is that, if the agreement is intended to provide for the services of the physician on a periodic, sporadic or part-time basis, rather than on a full-time basis for the term of the agreement, the agreement specifies exactly the schedule of such intervals, their precise length, and the exact charge for such intervals. Our personal services arrangements with some physicians did not meet the specific requirement of this safe harbor that the agreement specify exactly the schedule of the intervals of time to be spent on the services because the nature of the services, for example, speaking engagements, does not lend itself to exact scheduling and therefore meeting this element of the personal services safe harbor is impractical. Failure to meet the terms of the safe harbor does not render an arrangement illegal. Rather, an arrangement would not have the protections of the safe harbor if challenged by a regulator and, if necessary, the parties might be required to demonstrate why the arrangement does not violate the Anti-kickback Law.
      While we believe that we are in compliance with the Anti-kickback Law and Section 650, there can be no assurance that our relationships with physicians, hospitals and other customers will not be subject to investigation or a successful challenge under such laws. If imposed for any reason, sanctions under the Anti-kickback Law and Section 650 could have a negative effect on our business.

63


Table of Contents

          Other Federal Fraud and Abuse Laws
      In addition to the requirements that are discussed above, there are several other health care fraud and abuse laws that could have an impact on our business. For example, provisions of the Social Security Act permit Medicare and Medicaid to exclude an entity that charges the federal health care programs substantially in excess of its usual charges for its services. The terms “usual charge” and “substantially in excess” are ambiguous and subject to varying interpretations.
      Further, the Federal False Claims Act prohibits a person from knowingly submitting a claims or making a false record or statement in order to secure payment by the federal government. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the statute authorizes actions to be brought on behalf of the federal government by a private party having knowledge of the alleged fraud. Because the complaint is initially filed under seal, the action may be pending for some time before the defendant is even aware of the action. If the government is ultimately successful in obtaining redress in the matter or if the plaintiff succeeds in obtaining redress without the government’s involvement, then the plaintiff will receive a percentage of the recovery. Finally, the Social Security Act includes its own provisions that prohibit the filing of false claims or submitting false statements in order to obtain payment. Violation of these provisions may result in fines, imprisonment or both, and possible exclusion from Medicare or Medicaid.
          California Laboratory Licensing
      In addition to federal certification requirements of laboratories under CLIA, licensure is required and maintained for our laboratory under California law. Such laws establish standards for the day-to-day operation of a clinical laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. In addition, California laws mandate proficiency testing, which involves testing of specimens that have been specifically prepared for the laboratory.
      If our laboratory is out of compliance with California standards, the California Department of Health Services, or DHS, may suspend, restrict or revoke our license to operate our laboratory; assess substantial civil money penalties; or impose specific corrective action plans. Any such actions could materially affect our business. We maintain a current license in good standing with DHS. However, we cannot provide assurance that DHS will at all times in the future find us to be in compliance with all such laws.
          New York Laboratory Licensing
      Because we receive specimens from New York state, our clinical laboratory is required to be licensed by New York. We maintain such licensure for our laboratory under New York state laws and regulations, which establish standards for:
  •  day-to-day operation of a clinical laboratory, including training and skill levels required of laboratory personnel;
 
  •  physical requirements of a facility;
 
  •  equipment; and
 
  •  quality control.
      New York law also mandates proficiency testing for laboratories licensed under New York state law, regardless of whether or not such laboratories are located in New York. If a laboratory is out of compliance with New York statutory or regulatory standards, the New York State Department of Health, or the DOH, may suspend, restrict or revoke the laboratory’s New York license or assess civil money penalties. Statutory or regulatory noncompliance may result in a laboratory’s being found guilty of a misdemeanor under New York law. Should we be found out of compliance with New York laboratory requirements, we could be subject to such sanctions, which could harm our business. We maintain a current license in good standing with the DOH. However, we cannot provide assurance that the DOH will at all times find us to be in compliance with all such laws.

64


Table of Contents

          Other States’ Laboratory Testing
      New Jersey may require out-of-state laboratories which accept specimens from New Jersey to be licensed in New Jersey. We have spoken with regulators at the New Jersey Department of Health and Senior Services, Clinical Laboratory Improvement Services, and are following their instructions with respect to compliance with New Jersey law. In addition, Florida, Maryland, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island require out-of-state laboratories which accept specimens from those states to be licensed. We have obtained licenses in those four states and believe we are in compliance with applicable licensing laws.
      From time to time, we may become aware of other states that require out of state laboratories to obtain licensure in order to accept specimens from the state, and it is possible that other states do have such requirements or will have such requirements in the future. If we identify any other state with such requirements or if we are contacted by any other state advising us of such requirements, we intend to follow instructions from the state regulators as to how we should comply with such requirements.
Patents and Proprietary Technology
      In order to remain competitive, we must develop and maintain protection on the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality, material data transfer agreements, licenses and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We also rely upon unpatented trade secrets and improvements, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We generally protect this information with reasonable security measures.
      As of August 31, 2005, we had 16 pending U.S. patent applications, including provisional and non-provisional filings. Ten of these U.S. patent applications also have corresponding pending applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty. We have filed one of our patent applications nationally in Canada, Europe and Japan, three of our patent applications in Canada, Australia, Europe and Japan, and an additional patent application in Canada, Australia and Japan.
      In these patent applications, we have either sole or joint ownership positions. In those cases where joint ownership positions were created, we have negotiated contractual provisions providing us with the opportunity to acquire exclusive rights under the patent applications. Under three patent applications, we have elected to allow exclusive options to lapse without exercising the option. The joint ownership agreements generally are in the form of material data transfer agreements that were executed at the onset of our collaborations with third parties.
      Our patent applications relate to two main areas: gene expression technology methods, and gene markers for cancer recurrence and drug response in certain forms of cancer. We intend to file additional patent applications in the United States and abroad to strengthen our intellectual property rights. Our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and we cannot assure you that any patents that might issue will protect our technology. Any patents issued to us in the future may be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that are not covered by our patents. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.
      From time to time, we may receive, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We cannot assure you that we will prevail in these actions, or that other actions alleging misappropriation or misuse by us of third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or the validity of patents issued to us in the future, will not be asserted or prosecuted against us, or that any assertions of misappropriation, infringement or misuse or prosecutions seeking to establish the validity of our patents will not materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      An adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party relating to any patents issued to us in the future or any patents owned by third parties could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Furthermore, if we are

65


Table of Contents

found to willfully infringe these patents, we could, in addition to other penalties, be required to pay treble damages. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in this area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory or commercially feasible terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign Onco type DX or other of our tests to avoid infringement, or such redesign may take considerable time, and force us to reassess our business plans. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling Onco type DX or other of our tests, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.
      All employees and technical consultants working for us are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. Confidentiality agreements provide that all confidential information developed or made known to others during the course of the employment, consulting or business relationship shall be kept confidential except in specified circumstances. Agreements with employees provide that all inventions conceived by the individual while employed by us are our exclusive property. We cannot provide any assurance that employees and consultants will abide by the confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy aspects of our technology or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
Roche License
      We have obtained from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. a non-exclusive license under a number of U.S. patents claiming nucleic acid amplification processes known as polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, homogeneous polymerase chain reaction, and reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction, or RT-PCR. We use these processes in our research and development and in the processing of our tests. The Roche license is limited to the performance of clinical laboratory services within the United States and Puerto Rico, and does not include the right to make or sell products using the patented processes. The license continues as long as the underlying patent rights are in effect, but is subject to early termination by Roche under the following circumstances:
  •  a change in our ownership;
 
  •  a declaration of bankruptcy or insolvency, the making of an assignment for the benefit of our creditors, having a receiver appointed, or losing the federal or state licenses necessary for our operation;
 
  •  a change in our status to a non-profit entity or government institution; or
 
  •  our breach of or default under a material term of the license.
      If the Roche license is terminated, we will be unable to use the licensed processes to conduct research and development or to perform our tests. As payment for the licenses granted to us, we make royalty payments to Roche consisting of a specified percentage of our net revenues.
Incyte Agreements
      In connection with the sale of series C convertible preferred stock to Incyte Corporation in March 2001, we entered into three agreements with Incyte: a LifeSeq collaborative agreement, a patent license agreement and a collaboration and technology transfer agreement. We also entered into a Proteome BioKnowledge Library license agreement with Proteome, Inc., a then wholly owned subsidiary of Incyte.
      Under the LifeSeq collaborative agreement, we obtained access to Incyte’s genomic database products and received the right to non-exclusively license certain of Incyte’s patent rights and know-how relating to the database information. Under the agreement, we paid database access fees to Incyte of $2.0 million in 2002 and $1.0 million in each of 2003 and 2004, or an aggregate of $4.0 million from 2002 to 2004. Upon commercialization of Onco type DX, we were required to make a one-time milestone payment of $100,000 and are obligated to pay royalties to Incyte each quarter based on net sales of Onco type DX. There are no

66


Table of Contents

remaining access fees or milestone payments owing under this agreement. The LifeSeq collaborative agreement continues in perpetuity until terminated. The agreement may be terminated by us or Incyte if the other party materially fails to comply with its obligations under the agreement. If the agreement is terminated, we must pay Incyte an annual fee in order to retain any license we obtained under the agreement. We must continue to pay this fee until the license is terminated or until we make a milestone payment for the license, after which the license will continue in perpetuity.
      Under the patent license agreement, we license various classes of patents from Incyte pertaining to the manipulation of genes, the detection of pathological conditions, comparative gene analysis, methods for fabricating tests of biological samples and the use of proteins as markers for cancers. In 2001, we paid Incyte an aggregate of $5.0 million in non-refundable license fees for all classes of patents that we license under this agreement. The non-refundable license fees were one-time payments and no future licensing fees are owing under this agreement. We are also obligated to pay Incyte continuing royalties based on a percentage of our net sales of products which incorporate each class of licensed patents. The patent license agreement continues until the underlying patent rights expire, unless it is terminated earlier. Incyte may terminate the patent license agreement if we fail to satisfy our obligations under the agreement or otherwise materially breach the agreement. We have the right to terminate the agreement on a patent by patent basis for any reason. If we terminate the agreement early, all of our patent rights under the agreement will expire, but we must continue to pay royalty obligations that we accrued prior to termination. In March 2004, we terminated our rights to some of these patents.
      Under the collaboration and technology transfer agreement, we agreed to collaborate on a project with Incyte relating to developing technology for the recovery and extraction of RNA from tissues embedded in paraffin. Under this agreement, Incyte agreed to provide us access to Incyte’s technology regarding paraffin extraction for a period of 15 months ending in June 2002. We also agreed to pay Incyte continuing royalties based on the sales of products commercialized using the technology provided by Incyte under this agreement. The collaboration and technology transfer agreement expires on March 30, 2006, but may be terminated earlier if we and Incyte mutually agree in writing. The agreement may also be terminated by us or Incyte if the other party:
  •  materially breaches or defaults under the agreement;
 
  •  is subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, or dissolution proceedings or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
 
  •  if substantially all of the assets of the other party are seized or attached.
      All of our rights and obligations under the agreement will terminate when the agreement is terminated, except that termination of the agreement will not release us from any liabilities that accrued prior to termination.
      Under the Proteome BioKnowledge Library license agreement, we licensed certain software and were provided access to certain biological databases from Proteome, Inc. This agreement expired in March 2002.
Oxford Finance Agreements
      We have entered into a master security agreement and a number of promissory notes with Oxford Finance Corporation to finance equipment leases and computer and software leases. Under the master security agreement, we granted a security interest to Oxford in all of our goods, equipment, instruments and investment property. The following events would constitute a default by us under the master security agreement:
  •  our failure to pay an obligation when due;
 
  •  an attempt by us to sell, lease, transfer or encumber the collateral;
 
  •  our failure to maintain liability insurance as required by the agreement;
 
  •  any of the collateral being subject to attachment or levy;
 
  •  our dissolving, becoming insolvent, filing for bankruptcy or having a receiver appointed;

67


Table of Contents

  •  a change in our ownership;
 
  •  a material impairment of Oxford’s security interest in the collateral; or
 
  •  a material adverse change in our financial condition, business or operations.
      If we default under the master security agreement, Oxford may declare all of our indebtedness under the promissory notes to be immediately due and payable.
      The promissory notes provide that amounts borrowed will be repaid in periodic installments. Principal underlying promissory notes to finance equipment leases must be paid in 45 monthly installments, and principal underlying promissory notes to finance computer and software leases must be paid in 36 monthly installments. Prepayment of indebtedness under a promissory note is subject to a prepayment penalty and is allowed only after the first anniversary of the note. As of August 31, 2005, the outstanding principal amount under these promissory notes was $3.7 million.
Employees
      As of August 31, 2005, we had 117 full-time employees and two part-time employees, including 19 in research and development, 18 in commercial operations, 14 in medical, three in regulatory, 40 in selling and marketing, 13 in information technology and 12 in administrative functions. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining arrangements, and our management considers its relationships with our employees to be good.
Properties
      We currently sublease approximately 25,000 square feet of laboratory and office space in Redwood City, California under a sublease that expires in February 2006. From June 30, 2005 to the end of its term, the monthly rent under this sublease is $54,000. In September 2005, we entered into a lease directly with the facility owner that has a term of six years. When our existing sublease expires in February 2006, the new lease will apply to the existing 25,000 square feet of laboratory and office space we currently occupy. Under the new lease, we also lease approximately 23,000 square feet of additional space which we expect to first occupy in March 2006. If we first occupy space under this new lease in March 2006, we will be required to make aggregate rent payments of $460,000 in 2006, $730,000 in 2007, $753,000 in 2008, $779,000 in 2009, $799,000 in 2010, $827,000 in 2011 and $139,000 in 2012.
Legal Proceedings
      From time to time, we may be party to lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We are currently not a party to any legal matters.

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
      The following table shows information about our executive officers and directors:
         
Name   Age   Position(s)
         
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
  47   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Kimberly J. Popovits
  46   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
  57   Chief Scientific Officer
Steven Shak, M.D. 
  55   Chief Medical Officer
G. Bradley Cole
  49   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Julian C. Baker
  39   Director
Brook H. Byers(1)
  60   Director
Fred E. Cohen, M.D., Ph.D.(1)(2)
  49   Director
Samuel D. Colella(1)(2)(3)
  65   Director
Michael D. Goldberg(2)(3)
  47   Director
Randall S. Livingston(3)
  52   Director
 
(1)  Will be a member of the Compensation Committee upon the date of this prospectus.
 
(2)  Will be a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee upon the date of this prospectus.
 
(3)  Will be a member of the Audit Committee upon the date of this prospectus.
      Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. , has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in August 2000 and served as President from August 2000 until February 2002, Chief Financial Officer from December 2000 until April 2004, and Secretary from August 2000 until December 2000 and from May 2003 until February 2005. Dr. Scott was a founder of Incyte Corporation, a genomic information company, and served Incyte in various roles, including Chairman of the Board from August 2000 to December 2001, President from January 1997 to August 2000, and Chief Scientific Officer from March 1995 to August 2000. Dr. Scott holds a B.S. in Chemistry from Emporia State University and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Kansas.
      Kimberly J. Popovits has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2002 and as a director since March 2002. From November 1987 to February 2002, Ms. Popovits served in various roles at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales from February 2001 to February 2002, and as Vice President, Sales from October 1994 to February 2001. Prior to joining Genentech, she served as Division Manager, Southeast Region, for American Critical Care, a Division of American Hospital Supply, a supplier of health care products to hospitals. Ms. Popovits is a director of Nuvelo, Inc., a biotechnology company. Ms. Popovits holds a B.A. in Business from Michigan State University.
      Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. , has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since December 2000. From March 1997 to October 2000, Dr. Baker served as the Vice President for Research Discovery at Genentech. From March 1993 to October 2000, Dr. Baker oversaw Research Discovery at Genentech, which includes the Departments of Cardiovascular Research, Oncology, Immunology, Endocrinology, and Pathology. From July 1991 to October 1993, he served as Genentech’s Director of Cardiovascular Research. Prior to joining Genentech, Dr. Baker was a member of the faculty of the Department of Biochemistry at the University of Kansas. He holds a B.S. in Biology and Chemistry from the University of California, San Diego and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Hawaii.
      Steven Shak, M.D. , has served as our Chief Medical Officer since December 2000. From July 1996 to October 2000, Dr. Shak served in various roles in Medical Affairs at Genentech, most recently as Senior

69


Table of Contents

Director and Staff Clinical Scientist. From November 1989 to July 1996, Dr. Shak served as a Director of Discovery Research at Genentech, where he was responsible for Pulmonary Research, Immunology, and Pathology. Prior to joining Genentech, Dr. Shak was an Assistant Professor of Medicine and Pharmacology at the New York University School of Medicine. Dr. Shak holds a B.A. in Chemistry from Amherst College and an M.D. from the New York University School of Medicine, and completed his post-doctoral training at the University of California, San Francisco.
      G. Bradley Cole has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2004 and our Secretary from February 2005. From December 1997 to May 2004, he served in various positions at Guidant Corporation, a medical device company, most recently serving as Vice President, Finance and Business Development for the Endovascular Solutions Group from January 2001 until May 2004, and serving as Vice President and General Manager of the Vascular Surgery Business Unit from December 1998 until December 2000 and as Vice President, Finance and IT Systems of the Cardiac and Vascular Surgery Group from December 1997 until November 1998. From July 1994 to December 1997, Mr. Cole was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Endovascular Technologies, Inc., a medical device company that was acquired by Guidant Corporation. From December 1988 to February 1994, he served as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Applied Biosystems Incorporated, a life sciences systems company. Mr. Cole holds a B.S. in Business from Biola University and an M.B.A. from San Jose State University.
      Julian C. Baker has served as a director of Genomic Health since January 2001. Mr. Baker is a Managing Member of Baker Bros. Advisors, LLC, which he and his brother, Felix Baker, Ph.D., founded in 2000. Mr. Baker’s firm manages Baker Brothers Investments, a family of long-term investment funds for major university endowments and foundations, which are focused on publicly traded life sciences companies. Mr. Baker’s career as a fund-manager began in 1994 when he co-founded a biotechnology investing partnership with the Tisch Family, which led to the establishment in 2000 of Baker/ Tisch Advisors, LLC. Mr. Baker is currently a Managing Member of Baker/ Tisch Advisors. Previously, Mr. Baker was employed from 1988 to 1993 by the private equity investment arm of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. He is also a director of Incyte Corporation, Neurogen Corporation, Theravance, Inc. and Trimeris, Inc. Mr. Baker holds an A.B. in Social Studies from Harvard University.
      Brook H. Byers has served as a director of Genomic Health since January 2001. Mr. Byers is a general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a venture capital firm which he joined in 1977. He was the founding president and chairman of four life science companies: Hybritech Inc., IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation, InSite Vision Inc. and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. Mr. Byers currently serves as a director of a number of privately held technology, healthcare and biotechnology companies. Mr. Byers holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.
      Fred E. Cohen, M.D., Ph.D. , has served as a director of Genomic Health since April 2002. In 2001, Dr. Cohen joined TPG Ventures, a venture capital firm, as a Managing Director. Dr. Cohen is also a Professor of Medicine and Pharmacology at the University of California, San Francisco, where he has taught since July 1988. Dr. Cohen is a director of Matrix Laboratories Limited and a number of privately held companies. Dr. Cohen holds a B.S. in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry from Yale University, a Ph.D. in Molecular Biophysics from Oxford University, and an M.D. from Stanford University.
      Samuel D. Colella has served as a director of Genomic Health since January 2001. In 1999, Mr. Colella co-founded Versant Ventures, a healthcare and biotechnology venture capital firm. From 1984 to 1999, Mr. Colella was a general partner of Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Colella currently serves as a director of Symyx Technologies, Inc. and a number of privately held technology and biotechnology companies. Mr. Colella has a B.S. in Business and Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.
      Michael D. Goldberg has served as a director of Genomic Health since October 2001. In January 2005, Mr. Goldberg joined Mohr Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, as a general partner. From October 2000 to December 2004, Mr. Goldberg served as the Managing Director of Jasper Capital, a management and financial consultancy business. In 1995, Mr. Goldberg founded OnCare, Inc., an oncology practice

70


Table of Contents

management company, and served as Chairman until August 2001 and as Chief Executive Officer until March 1999. Previously, Mr. Goldberg was the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Axion Inc., a cancer-focused health care service company. Prior to Axion, Mr. Goldberg was a partner at the venture capital firm Sevin Rosen Funds, and was director of Corporate Development and a member of the Operating Committee at Cetus Corporation. He is also a director of several privately held companies. Mr. Goldberg holds a B.A. in Philosophy from Brandeis University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.
      Randall S. Livingston has served as a director of Genomic Health since October 2004. In 2001, Mr. Livingston was appointed Vice President for Business Affairs and Chief Financial Officer of Stanford University. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Livingston served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of OpenTV Corp., a provider of interactive television services. From 1996 until 1999, Mr. Livingston served as a consultant and part-time executive for several Silicon Valley technology companies. Prior to 1996, Mr. Livingston worked for Heartport, Inc., Taligent, Apple Computer, Ingres Corporation and McKinsey & Company. Mr. Livingston holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.
Board of Directors
      Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Each of Messrs. Baker, Byers, Cohen, Colella, Goldberg and Livingston is an independent director as defined by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. listing standards set forth in Rule 4200(a)(15) adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers.
      Our directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders, until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. With limited exceptions, our board of directors is required to have a majority of independent directors at all times. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of the board. Vacancies on the board can be filled by resolution of the board of directors.
Board Committees
      As of the date of this prospectus, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below:
      Audit Committee. As of the date of this prospectus, the audit committee will consist of Messrs. Colella, Goldberg and Livingston, with Mr. Livingston serving as the chairman of the committee. The audit committee provides assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee will be responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. Mr. Livingston is our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We believe that our audit committee will comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations.
      Compensation Committee . The compensation committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans. The current members of the compensation committee are Messrs. Byers, Cohen and Colella, each of whom is a non-management member of our board of directors, with Mr. Colella serving as the chairman of the committee. We believe that our compensation committee complies with the

71


Table of Contents

applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations.
      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters. The current members of the nominating and governance committee are Messrs. Cohen, Colella and Goldberg, with Mr. Cohen serving as the chairman of the committee. We believe that our nominating and governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations.
Director Compensation
      Directors who are employees do not receive any additional compensation for their service on the board. Our non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings. We currently pay Mr. Goldberg and Mr. Livingston an annual cash retainer of $20,000 each for their services as members of our board of directors. After the closing of this offering, we will pay each non-employee director an annual cash retainer of $20,000 and the chairman of our audit committee of the board of directors an annual cash retainer of $30,000.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, we paid Mr. Goldberg $20,000 and $5,000, respectively, for consulting services separate from his services as a member of our board of directors. This consulting agreement was terminated effective as of March 31, 2005.
      In October 2001, we granted Mr. Goldberg an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock when he joined our board of directors. The option had an exercise price per share of $0.66 and became fully vested in October 2004. In October 2004, we granted Mr. Livingston an option to purchase 17,340 shares of our common stock when he joined our board of directors. The option has an exercise price per share of $1.33 and vests ratably over a four-year period ending in October 2008. After the closing of this offering, each new non-employee director will receive an initial stock option grant to purchase 16,500 shares of our common stock and each non-employee director will receive an option to purchase 8,250 shares of common stock following each annual meeting of stockholders. See “Employee Benefit Plans — 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.”
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
      None of the members of our compensation committee at any time has been one of our officers or employees. There are no familial relationships among any of our directors or officers. No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

72


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
      The following table summarizes all compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000, for services rendered in all capacities to us during the year ended December 31, 2004.
Summary Compensation Table
                                                   
        Annual   Long-Term Compensation
        Compensation    
            Restricted   Shares   All Other
        Salary   Bonus   Stock Awards   Underlying   Compensation
Name and Position(s)   Year   ($)   ($)   ($)   Options   ($)
                         
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
    2004     $ 200,000                   69,362        
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman                                                
Kimberly J. Popovits
    2004       275,000                   69,361        
  President and Chief Operating Officer                                                
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
    2004       275,000                   69,362        
  Chief Scientific Officer                                                
Steven Shak, M.D. 
    2004       275,000                   69,362        
  Chief Medical Officer                                                
G. Bradley Cole(1)
    2004       120,311                   173,407        
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                                
 
(1)  Mr. Cole became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in July 2004 and his annual salary is $250,000.
      Stock option grants to our executive officers have been made in the discretion of our board of directors. Beginning in 2005, stock options grants to our executive officers will be made by the independent members of our board of directors, after considering the recommendations of the compensation committee of the board. The board considered a variety of factors in determining stock option awards, including our business and financial results, the executive’s performance, competitive market data for similar positions at comparable companies, and the executive’s overall total compensation.

73


Table of Contents

Stock Options
      The following tables set forth certain information for the year ended December 31, 2004 with respect to stock options granted to and exercised by the individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table above. The percentage of total options granted is based on an aggregate of 942,751 shares underlying options granted in 2004.
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
                                                 
    Individual Grants        
            Potential Realizable Value at
    Number of   % of Total           Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
    Securities   Options           Price Appreciation for Option
    Underlying   Granted to           Term(3)
    Options   Employees in   Exercise Price   Expiration    
Name   Granted   Fiscal Year   Per Share(1)   Date(2)   5%($)   10%($)
                         
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
    69,362       7.4 %     $3.17       12/2/2009       930,833       1,232,209  
Kimberly J. Popovits
    69,361       7.4       2.88       12/2/2014       1,268,765       2,138,761  
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
    69,362       7.4       2.88       12/2/2014       1,268,786       2,138,795  
Steven Shak, M.D. 
    69,362       7.4       2.88       12/2/2014       1,268,786       2,138,795  
G. Bradley Cole
    17,340       1.8       2.88       12/2/2014       317,187       534,683  
G. Bradley Cole
    156,067       16.6       1.33       6/10/2014       3,097,817       5,055,369  
 
(1) Except for the grant to Dr. Scott, the exercise price for each grant is equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of Dr. Scott’s grant is equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
 
(2) The options have a term of 10 years, unless issued to a 10% or greater stockholder, in which case they have a term of five years. All options are subject to termination in certain events related to termination of employment. The options vest as to 25% of the shares one year after the date of grant and as to 1 / 48 th of the shares each month thereafter.
 
(3) Potential realizable values are calculated by:
  •  multiplying the number of shares of our common stock subject to a given option by the mid-point of the initial public offering price range of $13.00 per share;
 
  •  assuming that the aggregate stock value derived from that calculation compounds at the annual 5% or 10% rates shown in the table for the entire five-year or ten-year term of the option, as applicable; and
 
  •  subtracting from that result the total option exercise price.
      The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are suggested by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future common stock price. There can be no assurance that any of the values reflected in the table will be achieved.
Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Value
      The following table assumes a fair market value of $13.00 per share, the mid-point of the initial public offering price range.
                 
                Value of Unexercised
    Shares       Number of Unexercised   In-the-Money Options at
    Acquired on   Value   Options at Fiscal Year-End(#)   Fiscal Year-End($)
Name   Exercise(#)   Realized($)   Exercisable/Unexercisable   Exercisable/Unexercisable
                 
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
      — / 69,362   — / 681,708
Kimberly J. Popovits
  100,000   1,234,000   8,670 / 190,747   107,210 / 2,202,949
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
      — / 69,362   — / 701,708
Steven Shak, M.D. 
      — / 69,362   — / 701,708
G. Bradley Cole
      — / 173,407   — / 1,997,293

74


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
      2001 Stock Incentive Plan
      General.  Our 2001 stock incentive plan was adopted by our board of directors in January 2001 and was subsequently approved by our stockholders.
      Administration.  The 2001 stock incentive plan provided for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to employees, officers and employee directors and the granting of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, officers, directors (including non-employee directors) and consultants. The administrator determined the term of options, which was prohibited from exceeding 10 years (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a stockholder holding more than 10% of the voting shares of our company). To the extent an optionee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, any such excess options would be treated as nonstatutory stock options.
      Authorized Shares.  As of August 31, 2005, 459,011 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our 2001 stock incentive plan. As of August 31, 2005, options to purchase a total of 1,416,206 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2001 stock incentive plan at a weighted average exercise price of $1.91 per share. Following the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under the 2001 stock incentive plan. Shares that are subject to options that expire, terminate, or are cancelled or as to which options have not been granted under the 2001 stock incentive plan will not be available for option grants or share issuances under our 2005 stock incentive plan after this offering is completed.
      Plan Features.  Options granted under the 2001 stock incentive plan generally vest at the rate of 1 / 4 of the total number of shares subject to the options 12 months after the vesting commencement date, and 1 / 48 of the total number of shares subject to the options each month thereafter. No option may be transferred by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution. Each option may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. The 2001 stock incentive plan provides that in the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar capital transaction, we will make appropriate adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of options outstanding under the plan. If we are involved in a merger or consolidation, options granted under the 2001 stock incentive plan may be terminated immediately prior to the effective date of such transaction, unless the surviving or acquiring company assumes them.
2005 Stock Incentive Plan
      General.  The 2005 stock incentive plan was adopted by our board of directors on September 8, 2005, subject to stockholder approval, and will become effective upon the completion of this offering.
      Administration.  The 2005 stock incentive plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The 2005 stock incentive plan provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock units. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. Nonstatutory stock options and other stock-based awards may be granted to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The board of directors will be able to amend or modify the 2005 stock incentive plan at any time, with stockholder approval, if required.
      Authorized Shares.  5,000,000 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the 2005 stock incentive plan. Shares subject to awards that expire unexercised or are forfeited or terminated will again become available for issuance under the 2005 stock incentive plan. No participant in the 2005 stock incentive plan can receive option grants, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights or stock units for more than 1,650,000 shares total in any calendar year.

75


Table of Contents

      Plan Features.  Under the 2005 stock incentive plan:
  •  Nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to outside directors. An outside director joining our board of directors after this offering will be granted automatically an initial option to purchase 16,500 shares upon first becoming a member of our board. The initial option will vest and become exercisable over four years, with the first 25% of the shares subject to the initial option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant date and the remainder vesting monthly thereafter. Immediately after each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each outside director will be automatically granted a nonstatutory option to purchase 8,250 shares of our common stock, provided the director has served on our board for at least six months. Each annual option will be fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant or, if earlier, the date of our next annual meeting of stockholders. The options granted to outside directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant, and will become fully vested if we are subject to a change of control.
 
  •  Generally, if we merge with or into another corporation, we may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of outstanding options and terminate any unexercised options unless they are assumed or substituted for by any surviving entity or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving entity.
 
  •  The plan terminates ten years after its initial adoption, unless terminated earlier by the board. The board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where required by applicable law. Any amendment or termination may not impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without their consent.
401(k) Plan
      We have established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan for which our employees are generally eligible. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their compensation and have the amount of this reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We do not make matching contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us when made.
Indemnification Agreements
      We enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors. A description of these provisions is contained under the heading “Description of Capital Stock — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

76


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions with Officers, Directors and 5% Stockholders
Founder’s Stock Purchase Agreements
      In October 2000, in connection with our formation, we issued an aggregate of 1,200,000 shares of restricted common stock at a price per share of $0.003 to the following executive officers pursuant to separate founder’s stock purchase agreements:
                     
        Number of Shares of   Aggregate Purchase
Name   Date of Sale   Common Stock   Price
             
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
  October 16, 2000     600,000     $ 1,800  
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
  October 16, 2000     300,000       900  
Steven Shak, M.D. 
  October 16, 2000     300,000       900  
      Under each founder’s stock purchase agreement, we were granted a right to repurchase the shares of common stock sold. Our repurchase right lapsed as to 25% of the shares on October 16, 2001, and lapsed with respect to the balance of the shares in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter ending October 16, 2004.
Sales of Preferred Stock
      Since January 1, 2002, we sold shares of preferred stock in private financings as follows:
  •  In March 2002, May 2002 and November 2002, we sold 4,073,913 shares of series D preferred stock at a price of $2.30 per share for aggregate consideration of approximately $9.4 million to 11 investors.
 
  •  In February 2004, March 2004, April 2004 and December 2004, we sold 18,543,980 shares of series E preferred stock at a price of $2.82 per share for aggregate consideration of approximately $52.3 million to 75 investors.
      The series D preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock for every three shares held upon the closing of this offering. If the initial public offering price of our common stock is greater than or equal to $11.40 per share, then every three shares of series E preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering. If the initial public offering price of our common stock is less than $11.40 per share, then we will not pay the conditional dividend to our stockholders prior to this offering. Instead, every three shares of series E preferred stock will convert into 1.128 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, resulting in the issuance of 791,210 shares of common stock to the Series E holders in lieu of the conditional dividend to all stockholders. The purchasers of the series D preferred stock and series E preferred stock include the following directors, officers, holders of 5% or more of our securities, and their affiliated entities:
                 
    Number of Shares of   Number of Shares of
    Series D Preferred   Series E Preferred
Investor   Stock   Stock
         
5% Stockholders:
               
Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers Affiliated Entities
          1,418,440  
Versant Ventures Affiliated Entities
          1,418,440  
TPG Ventures Affiliated Entities
    3,043,479       2,464,539  
Andrew H., Daniel R., James S. and Thomas J. Tisch
          851,064  
Julian C. Baker and Felix J. Baker
          1,737,589  
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Affiliated Entities
          2,739,362  
Directors and Executive Officers:
               
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D. 
          35,460  
G. Bradley Cole
          35,460  
Michael D. Goldberg
          35,460  
Randall S. Livingston
          17,730  
Kimberly J. Popovits
          35,460  
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D. 
          35,460  
Steven Shak, M.D. 
          35,460  
Agreements with Incyte Corporation
      In March 2001, we sold 2,252,252 shares of series C preferred stock to Incyte Corporation for aggregate consideration of $5.0 million. Every three shares of series C preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon closing of this offering.

77


Table of Contents

      The conversion price of the series C preferred stock is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution in the event that we issue additional shares of preferred stock, common stock or common stock equivalents at a purchase price less than the then-effective conversion price. If our board of directors declares any dividends on our capital stock, holders of series C preferred stock and our other outstanding preferred stock will be entitled to receive dividends before holders of our common stock receive any dividends.
      In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of series C preferred stock are entitled, on a basis equal to that of our other outstanding preferred stock, to a liquidation preference prior to payment to holders of common stock of $2.22 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Series C preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes they would have upon conversion of their preferred stock into common stock on the record date.
      At the time of the series C sale to Incyte, we entered into the following agreements with Incyte and one of its subsidiaries: a LifeSeq collaborative agreement, a patent license agreement, a collaboration and technology transfer agreement and a Proteome BioKnowledge Library license agreement. At that time, Incyte provided genomic information products and services. From January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2004, we paid Incyte an aggregate of $5.4 million under these agreements.
      Under the LifeSeq Collaborative Agreement, we license certain of Incyte’s patent rights and know-how regarding cloning, DNA sequencing, and data analysis technologies. We use this license to conduct research and develop our clinical diagnostic products. Under the Patent License Agreement, we license various classes of patents from Incyte pertaining to the manipulation of genes, the detection of pathological conditions, comparative gene analysis, methods for fabricating tests of biological samples and the use proteins as markers for cancers. Under the Collaboration and Technology Transfer Agreement, we received access to certain of Incyte’s technology regarding paraffin extraction until June 2002. Under the Proteome BioKnowledge Library license agreement, which expired in March 2002, we licensed certain software and were provided access to certain biological databases.
      Under the series C preferred stock purchase agreement, Incyte granted us a right, which may be exercised only once, to cause Incyte to purchase an aggregate of $5.0 million of shares of our common stock upon closing this offering at the initial public offering price. We expect to exercise this right in connection with this offering and sell to Incyte 384,615 shares of common stock at an assumed public offering price per share of $13.00.
      As of August 31, 2005, Incyte owned approximately 6.0% of our outstanding capital stock, and will own approximately 6.2% of our outstanding common stock after this offering assuming we exercise our put right. Randal W. Scott, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, was a founder of Incyte and served as a member of its board of directors until December 2001. In addition, Julian C. Baker, one of our directors, is also a member of Incyte’s board of directors, and holds shares, directly or beneficially, of both companies.
Registration Rights
      We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with each of the purchasers of preferred stock listed above. Under this agreement, these and other stockholders will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of their convertible preferred stock upon the closing this offering. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
Insider Participation in the Offering
      Several of our significant existing stockholders, including funds affiliated with Julian C. Baker, Felix J. Baker and Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. or their affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, less any shares sold to our employees pursuant to our directed share program. However, because indications of interest are not binding upon us or the prospective purchasers, these stockholders may not acquire any shares in this offering.
Indemnification Agreements
      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

78


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
      The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2005, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, by:
  •  each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
      Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Genomic Health, Inc., 301 Penobscot Drive, Redwood City, California 94063.
      We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the Securities Exchange Commission. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
      Applicable percentage ownership is based on 18,934,044 shares of common stock outstanding on August 31, 2005, which gives effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock before the closing of this offering and the dividend we expect to distribute to our stockholders of record prior to this offering. For the purposes of the table below, we have assumed that 24,335,381 shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering, which includes 384,615 shares that we expect to sell to Incyte Corporation in a concurrent private sale at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and does not reflect the purchase of up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock that several of our significant existing stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing in this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2005. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

79


Table of Contents

                         
        Percentage of Common Stock
    Number of Shares of   Beneficially Owned
    Common Stock    
Name of Beneficial Owner   Beneficially Owned   Before Offering   After Offering
             
5% Stockholders:
                       
Entities Affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers(1)
    2,366,627       12.5 %     9.7 %
Entities Affiliated with Versant Ventures(2)
    2,366,623       12.5       9.7  
Entities Affiliated with TPG Ventures(3)
    1,910,273       10.1       7.9  
Incyte Corporation(4)
    1,512,552       6.0       6.2  
Andrew H., Daniel R., James S. and Thomas J. Tisch(5)
    1,213,760       6.4       5.0  
Julian C. Baker and Felix J. Baker(6)
    996,299       5.3       4.1  
Entities Affiliated with J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(7)
    950,056       5.0       3.9  
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
                       
Julian C. Baker(8)
    996,299       5.3 %     4.1 %
Brook H. Byers(9)
    2,366,627       12.5       9.7  
Fred E. Cohen, M.D., Ph.D.(10)
    1,964,895       10.4       8.1  
Samuel D. Colella(11)
    2,366,623       12.5       9.7  
Michael D. Goldberg
    48,713       *       *  
Randall S. Livingston(12)
    10,484       *       *  
Joffre B. Baker, Ph.D.(13)
    428,478       2.3       1.8  
G. Bradley Cole(14)
    64,322       *       *  
Kimberly J. Popovits(15)
    376,456       1.9       1.5  
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D.(16)
    2,248,796       11.9       9.2  
Steven Shak, M.D.(17) 
    428,478       2.3       1.8  
All directors and executive officers as a group (18) (11 persons)
    11,300,171       59.3 %     46.1 %
 
  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1)  Principal address for Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers affiliated entities is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025. Includes 1,556,459 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-A, L.P., 43,899 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-B, L.P., and 766,269 shares held by individual entities affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. Mr. Byers, who is also one of our directors, is a managing member of KPCB X Associates, LLC, the general partner of these funds and, as such, has shared voting and investment authority over these shares. However, Mr. Byers disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(2)  Principal address for Versant Ventures affiliated entities is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg 4, Suite 210, Menlo Park, California 94025. Includes 2,192,151 shares held by Versant Venture Capital I, L.P., 42,412 shares held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, L.P., 89,066 shares held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-B, L.P. and 42,994 shares held by Versant Side Fund I, L.P. Mr. Colella, who is also one of our directors, is a managing director of Versant Ventures I, LLC, the general partner of Versant Venture Capital I, Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, Versant Affiliates Fund I-B and Versant Side Fund. In such capacity, Mr. Colella may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Versant Venture Capital I, Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, Versant Affiliates Fund I-B and Versant Side Fund I. Mr. Colella disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by these funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(3)  Principal address for TPG Ventures affiliated entities is 345 California Street, Suite 2600, San Francisco, California 94104. Includes 573,081 shares owned by TPG Ventures, L.P. and 1,337,192 shares owned by TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. After offering amounts exclude an additional 30,885 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40. Dr. Cohen, who is also one of our directors, is a managing director of Texas Pacific Group Ventures. In such capacity, Dr. Cohen may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the

80


Table of Contents

shares held by TPG Ventures, L.P. and TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. Dr. Cohen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by these funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(4)  Principal address is Experimental Station, Route 141 & Henry Clay Road, Building E336, Wilmington, Delaware 19880. Number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Incyte is comprised of 1,127,937 shares prior to offering and 384,615 shares purchased by Incyte in a concurrent private sale at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.
 
(5)  Principal address is 655 Madison Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10021. Includes 1,213,760 shares held by Four Partners. By virtue of their status as managing trustees of the trusts which are the general partners of Four Partners, each of Andrew H. Tisch, James S. Tisch, Daniel R. Tisch and Thomas J. Tisch may be deemed to have shared beneficial ownership of shares owned by Four Partners and shared power to vote or direct the vote and dispose or direct the disposition of these shares.
 
(6)  Principal address is 667 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10021. Includes 173,897 shares owned by Baker Bros. Investments, L.P., 173,897 shares owned by Baker/ Tisch Investments, L.P., 15,314 shares owned by Baker Bros. Investments II, L.P., 158,486 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund I, L.P., 142,794 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund II, L.P., 19,583 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund II (Z), L.P., 116,213 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund III, L.P., 22,218 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund III (Z), L.P. and 173,897 shares owned by FBB Associates, a general partnership. After offering amounts exclude an additional 35,408 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40. Julian C. Baker, who is also one of our directors, and Felix J. Baker, by virtue of their control of entities that have the power to control the investment decisions of Baker Bros. Investments, L.P., Baker/ Tisch Investments, L.P., Baker Bros. Investments II, L.P., Baker Biotech Fund I, L.P., Baker Biotech Fund II, L.P., Baker Biotech Fund II (Z), L.P., Baker Biotech Fund III, L.P., Baker Biotech Fund III (Z), L.P. and FBB Associates, may each be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares held by such entities and may be deemed to have shared power to vote or direct the vote of and to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares.
 
(7)  Principal address for J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital affiliated entities is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036. Includes 735,486 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors II LLC, 209,821 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors II LLC and 4,749 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “Global Fund Entities”). After offering amounts exclude an additional 79,943 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40. The investment advisor of the Global Fund Entities is J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”). JPMIM has sole voting power with respect to the shares held by the Global Fund Entities. In addition, interests in 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P. are owned both by a wholly owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPM Chase”), a publicly traded company, and employees of JPM Chase. As a result, each of JPMIM, JPM Chase and employees of JPM Chase may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by the Global Fund Entities, however, each disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of such person’s pecuniary interest therein.
 
(8)  Includes 173,897 shares owned by Baker Bros. Investments, L.P., 173,897 shares owned by Baker/ Tisch Investments, L.P., 15,314 shares owned by Baker Bros. Investments II, L.P., 158,486 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund I, L.P., 142,794 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund II, L.P., 19,583 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund II (Z), L.P., 116,213 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund III, L.P., 22,218 shares owned by Baker Biotech Fund III (Z), L.P. and 173,897 shares owned by FBB Associates, a general partnership. After offering amounts exclude an additional 35,408 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40. Mr. Baker disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(9)  Includes 2,366,627 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers affiliated entities. Mr. Byers disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(10)  Includes 1,910,273 shares held by TPG Ventures affiliated entities, 5,203 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2005 and 6,068 shares held by family trusts of which Dr. Cohen is a trustee. After offering amounts exclude an additional 28,965 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40. Dr. Cohen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the TPG Ventures affiliated entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(11)  Includes 2,366,623 shares held by Versant Ventures affiliated entities. Mr. Colella disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

81


Table of Contents

(12)  Includes 4,335 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2005. After offering amounts exclude an additional 517 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40.
 
(13)  Includes 116,343 shares held by a family trust of which Dr. Baker is a trustee.
 
(14)  Includes 52,024 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2005. After offering amounts exclude an additional 1,034 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40.
 
(15)  Includes 17,342 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2005.
 
(16)  Includes 5,199 shares held in trust for the benefit of Dr. Scott’s minor children, of which Dr. Scott’s sister is the trustee.
 
(17)  After offering amounts exclude an additional 17 shares issuable as of the closing of this offering pursuant to antidilution provisions applicable to series E preferred stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $11.40.
 
(18)  Includes 78,904 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2005.

82


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
      The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws is only a summary. You should also refer to the copies of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of Delaware law.
      Upon completion of this offering, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
Common Stock
      As of August 31, 2005, there were 18,197,987 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 177 stockholders of record, assuming the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.
      Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, when they are paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
      Upon the closing of this offering, every three outstanding shares of our series A, B, C and D preferred stock will be converted into one share of common stock. If the initial public offering price of our common stock is greater than or equal to $11.40 per share, then upon the closing of this offering every three outstanding shares of series E preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 6,181,326 shares of common stock. If the initial public offering price of our common stock is less than $11.40 per share, then upon the closing of this offering every three outstanding shares of series E preferred stock will convert into 1.128 shares of common stock, or an aggregate of approximately 6,972,536 shares of common stock. As a result, if the initial public offering price of our common stock is less than $11.40 per share, an aggregate of 791,210 additional shares of our common stock will be issued to holders of outstanding shares of series E preferred stock.
      On September 8, 2005, our board of directors declared a conditional dividend of 791,210 shares of our common stock, which will be distributed upon the closing of this offering on a pro rata basis to all of our stockholders of record as of the date of this prospectus only if the initial public offering price of our common stock is $11.40 or greater. This conditional dividend will not be distributed if the initial public offering price of our common stock is lower than $11.40. Our outstanding stock options will be proportionately adjusted in the event this conditional stock dividend is distributed. Based on our outstanding stock options as of August 31, 2005, we would issue approximately 736,142 shares pursuant to this dividend, less an aggregate of 85 shares for which cash will be paid in lieu of fractional interests, and the number of shares underlying outstanding stock options would be increased by approximately 55,068 shares. The sum of the total number of shares issuable pursuant to the conditional dividend and the additional shares issuable upon exercise of our

83


Table of Contents

outstanding stock options as a result of the proportionate adjustments will equal 791,210 shares. The result of the declaration of this conditional dividend is that the sum of the number of outstanding shares of common stock and shares underlying outstanding options will be substantially the same regardless of the price per share of our initial public offering. The proportionate ownership of our existing investors will differ depending on whether the holders of our series E preferred stock receive more shares pursuant to the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation or the conditional dividend is paid to all of our stockholders of record.
      Following the conversion, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to delete all references to the prior series of preferred stock, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock will be authorized. Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time the preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
      The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could harm the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
      After this offering, the holders of 17,579,758 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the preferred stock will be entitled to contractual rights to require us to register those shares under the Securities Act. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account, holders of those shares are entitled to include their shares in our registration, provided, among other conditions, that the underwriters of any such offering have the right to limit the number of shares included in the registration. These holders have waived their rights to include their shares in this offering. Six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and subject to limitations and conditions specified in the investor rights agreement with the holders, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the preferred stock may require us to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense covering those shares, provided that the shares to be included in the registration have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of at least $10 million. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these stockholder-initiated registrations. Holders of those shares may also require us to file additional registration statements, subject to limitations specified in the investor rights agreement.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
      The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.
Delaware Law
      We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any

84


Table of Contents

business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
  •  the transaction is approved by the board before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •  on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
      Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
      In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.
      A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision either with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or in an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out, and do not currently intend to opt out of, this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
Charter and Bylaws
      Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:
  •  our bylaws may be amended or repealed only by a two-thirds vote of our board of directors or a two-thirds stockholder vote;
 
  •  no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent;
 
  •  stockholders may not call special meetings of the stockholders or fill vacancies on the board;
 
  •  the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the inability of stockholders to take action by written consent;
 
  •  our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, as described above; and

85


Table of Contents

  •  we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters
      We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:
  •  for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
      Any amendment or repeal of these provisions requires the approval of the holders of shares representing at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class.
      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of that person’s actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that could require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
Nasdaq Symbol
      We have applied to list our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “GHDX.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Investor Services.

86


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. As described below, no shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.
Sale of Restricted Shares
      Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 24,335,381 shares of common stock. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144(a) under the Securities Act or anyone who purchase in our directed share program who are subject to a 180-day lockup agreement, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
      As a result of the lockup agreements, other contractual restrictions on resale and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 described below, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus;
 
  •  19,318,659 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension) and when permitted under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701; and
 
  •  641,691 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Lock-up Agreements
      Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders, who collectively hold an aggregate of approximately 17,873,737 shares of common stock (representing approximately 94.4% of our shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering), have agreed that they will not sell any common stock owned by them without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described below. At any time and without public notice, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. may in their sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lockup period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of our common stock could decline. Immediately following the 180-day lockup period, shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will become available for sale, subject to legal restrictions on resale. The 180-day lock-up period may be extended under certain circumstances where we release, or pre-announce a release of, our earnings or announce material news or a material event shortly before or after the termination of the 180-day period. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”
Rule 144
      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, or a person holding restricted shares who beneficially owns shares that were

87


Table of Contents

not acquired from us or our affiliate within the previous one year, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
  •  1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 243,353 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
      A person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale, and who beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who was not an affiliate of ours, may sell restricted securities after this offering under Rule 144(k) without complying with the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144. We currently expect that approximately 1,977,962 shares will qualify as “Rule 144(k) shares” within 180 days after the date of this prospectus; however, this number may increase or decrease depending on a particular stockholder’s status as an affiliate during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale.
Rule 701
      Subject to various limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally purchased from us by our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the closing of this offering, pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by us before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of those options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be restricted securities and, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above, may be sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the minimum holding period requirements.
Stock Options
      We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering 5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. This registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless those shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described above.
Registration Rights
      In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 17,579,758 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares, other than shares purchased by our affiliates, becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

88


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
      J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. are the joint book-running managers and, together with Piper Jaffray & Co., Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and JMP Securities LLC, are acting as representatives of the underwriters. Under the terms of an Underwriting Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common stock shown opposite its name below:
           
    Number of
Underwriter   Shares
     
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
JMP Securities LLC
       
 
       
 
Total
    5,016,722  
      The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:
  •  the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby, if any of the shares are purchased;
 
  •  the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true in all material respects;
 
  •  there is no material change in the financial markets; and
 
  •  we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
Commissions and Expenses
      The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the shares.
                 
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
         
Per share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    
      The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $           per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $           per share to other dealers. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.
      The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $1.8 million (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions).
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
      We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 752,508 shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the

89


Table of Contents

underwriters sell more than 5,016,722 shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.
Lock-up Agreements
      We, all of our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to some exceptions, and limited extensions in certain circumstances, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell an option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device, that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any common stock or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged for any common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
      The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
  •  during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us; or
 
  •  prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
Offering Price Determination
      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:
  •  the history and prospectus for the industry in which we compete,
 
  •  our financial information,
 
  •  the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects,
 
  •  the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.
Indemnification
      We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

90


Table of Contents

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
      The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
      These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
      Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
      Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

91


Table of Contents

The Nasdaq National Market
      We have applied to list our shares of common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “GHDX.”
Discretionary Sales
      The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.
Stamp Taxes
      If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Relationships
      The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for our affiliates and us in the ordinary course of their business. Certain affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., one of the representatives of the underwriters, purchased an aggregate of 869,565 shares of our series D preferred stock for approximately $2.0 million in May 2002.
Directed Share Program
      At our request, the underwriters have reserved at the initial public offering price up to 10% of the shares offered hereby for our employees, less any shares sold to several of our significant existing stockholders as described below. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent our employees purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. The directed share program will be arranged through one of our underwriters, Lehman Brothers.
Insider Participation in the Offering
      Several of our significant existing stockholders, including funds affiliated with Julian C. Baker, Felix J. Baker and Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. or their affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, less any shares sold to our employees pursuant to our directed share program. However, because indications of interest are not binding upon us or the prospective purchasers, these stockholders may not acquire any shares in this offering.
European Economic Area
      In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of common stock being offered hereby to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to such shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive. However, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, it may make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
  •  to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

92


Table of Contents

  •  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
      For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares of our common stock to the public” in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe such shares, as may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Germany
      The shares have not been and will not be offered to the public within the meaning of the German Sales Prospectus Act ( Verkaufsprospektgesetz ) or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). The shares have not been and will not be listed on a German exchange. No sales prospectus pursuant to the German Sales Prospectus Act has been or will be published or circulated in Germany or filed with the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht ) or any other governmental or regulatory authority in Germany. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to the public in Germany and it does not serve for public distribution of the shares in Germany. Neither this prospectus, nor any other document issued in connection with this offering, may be issued or distributed to any person in Germany except under circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the German Sales Prospectus Act or the German Investment Act.
Italy
      The offering has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB) pursuant to Italian securities legislation. The shares may not be offered or sold nor may the prospectus or any other offering materials be distributed in the Republic of Italy unless such offer, sale or distribution is:
  (1) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993 (Decree No. 385), Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 or May 14, 1999 and any other applicable laws and regulations;
 
  (2) made (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati) as defined in Article 31, second paragraph of CONSOB Regulation No. 11422 of July 1, 1998, as amended, or Regulation No. 11522, (ii) in circumstances where an exemption from the rules governing solicitations to the public at large applies pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended or (iii) to persons located in the Republic of Italy who submit an unsolicited request to purchase shares; and
 
  (3) in compliance with all relevant Italian securities and tax laws and regulations.
Switzerland
      The shares may not be offered or sold to any investors in Switzerland other than on a non-public basis. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of Article 652a and Art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations ( Schweizerisches Obligationenrecht ). Neither this offering nor the shares have been or will be approved by any Swiss regulatory authority.

93


Table of Contents

United Kingdom
      Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
  (1) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;
 
  (2) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and
 
  (3) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

94


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
      The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, San Francisco and Palo Alto, California. An entity in which attorneys and former attorneys of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP are members, and certain attorneys of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, own beneficially an aggregate of 19,035 shares of our common stock. Selected legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.
EXPERTS
      The consolidated financial statements of Genomic Health, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement, exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. A copy of the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules may be inspected without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available to the public from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.
      Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we intend to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

95


GENOMIC HEALTH, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Genomic Health, Inc.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genomic Health, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Genomic Health, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Palo Alto, California
May 13, 2005,
except for the ninth paragraph of Note 1,
as to which the date is September 8, 2005.

F-2


Table of Contents

Genomic Health, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
                                   
            Pro Forma
    December 31,       Stockholders’
        June 30,   Equity at
    2003   2004   2005   June 30, 2005
                 
            (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Assets
                               
Current assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,062     $ 38,275     $ 25,231          
 
Accounts receivable
                100          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    563       901       2,265          
 
Employee note receivable - current portion
          75       75          
                         
Total current assets
    11,625       39,251       27,671          
Employee note receivable - long-term portion
          38                
Property and equipment, net
    1,288       2,116       3,010          
Restricted cash
    50                      
Other assets
    133       133       151          
                         
Total assets
  $ 13,096     $ 41,538     $ 30,832          
                         
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
                               
Current liabilities:
                               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 827     $ 1,101     $ 2,009          
 
Accrued compensation
    342       603       747          
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    249       776       832          
 
Notes payable - current portion
                777          
 
Note payable due to related party
    161                      
                         
Total current liabilities
    1,579       2,480       4,365          
Notes payable - long-term portion
                2,483          
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 101,216,958 shares authorized, 29,936,839, 48,480,819 and 48,480,819 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $103,599 at December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma
    51,064       103,212       103,212     $  
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                               
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 105,000,000 shares authorized, 1,674,113, 1,875,530 and 1,932,921 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005 (unaudited), respectively; 18,884,404 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
    1       1       1       2  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    279       4,123       5,085       108,296  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
          (3,456 )     (3,793 )     (3,793 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (39,827 )     (64,822 )     (80,521 )     (80,521 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (39,547 )     (64,154 )     (79,228 )   $ 23,984  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 13,096     $ 41,538     $ 30,832          
                         
See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

Genomic Health, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
                                           
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
                (unaudited)
Revenues:
                                       
 
Product revenues
  $     $     $ 227     $ 33     $ 1,585  
 
Contract revenues
          125       100             100  
                               
Total revenues
          125       327       33       1,685  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Cost of product revenues
                1,828       931       2,874  
 
Research and development
    7,053       9,069       10,040       5,182       4,630  
 
Selling and marketing
    754       2,805       9,856       4,449       7,415  
 
General and administrative
    3,753       3,686       3,869       1,832       2,787  
                               
Total operating expenses
    11,560       15,560       25,593       12,394       17,706  
                               
Loss from operations
    (11,560 )     (15,435 )     (25,266 )     (12,361 )     (16,021 )
Interest income
    502       199       295       121       393  
Interest expense
    (13 )     (14 )     (4 )     (3 )     (72 )
Other (expense) income, net
    3             (20 )     (20 )     1  
                               
Net loss
  $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
                               
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (11.95 )   $ (12.43 )   $ (14.38 )   $ (7.26 )   $ (8.28 )
                               
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    925,814       1,226,444       1,737,652       1,687,964       1,895,625  
                               
Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)
                  $ (1.60 )           $ (0.83 )
                               
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited)
                    15,632,759               18,847,108  
                               
See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

Genomic Health, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
                                                                   
    Convertible                      
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock   Additional   Deferred       Total
              Paid-In   Stock-based       Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Capital   Compensation   Accumulated Deficit   Equity (Deficit)
                                   
Balance at December 31, 2001
    25,862,926     $ 41,783         1,373,750     $     $ 27           $ (13,509 )   $ (13,482 )
Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in March, May and November 2002 to investors at $2.30 per share for cash (net of issuance costs of $79)
    4,073,913       9,290                                        
Issuance of common stock to consultants upon exercise of stock options at $0.66 to $0.69 per share for cash
                  13,133       1       9                   10  
Issuance of common stock to an employee upon exercise of stock options at $0.66 per share for cash
                  3,333             2                   2  
Stock-based compensation related to consultant options
                              36                   36  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
                                          (11,068 )     (11,068 )
                                                   
Balance at December 31, 2002
    29,936,839       51,073         1,390,216       1       74             (24,577 )     (24,502 )
Issuance of common stock to consultants upon exercise of stock options at $0.60 to $0.69 per share for cash
                  36,500             25                   25  
Issuance of common stock to employees upon exercise of stock options at $0.60 to $0.69 per share for cash
                  247,396             163                   163  
Series E issuance costs
          (9 )                                      
Stock-based compensation related to consultant options
                              17                   17  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
                                          (15,250 )     (15,250 )
                                                   
Balance at December 31, 2003
    29,936,839       51,064         1,674,113       1       279             (39,827 )     (39,547 )
Issuance of common stock to consultants upon exercise of stock options at $0.66 to $1.38 per share for cash
                  1,125             1                   1  
Repurchase of common stock issued to founders
                  (13,672 )                              
Issuance of common stock to employees upon exercise of stock options at $0.66 to $1.38 per share for cash
                  213,964             143                   143  
Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.82 per share for cash (net of issuance costs of $146)
    18,543,980       52,148                                        
Deferred stock-based compensation
                              3,647       (3,647 )            
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                                    191             191  
Stock-based compensation related to consultant options
                              53                   53  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
                                          (24,995 )     (24,995 )
                                                   
Balance at December 31, 2004
    48,480,819       103,212         1,875,530       1       4,123       (3,456 )     (64,822 )     (64,154 )
Issuance of common stock to employees upon exercise of stock options at $0.66 to $1.38 per share for cash (unaudited)
                  56,058             56                   56  
Issuance of common stock to consultants upon exercise of stock options at $0.69 to $3.00 per share for cash (unaudited)
                      1,333               2                       2  
Stock-based compensation related to consultant options (unaudited)
                              58                   58  
Deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)
                              846       (846 )            
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation (unaudited)
                                    509             509  
Net loss and comprehensive loss (unaudited)
                                          (15,699 )     (15,699 )
Balance at June 30, 2005 (unaudited)
    48,480,819     $ 103,212         1,932,921     $ 1     $ 5,085     $ (3,793 )   $ (80,521 )   $ (79,228 )
                                                   
See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

Genomic Health, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                                             
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
                (Unaudited)
Operating activities
                                       
Net loss
  $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    642       824       1,008       486       690  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                191       9       509  
 
Non-employee stock-based compensation expense
    36       17       53       10       58  
 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    6             20       20       (31 )
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
   
Accounts receivable
                            (100 )
   
Employee note receivable
    18             (113 )           38  
   
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (366 )     (61 )     (338 )     (243 )     (1,364 )
   
Other assets
    3                         (18 )
   
Accounts payable
    (105 )     655       274       332       908  
   
Note payable to related party
    (1,527 )                        
   
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    17       116       527       148       144  
   
Accrued compensation
          155       261       85       56  
                               
Net cash used in operating activities
    (12,344 )     (13,544 )     (23,112 )     (11,416 )     (14,809 )
                               
Investing activities
                                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (737 )     (739 )     (1,856 )     (797 )     (1,553 )
Restricted cash
    106             50              
                               
Net cash used in investing activities
    (631 )     (739 )     (1,806 )     (797 )     (1,553 )
                               
Financing activities
                                       
Proceeds from (repayment of) long-term debt due to related party
    313       (152 )     (161 )     (79 )      
Proceeds from notes payable
                            3,260  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    11       188       144       32       58  
Sale of property and equipment
                             
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock
    9,291       (9 )     52,148       29,919        
                               
Net cash provided by financing activities
    9,615       27       52,131       29,872       3,318  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,360 )     (14,256 )     27,213       17,659       (13,044 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period
    28,678       25,318       11,062       11,062       38,275  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period
  $ 25,318     $ 11,062     $ 38,275     $ 28,721     $ 25,231  
                               
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1     $ 26     $ 4     $ 3     $ 72  
                               
See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

Genomic Health, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Information subsequent to December 31, 2004 and pertaining to June 30, 2005 and
the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 is unaudited)
Note 1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business and Principles of Consolidation
      Genomic Health, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in August 2000. The Company was organized to deliver individualized genomic information to patients and their physicians to improve the quality of treatment decisions for patients with cancer.
      Since the Company’s inception in 2000, the focus of its operations has consisted principally of the development of initial products, raising capital, establishing facilities and recruiting personnel. In January 2004, the Company commercialized its first product, Onco type DX, a genomic test used to quantify the likelihood of recurrence in early stage breast cancer.
      The Company has incurred significant losses and expects to incur additional losses in the foreseeable future as commercial and development efforts continue. If financing arrangements contemplated by management are not realized, the Company may have to seek other sources of capital or re-evaluate its operating plan.
      In October 2003, the Company established a wholly owned subsidiary, Oncotype Laboratories, Inc. The entity is currently inactive. All intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
      The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ, and those differences may be material.
Unaudited Interim Consolidated Results
      The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2005, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2005 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all the adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2005. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for any future interim period or for any future year.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
      The pro forma information assumes all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 16,160,273 shares of common stock, based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 2005. The Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to sell shares of its common stock to the public. If the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock is less than $11.40 per share, every three shares of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock and every three shares of Series E preferred stock will convert into 1.128 shares of common stock, or an aggregate of 16,951,483 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-7


Table of Contents

      On September 8, 2005, the board of directors of the Company declared a conditional stock dividend of 791,210 shares to stockholders of record prior to the date of the Company’s initial public offering. The conditional stock dividend will be distributable if the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to $11.40 a share. The conditional stock dividend, if paid, will be a ratable distribution to all holders of the Company’s common stock outstanding prior to closing of the initial public offering and after giving effect to the conversion of all of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock. The Company’s outstanding stock options will be proportionately adjusted in the event the conditional stock dividend is distributed. If the conditional stock dividend is distributed, it will be recorded in the quarter ended September 30, 2005. This dividend has no material impact on the pro forma balance sheet because of the Company’s accumulated deficit. The 791,210 shares have been included in the pro forma net loss per share calculation.
Stock Split
      On September 8, 2005, the board of directors of the Company approved a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The reverse stock split will be effected by filing an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering. All common share and per share amounts contained in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
      The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company invests in money market securities through a major U.S. bank and is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institution to the extent of amounts recorded on the balance sheets.
      The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in other income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest on investments is included in interest income.
      In connection with a bank agreement pertaining to a corporate credit card account, the Company was required to hold a certificate of deposit at 100% of the credit limit per account, which totaled $50,000 as of December 31, 2003, and was classified as restricted cash. During July 2004, this restriction was removed by the bank and the amount was removed from restricted cash on the balance sheet.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans and capital lease obligations with similar terms, the carrying value of the Company’s debt obligations approximates fair value.
Property and Equipment
      Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Long-lived Assets
      The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully

F-8


Table of Contents

recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated discounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less then its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is assessed using discounted cash flows. Through June 30, 2005, there have been no such losses.
Research and Development
      Research and development expenses comprise the following types of costs incurred in performing research and development activities: salaries and benefits, allocated overhead and facility occupancy costs, contract services and other outside costs, and costs to acquire in-process research and development projects and technologies that have no alternative future use. Research and development expenses also include costs related to activities performed under contracts with biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Concentration of Risk
      One customer accounted for approximately 9% of the Company’s total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2005, and approximately 11% of the Company’s total revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2005.
Comprehensive Loss
      The Company displays comprehensive loss and its components as part of the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit). Comprehensive loss consists entirely of net loss.
Internal Use Software
      The Company accounts for software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. The statement requires capitalization of certain costs incurred in the development of internal-use software, including external direct material and service costs and employee payroll and payroll-related costs. Capitalized software costs, which are included in property and equipment, are depreciated over three to five years.
Guarantees and Indemnifications
      The Company, as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its Bylaws, indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that limits its exposure and may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of December 31, 2004 or June 30, 2005.
Income Taxes
      The Company uses the liability method for income taxes, whereby deferred income taxes are provided on items recognized for financial reporting purposes over different periods than for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when the expected realization of tax assets does not meet a more-likely-than-not criterion.
Stock-based Compensation
      As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, the Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and related interpretations in accounting for stock option grants to employees using the intrinsic value method and to disclose the pro forma effect of SFAS 123. The information regarding net loss and net loss per share

F-9


Table of Contents

prepared in accordance with SFAS 123 has been determined as if the Company had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method prescribed by SFAS 123 and the net loss per share method under SFAS 148. The resulting effect on net loss and net loss per share pursuant to SFAS 123 is not likely to be representative of the effects in future years, due to subsequent years including additional grants and years of vesting.
      The Company estimated the fair value of these options at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
                                         
    December 31,   June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
                (Unaudited)
Volatility factor
    80%       80%       80%       80%       80%  
Average risk-free interest rate
    4.0%       2.0%       2.8%       2.0%       4.0%  
Dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%       0%       0%  
Expected life of options
    4 years       4 years       4 years       4 years       4 years  
      In connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees during the year ended December 31, 2004 and six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company recorded deferred stock compensation within stockholders’ equity (deficit) of $3,647,000 and $846,000, respectively. This represents the difference between the reassessed fair value of common stock and the option exercise price at the date of grant. Such amounts will be amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options on a straight-line basis. For the year ended December 31, 2004 and six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $191,000 and $509,000, respectively. The expected future amortization expense under APB 25 for deferred stock-based compensation for stock options granted through June 2005, is as follows (in thousands):
         
Years Ending December 31,    
     
2005 (remainder of the year)
  $ 559  
2006
    1,117  
2007
    1,117  
2008 (and thereafter)
    1,000  
       
    $ 3,793  
       
      For purposes of disclosures pursuant to SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS 148, the estimated fair value of options is amortized to expense straight-line over the options’ vesting period. The following table shows the pro forma effect on net loss and net loss per common share if the fair value provisions of SFAS 123 had been applied (in thousands):
                                           
    December 31,   June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
                (Unaudited)
Net loss — as reported
  $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense included in net loss
                191       9       509  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (27 )     (87 )     (320 )     (63 )     (633 )
                               
Pro forma net loss
  $ (11,095 )   $ (15,337 )   $ (25,124 )   $ (12,317 )   $ (15,823 )
                               
Loss per share applicable to common stockholders:
                                       
 
Basic and diluted, as reported
  $ (11.95 )   $ (12.43 )   $ (14.38 )   $ (7.26 )   $ (8.28 )
                               
 
Basic and diluted, pro forma
  $ (11.98 )   $ (12.51 )   $ (14.46 )   $ (7.30 )   $ (8.35 )
                               

F-10


Table of Contents

      Equity instruments granted to nonemployees are valued using the Black-Scholes method and accounted for as prescribed by SFAS 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services , and will be subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.
      Revenue Recognition
      The Company’s product revenues for tests performed are recognized when the following criteria of revenue recognition are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (3) the fee is fixed and determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Criterion (2) is satisfied when the Company performs the test and generates and delivers a report to the physician. Determination of criteria (3) and (4) is based on management’s judgments regarding the nature of the fee charged for products or services delivered and the collectibility of those fees. Product revenues where the criteria set forth in (1) and (2) above are met, and (3) and (4) above are not met, are recognized on a cash basis when cash is received.
      The Company generally bills third-party payors for Onco type  DX upon generation and delivery of a Recurrence Score report to the physician. As such, the Company takes assignment of benefits and the risk of collection with the third-party payor. The Company usually bills the patient directly for amounts owed after multiple requests for payment have been denied or only partially paid by the insurance carrier. As a relatively new test, Onco type  DX may be considered investigational by payors and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Consequently, the Company pursues case-by-case reimbursement where policies are not in place or payment history has not been established. As a result, at the time of delivery of the Recurrence Score to the physician, and in the absence of a reimbursement contract or sufficient payment history, collectibility cannot reasonably be assured and revenues are therefore recognized at the time cash is collected.
      Contract revenues are derived from studies conducted with biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies and are recognized on a contract specific basis. Under certain contracts, our input, measured in terms of full-time equivalent level of effort or running a set of assays through our laboratory under a contractual protocol, triggers payment obligations and revenues are recognized as costs are incurred or assays are processed. Certain contracts have payment obligations that are triggered as milestones are complete, such as completion of a successful set of experiments. In these cases, revenues are recognized when the milestones are achieved.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 123(R) is effective for public companies for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2005, supersedes APB 25, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123, however, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The new standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2006.
      Under SFAS 123(R), the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. Under the retroactive adoption option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS 123(R), while the retroactive method would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options beginning with the first period restated.

F-11


Table of Contents

      The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and expects that its adoption may have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and earnings per share. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), and has not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.
Loss Per Share
      Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase and without consideration for potential common shares. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing the loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase and dilutive potential common shares for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, preferred stock and options to purchase stock are considered to be potential common shares and are only included in the calculation of diluted loss per share when their effect is dilutive.
      The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share calculations assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method as of January 1, 2004 or the date of issuance, if later.
                                           
        Six Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
    (In thousand, except share and per share data)
        (Unaudited)
Historical
                                       
Numerator:
                                       
Loss applicable to common stockholders
  $ (11,068 )   $ (15,250 )   $ (24,995 )   $ (12,263 )   $ (15,699 )
                               
Denominator:
                                       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
    1,381,907       1,429,022       1,737,652       1,687,964       1,895,958  
 
Less: Weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase
    (456,093 )     (202,578 )                  
                               
Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders
    925,814       1,226,444       1,737,652       1,687,964       1,895,625  
                               
Basic and diluted loss per share allocable to common stockholders
  $ (11.95 )   $ (12.43 )   $ (14.38 )   $ (7.26 )   $ (8.28 )
                               
Pro forma
                                       
Numerator:
                                       
Net loss
                  $ (24,995 )           $ (15,699 )
                               
Denominator:
                                       
Shares used above
                    1,737,652               1,895,625  
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of preferred stock
                    13,103,898               16,160,273  
                               
Pro forma adjustments to reflect effect of stock dividend
                    791,210               791,210  
Shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
                    15,632,759               18,847,108  
                               
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
                  $ (1.60 )           $ (0.83 )
                               
Historical outstanding dilutive securities not included in diluted loss per share applicable to common stockholders calculation
                                       
 
Preferred stock
    9,978,946       9,978,946       16,160,273       13,525,045       16,160,273  
                               
 
Options to purchase common stock
    736,166       683,051       1,368,566       751,906       1,424,393  
                               
      10,715,112       10,661,997       17,528,839       14,276,951       17,584,666  
                               

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 2. License and Collaborative Agreements
      In March 2001, the Company entered into various licensing, collaborative and technology transfer agreements with Incyte Corporation (“Incyte,” formerly Incyte Genomics, Inc.), a related party, to utilize certain intellectual property, technologies and know-how in exchange for milestone and royalty payments. The Company is required to make milestone and royalty payments on net sales of products covered by certain licenses granted under these agreements. Total expense associated with these agreements (including royalties due) was $3.0 million, $1.2 million, $1.3 million, $684,000 and $6,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively. All such amounts have been recorded as research and development expense or, in the case of royalties, as cost of product revenues.
      Collaborative and Technology Transfer Agreement. Under the Collaborative and Technology Transfer Agreement, the Company agreed to fund a collaborative research and development project relating to specific technologies. The total consideration paid under this agreement was recorded as research and development expense in 2001 on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement that was terminated in December 2001. Additionally, as part of this agreement, Incyte transferred certain technology and know-how to the Company. The total consideration paid for this technology and know-how was recorded as research and development expense on a straight-line basis through December 31, 2002, which was the end of the estimated useful life of the technology and know-how received.
      Patent License Agreement. Incyte granted the Company certain patent rights under a Patent License Agreement. The amount paid to Incyte under this agreement was recorded as research and development expense in 2001, as the Company determined at that time that it did not anticipate receiving benefit from these patent rights in the future. In March 2004, the Company terminated its rights to some of these patents.
      LifeSeq Collaborative Agreement. Under the LifeSeq Collaborative Agreement, Incyte has agreed to grant the Company access to certain database products and information. One of the genes in the Onco type DX 21-gene panel is licensed under this agreement. Upon commercialization of Onco type DX, the Company was required to make a milestone payment and pay royalties each quarter based on net sales of Onco type DX. Incyte agreed to defer a portion of the payments originally due during 2002. The deferred amounts, plus interest, were repaid in eight quarterly installments beginning January 1, 2003 and ending October 1, 2004. The remaining consideration is being recorded as research and development expense on a straight-line basis through the end of the access term in April 2005.
Note 3. Specimen Transfer and Collaboration Agreements
      The Company has entered into a variety of specimen transfer and collaboration agreements relating to its development efforts. The Company recorded research and development expenses of $240,000, $844,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $827,000 and $34,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively, relating to services provided in connection with these agreements. In addition to these expenses, certain agreements contain provisions for possible royalties from inventions from these collaborations.
      Future milestone payments, exclusive of royalty payments, relating to the launch and commercialization of Onco type  DX total approximately $2.5 million and are payable as follows (in thousands):
           
    Milestone
    Payments
     
January 2006
  $ 300  
January 2007
    300  
January 2008
    475  
January 2009
    475  
January 2010
    475  
January 2011
    475  
       
 
Total
  $ 2,500  
       

F-13


Table of Contents

      If at any time the Company discontinues the sale of commercial products or services resulting from the collaboration, no future milestone payments will be payable and the Company will have no further obligation under the agreement. If the Company’s cash balance is less than $5.0 million on the due date of any the milestone payments, the Company may be able to defer any current milestone payment due for a period of up to 12 months.
      In addition, the Company has secured certain options and rights relating to any joint inventions arising out of the collaborations.
Note 4. Commercial Technology Licensing Agreements
      The Company is a party to various agreements under which it licenses technology on a nonexclusive basis in the field of human diagnostics. Access to these licenses enables the Company to process its laboratory tests for Onco type DX. Payments under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005 were $0, $0, $477,000, $360,000 and $292,000, respectively, and were included in cost of product revenues.
Note 5. Property and Equipment
      Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    December 31,   June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005
             
            (Unaudited)
Computer equipment and software
  $ 688     $ 963     $ 955  
Lab equipment
    2,022       3,273       4,705  
Furniture and fixtures
    153       183       190  
Leasehold improvements
    165       211       332  
                   
      3,028       4,630       6,182  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,740 )     (2,514 )     (3,172 )
                   
    $ 1,288     $ 2,116     $ 3,010  
                   
      For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $642,000, $824,000, $1.0 million, $486,000 and $690,000, respectively.
Note 6. Commitments
Notes Payable
      In March 2005, the Company entered into an arrangement to finance the acquisition of laboratory equipment, computer hardware and software, leasehold improvements and office equipment. In connection with this arrangement, the Company granted the lender a security interest in the assets purchased with the borrowed amounts. The Company cannot prepay any amounts owing under the arrangement until April 2006, at which point it can prepay all, but not part, of the amounts outstanding under the arrangement so long as it also pays a 6% premium on the outstanding principal balance. This premium is reduced to 5% of the outstanding principal balance in April 2007 and 4% of the outstanding principal balance in April 2008.

F-14


Table of Contents

      As of June 30, 2005, the Company’s aggregate commitments under its financing arrangement were as follows (in thousands):
           
    Annual
    Payment
    Amounts
     
    (Unaudited)
Years Ending December 31,
       
 
2005 (remainder of the year)
  $ 533  
 
2006
    1,102  
 
2007
    1,102  
 
2008
    970  
 
2009
    229  
       
Total minimum payments
    3,936  
Less: interest portion
    (676 )
       
Present value of net minimum payments
    3,260  
Less: current portion of obligations
    (777 )
       
Long-term obligations
  $ 2,483  
       
Leases
      In June 2001, the Company entered into a four-year sublease agreement for its current office and research facility. During 2003, the Company entered into an agreement to extend its sublease through May 31, 2005, wherein monthly rent beginning October 1, 2003, was modified to be $75,000 per month. The Company entered into an additional agreement to extend the term of the sublease agreement through February 28, 2006, wherein monthly rent beginning June 1, 2005 was modified to $40,000 per month. Additionally, as part of this 2005 agreement, the Company agreed to sublease additional adjacent premises effective February 8, 2005 through February 28, 2006 at a rate of $14,000 per month, with first and last monthly payments of $10,000 and $14,000, respectively. The Company is currently in negotiations to directly lease its facilities from the facility owner as of the expiration of the current sublease in February 2006.
      Rent expense under all operating leases amounted to $1.4 million, $1.3 million, $911,000, $456,000 and $486,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, and the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
      Future noncancelable commitments under operating leases at December 31, 2004, were as follows (in thousands):
           
    Annual
    Payment
    Amounts
     
Years Ending December 31,
       
 
2005
  $ 813  
 
2006
    122  
 
2007
    9  
       
Total minimum payments
  $ 944  
       
Note 7.  Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Convertible Preferred Stock
      The Company is authorized to issue 101,216,958 shares of preferred stock in series, which shares have been designated Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, C-1, D, D-1, E and E-1 convertible preferred stock, collectively referred to as “preferred stock.”

F-15


Table of Contents

      As of December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005, the convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):
                                         
            Per Share       Aggregate
    Designated   Shares Issued and   Liquidation   Carrying   Liquidation
Series   Shares   Outstanding   Preference   Amount   Preference
                     
Series A
    7,935,000       7,935,000     $ 1.00     $ 7,917     $ 7,935  
Series A-1
    7,935,000           $ 1.00              
Series B
    15,675,674       15,675,674     $ 1.85       28,947       29,000  
Series B-1
    15,675,674           $ 1.85              
Series C
    2,252,252       2,252,252     $ 2.22       4,919       5,000  
Series C-1
    2,252,252           $ 2.22              
Series D
    4,073,913       4,073,913     $ 2.30       9,290       9,370  
Series D-1
    4,073,913           $ 2.30              
Series E
    20,671,640       18,543,980     $ 2.82       52,139       52,294  
Series E-1
    20,671,640           $ 2.82              
                               
      101,216,958       48,480,819             $ 103,212     $ 103,599  
                               
      In November 2000, January 2001, March 2001, March through November 2002, and February through December 2004 the Company completed private placements for the sale of 7,935,000, 15,675,674, 2,252,252, 4,073,913 and 18,543,980 shares of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock, respectively, resulting in gross proceeds of $7.9 million, $29.0 million, $5.0 million, $9.4 million and $52.3 million, respectively.
      Every three shares of Series A, B, C, D and E preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock upon any of the following events:
  •  with respect to shares held by any stockholder, at any time at the stockholder’s option;
 
  •  automatically upon the closing of an underwritten public offering with aggregate offering proceeds not less than $20.0 million and a per share price not less than $11.40; and
 
  •  upon agreement of the majority of holders of the outstanding shares of preferred stock voting as a single class, at the then-effective conversion price.
However, if the conversion occurs by reason of an agreement of the majority of holders of the outstanding shares of preferred stock in connection with an underwritten public offering with aggregate offering proceeds either less than $20.0 million or with a per share price less than $11.40, then every three shares of Series E preferred stock will convert into 1.128 shares of common stock. If the Company’s initial public offering price of its common stock is less than $11.40 per share, it will be necessary to record a charge relating to the beneficial conversion feature, or BCF, of the Company’s series E preferred stock. The Company currently estimates the BCF charge, if recorded, would be approximately $803,000. If the charge is recorded, it would increase the net loss attributable to common stockholders and the net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, but will have no impact on cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) or net loss in the period in which the initial public offering is completed.
      The conversion price of the Company’s preferred stock is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution in the event that the Company issues additional shares of preferred stock, common stock, or common stock equivalents at a purchase price less than the then-effective conversion price, provided, however, that without triggering antidilution adjustments, the Company may issue up to 2,500,000 shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under the Company’s stock option plan to directors, officers, employees, or consultants, or may issue shares in connection with a bona fide acquisition or other strategic transactions that are approved by the Board of Directors.

F-16


Table of Contents

      Holders of preferred stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends of $0.08, $0.148, $0.177, $0.184 and $0.226 per share per annum for Series A, B, C, D and E, respectively, if and when declared by the Board of Directors (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, or similar events). These dividends are to be paid in advance of any distributions to common stockholders. No dividends have been declared through June 30, 2005.
      In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock shall have a liquidation preference prior to payment to holders of common stock of $1.00, $1.85, $2.22, $2.30 and $2.82 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After the payment to the holders of preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of common stock.
      Preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes they would have upon conversion of their preferred stock into common stock on the record date.
      The convertible preferred stock is classified outside of equity in accordance with Rule 5-02.28 of Regulation S-X because certain features of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation would allow holders of preferred stock to redeem the preferred stock at their option and to trigger liquidation preferences for the preferred stock. The preferred stock constitutes a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote, giving the preferred stockholders the ability to amend the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to allow redemption of the preferred stock. A majority of the members of our board of directors is comprised of individuals elected by holders of our preferred stock. Thus, the preferred stockholders have the ability to cause the Company to take corporate actions that would trigger a liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Because the holders of preferred stock can trigger liquidation preferences and redeem the preferred stock at their option, the preferred stock is redeemable upon the occurrence of an event not solely within the control of the Company and is therefore not considered a permanent equity security under Rule 5-02.28.
Common Stock
      In 2000, the Company issued 1,345,000 shares of common stock to founders at $0.003 per share, which the Company determined to be the fair value of the common stock upon formation of the Company. The shares sold to the founders are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company subject to vesting, which is over a four year period. There were 456,093, 202,578, zero and zero shares subject to repurchase at December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and June 30, 2005, respectively.
Stock Option Plan
      On January 2, 2001, the Company adopted the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), under which incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees, officers, and directors of, or consultants to, the Company and its affiliates. Options granted under the Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. The option price of each incentive stock option shall be at least 100% of the fair value on the date of grant, and the option price for each nonstatutory stock option shall be not less than 85% of the fair value on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options for employees may be granted with different vesting terms from time to time, but not to exceed five years from the date of grant.
      As of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and June 30, 2005, a total of 1,166,666, 1,166,666, 2,500,000 and 2,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan.

F-17


Table of Contents

      Activity under the Plan is as follows:
                         
        Outstanding Options
         
    Shares Available   Number of   Weighted Average
    for Grant   Shares   Exercise Price
             
Balance at December 31, 2002
    379,033       736,166     $ 0.66  
Options granted
    (245,500 )     245,500     $ 0.99  
Options exercised
          (283,896 )   $ 0.66  
Options canceled
    14,719       (14,719 )   $ 0.66  
                   
Balance at December 31, 2003
    148,252       683,051     $ 0.78  
Options authorized
    1,333,333              
Options granted
    (906,099 )     906,099     $ 2.28  
Options exercised
          (215,089 )   $ 0.66  
Options canceled
    5,495       (5,495 )   $ 0.99  
                   
Balance at December 31, 2004
    580,981       1,368,566     $ 1.77  
                   
Options granted (unaudited)
    (118,999 )     118,999     $ 3.00  
Options exercised (unaudited)
          (57,391 )   $ 1.02  
Options canceled (unaudited)
    5,781       (5,781 )   $ 1.83  
                   
Balance at June 30, 2005 (unaudited)
    467,763       1,424,393     $ 1.86  
                   
      The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2004:
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
         
        Weighted Average        
    Number   Years Remaining   Weighted Average   Number   Weighted Average
Exercise Price   Outstanding   Contractual Life   Exercise Price   Exercisable   Exercise Price
                     
$0.60
    50,000       6.07     $ 0.60       48,819     $ 0.60  
$0.66
    169,571       6.97     $ 0.66       32,367     $ 0.66  
$0.69
    143,562       7.54     $ 0.69       50,255     $ 0.69  
$1.38
    520,433       9.39     $ 1.38       35,635     $ 1.38  
$3.00
    418,333       9.92     $ 3.00              
$3.30
    66,667       4.92     $ 3.30              
                               
      1,368,566                       167,076          
                               
      The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $0.66, $0.78 and $4.98, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of June 30, 2005:
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
         
        Weighted Average        
    Number   Years Remaining   Weighted Average   Number   Weighted Average
Exercise Price   Outstanding   Contractual Life   Exercise Price   Exercisable   Exercise Price
                     
$0.60
    50,000       5.58     $ 0.60       50,000     $ 0.60  
$0.66
    152,134       6.50     $ 0.66       84,694     $ 0.66  
$0.69
    129,790       7.01     $ 0.69       59,123     $ 0.69  
$1.38
    490,469       8.91     $ 1.38       67,899     $ 1.38  
$3.00
    535,333       9.52     $ 3.00       3,667     $ 3.00  
$3.30
    66,667       4.42     $ 3.30              
                               
      1,424,393                       265,383          
                               
      The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted as of June 30, 2005 was $8.55.
Deferred Stock-based Compensation
      No employee stock compensation expense was reflected in the Company’s reported net loss in any period prior to 2004, as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. During 2004, stock options were granted with exercise prices that were equal to the estimated fair value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. Subsequent to the commencement of the initial public offering process, the Company reassessed the fair value of its common stock and determined that options granted from January 2004 through June 2005 were granted at exercise prices that were below the reassessed fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Accordingly, deferred stock-based compensation of $3.6 million was recorded during 2004 in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, an additional $846,000 of deferred stock-based compensation was recorded. The deferred stock-based compensation will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the related awards, which is generally four years. For the year ended December 31, 2004 and the six months ended June 2005, the Company recorded employee stock-based compensation expense of $191,000 and $509,000, respectively.
401(k) Plan
      The Company has established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan for which its employees are generally eligible. Under the 401(k) plan, Company employees may elect to reduce their compensation and have the amount of this reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. The Company does not make matching contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan, and so that contributions by the Company, if any, will be deductible by the Company when made.

F-19


Table of Contents

Stock Options Granted to Nonemployees
      The Company grants options to consultants from time to time in exchange for services performed for the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company granted options to purchase 27,333, 33,000, 8,333 and 5,333 shares, respectively, of common stock to consultants. The fair value of these option grants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:
                                         
    December 31,   June 30,
         
    2002   2003   2004   2004   2005
                     
                (Unaudited)
Volatility factor
    80%       80%       80%       80%       80%  
Average risk-free interest rate
    4.0%       2.0%       2.4%       2.0%       4.0%  
Dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%       0%       0%  
Expected life of options
    10 years       10 years       10 years       10 years       10 years  
      In general, the options vest over the contractual period of the consulting arrangement and, therefore, the Company will revalue the options periodically and record additional compensation expense related to these options over the remaining vesting period. During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the six months ended June 30, 2005, compensation expense related to these options was $36,000, $18,000, $53,000 and $58,000, respectively.
Reserved Shares
      As of December 31, 2004, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
         
Stock option plan
    1,949,547  
Conversion of preferred stock
    16,160,273  
       
      18,109,820  
       
      As of June 30, 2005, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:
         
Stock option plan
    1,892,155  
Conversion of preferred stock
    16,160,273  
       
      18,052,428  
       
Note 8.  Related Party Transactions
      The Company has entered into various agreements with Incyte Corporation. See Note 2. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board is a stockholder of both Incyte and the Company, and until December 31, 2001, was the Chairman of the Board of Incyte. In November 2000, pursuant to a Series A preferred stock purchase agreement, Incyte purchased 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share. In March 2001, pursuant to a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement, Incyte purchased 2,252,252 shares of the Company’s Series C preferred stock at a price of $2.22 per share. Under this agreement, Incyte granted the Company the right to cause Incyte to purchase an aggregate of $5.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock upon closing an initial public offering of the Company’s shares of common stock, at the initial public offering, price so long as such offering results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10.0 million, excluding any amounts received by the Company from Incyte.

F-20


Table of Contents

Note 9.  Income Taxes
      As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company had deferred tax assets of approximately $15.5 million and $25.6 million, respectively. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The net valuation allowance increased by approximately $4.6 million, $6.6 million, and $10.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Deferred tax assets primarily relate to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
      Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
                   
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004
         
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 14,008     $ 23,944  
 
Capitalized costs
    1,664       1,546  
 
Research tax credits
    821       1,424  
 
Other
    74       98  
             
Total deferred tax assets
    16,567       27,012  
Valuation allowance
    (16,567 )     (27,012 )
             
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
             
      As of December 31, 2004, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $60.2 million and $57.8 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $855,000 and $569,000, respectively. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized.
      Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.
Note 10. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)
      2005 Stock Incentive Plan
      On September 8, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2005 Plan will become effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. Pursuant to the 2005 Plan, stock options, restricted shares, stock units, and stock appreciation rights may be granted to employees, consultants, and outside directors of the Company. Options granted may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options.
      Stock options are governed by stock option agreements between the Company and recipients of stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, determined by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of not less than 80% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, determined by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. Options become exercisable and expire as determined by the Compensation Committee, provided that the term of incentive stock options may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Stock option agreements may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of an optionee’s death, disability, or retirement or other events.
      Under the 2005 Plan, each outside director who joins the board after the effective date of the 2005 Plan will receive an automatic nonstatutory stock option grant that vests at a rate of 25% at the end of the first year, with the remaining balance vesting over the next three years. On the first business day following the

F-21


Table of Contents

annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, each outside director who is continuing board service and who was not initially elected to the board at the annual meeting will receive an additional nonstatutory stock option grant, which will vest in full immediately prior to the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. Nonstatutory stock options granted to outside directors must have an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Nonstatutory stock options terminate on the earlier of the day before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant or the date twelve months after termination of the outside director’s service as a member of the board of directors.
      Restricted shares, stock appreciation rights, and stock units granted under the 2005 Plan are governed by restricted stock agreements, SAR agreements, and stock unit agreements between the Company and recipients of the awards. Terms of the agreements are determined by the Compensation Committee.
Lease
      In September 2005, the Company entered into a lease agreement that will apply to the 25,000 square feet of laboratory and office space the Company currently occupies. Under the lease, the Company also leases approximately 23,000 square feet of additional space that the Company expects to first occupy in March 2006. If the Company first occupies space under this new lease in March 2006, the Company will be required to make aggregate rent payments of approximately $4.5 million throughout the entire term of the lease.

F-22


Table of Contents

(SAMPLE ONCOTYPE DX CHART)


Table of Contents

(GENOMIC HEALTH LOGO)


Table of Contents

Part II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
      The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.
         
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 9,507  
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee
    8,000  
Nasdaq National Market listing fee
    100,000  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    5,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    550,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    900,000  
Printing and engraving expenses
    180,000  
Registrar and Transfer Agent’s fees
    13,000  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    34,493  
       
Total
  $ 1,800,000  
       
Item 14.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers
      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for the indemnification of officers, directors, and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Article VIII of the Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.3) and Article 5 of the Registrant’s Bylaws (Exhibit 3.5) provide for indemnification of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees and other agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant has also entered into agreements with our directors and officers that will require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law.
      The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant, our directors and officers, and by the Registrant of the Underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.
Item 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
      The following information does not give effect to the reverse common stock split to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.
      On various dates between January 1, 2002 and August 31, 2005, we sold 1,934,223 shares of our common stock to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the exercise of options granted under our 2001 stock incentive plan. The exercise prices per share ranged from $0.22 to $1.00, for an aggregate consideration of $443,215.03
      In March 2002, May 2002 and November 2002, we sold 4,073,913 shares of series D preferred stock for aggregate consideration of $9,370,000 to 11 accredited investors.
      In February 2004, March 2004, April 2004 and December 2004, we sold 18,543,980 shares of series E preferred stock for aggregate consideration of $52,294,024 to 75 accredited investors.

II-1


Table of Contents

      The sales of the above securities were considered to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationship with the registrant, to information about the registrant.
Item 16.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
    1.1**     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1**     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
    3.2**     Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed prior to the effective date of this Registration Statement.
    3.3**     Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
    3.4**     Bylaws of the Registrant.
    3.5**     Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
    4.1**     Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
    4.2**     Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated February 9, 2004 between the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
    5.1**     Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.
  10.1**     Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.
  10.2**     2001 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.3**     2005 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.4.1**     Sublease Agreement dated June 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
  10.4.2**     First Amendment to Sublease Agreement dated October 29, 2003 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
  10.4.3**     Second Amendment to Sublease Agreement dated January 31, 2005 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
  10.5.1†* *   Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.5.2**     Amendment No. 1 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.5.3†* *   Amendment No. 2 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated July 19, 2002 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.5.4†* *   Amendment No. 3 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated October 25, 2004 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.6.1†* *   Patent License Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.6.2†* *   Amendment to Patent License Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.7.1†* *   Collaboration and Technology Transfer Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
  10.7.2†* *   Amendment to Collaboration and Technology Transfer Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.

II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
  10.8†**     PCR Patent License Agreement dated February 21, 2005 between the Registrant and Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
  10.9.1**     Master Security Agreement dated March 30, 2005 between the Registrant and Oxford Finance Corporation.
  10.9.2**     Form of Promissory Note (Equipment) issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
  10.9.3**     Form of Promissory Note (Computers and Software) issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
  10.9.4**     Schedule of Promissory Notes issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
  10.10     Lease dated September 23, 2005 between the Registrant and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
  21.1**     List of Subsidiaries.
  23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2**     Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1**     Power of Attorney.
 
**  Previously filed.
†  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
      No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17.     Undertakings
      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  (3) It will provide to the underwriters at the closing(s) specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 5 to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redwood City, State of California, on the 26 th day of September, 2005.
  Genomic Health, Inc.
  By  /s/ Randal W. Scott
 
 
  Randal W. Scott, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Name   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Randal W. Scott
 
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D.
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   September 26, 2005
 
/s/ G. Bradley Cole
 
G. Bradley Cole
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Kimberly J. Popovits
  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Julian C. Baker
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Brook H. Byers
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Fred E. Cohen, M.D., Ph.D.
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Samuel D. Colella
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Michael D. Goldberg
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*
 
Randall S. Livingston
  Director   September 26, 2005
 
*By:   /s/ Randal W. Scott
 
Randal W. Scott, Ph.D.
Attorney-in-Fact
       

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
  1.1**
  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2**
  Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed prior to the effective date of this Registration Statement.
  3.3**
  Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  3.4**
  Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3.5**
  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  4.1**
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2**
  Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated February 9, 2004 between the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1**
  Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.
10.1**
  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.
10.2**
  2001 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.3**
  2005 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4.1**
  Sublease Agreement dated June 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
10.4.2**
  First Amendment to Sublease Agreement dated October 29, 2003 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
10.4.3**
  Second Amendment to Sublease Agreement dated January 31, 2005 between the Registrant and Corixa Corporation.
10.5.1†**
  Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.5.2**
  Amendment No. 1 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.5.3†**
  Amendment No. 2 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated July 19, 2002 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.5.4†**
  Amendment No. 3 to Lifeseq Collaborative Agreement dated October 25, 2004 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.6.1†**
  Patent License Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.6.2†**
  Amendment to Patent License Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.7.1†**
  Collaboration and Technology Transfer Agreement dated March 30, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.7.2†**
  Amendment to Collaboration and Technology Transfer Agreement dated December 21, 2001 between the Registrant and Incyte Corporation.
10.8†**
  PCR Patent License Agreement dated February 21, 2005 between the Registrant and Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
10.9.1**
  Master Security Agreement dated March 30, 2005 between the Registrant and Oxford Finance Corporation.
10.9.2**
  Form of Promissory Note (Equipment) issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
10.9.3**
  Form of Promissory Note (Computers and Software) issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
10.9.4**
  Schedule of Promissory Notes issued by the Registrant in favor of Oxford Finance Corporation.
10.10
  Lease dated September 23, 2005 between the Registrant and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
21.1**
  List of Subsidiaries.
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2**
  Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**
  Power of Attorney.
 
**  Previously filed.
  †  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 

Exhibit 10.10
LEASE
BETWEEN
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (LANDLORD)
AND
GENOMIC HEALTH, INC. (TENANT)
SEAPORT CENTRE
Redwood City, California

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        PAGE  
ARTICLE ONE — BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS     1  
1.01
  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS     1  
1.02
  ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS & RIDER(S)     3  
1.03
  DEFINITIONS     3  
 
           
ARTICLE TWO — PREMISES, TERM, FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION, COMMON AREAS AND PARKING     7  
2.01
  LEASE OF PREMISES     7  
2.02
  TERM     7  
2.03
  FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION     7  
2.04
  AREA OF PREMISES     7  
2.05
  CONDITION OF PREMISES     7  
2.06
  COMMON AREAS & PARKING     7  
 
           
ARTICLE THREE — RENT     7  
 
           
ARTICLE FOUR — OPERATING EXPENSES RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS     8  
4.01
  TENANT’S SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSES     8  
4.02
  RENT ADJUSTMENTS     8  
4.03
  STATEMENT OF LANDLORD     9  
4.04
  BOOKS AND RECORDS     9  
4.05
  TENANT OR LEASE SPECIFIC TAXES     9  
 
           
ARTICLE FIVE — SECURITY     9  
 
           
ARTICLE SIX — UTILITIES & SERVICES     11  
6.01
  LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES     11  
6.02
  TENANT TO OBTAIN & PAY DIRECTLY     11  
6.03
  TELEPHONE SERVICES     11  
6.04
  FAILURE OR INTERRUPTION OF UTILITY OR SERVICE     11  
6.05
  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED     11  
6.06
  SIGNAGE     12  
 
           
ARTICLE SEVEN — POSSESSION, USE AND CONDITION OF PREMISES     12  
7.01
  POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES     12  
7.02
  HAZARDOUS MATERIAL     12  
7.03
  LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS     14  
7.04
  QUIET ENJOYMENT     14  
 
           
ARTICLE EIGHT — MAINTENANCE & HVAC     14  
8.01
  LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE     14  
8.02
  TENANT’S MAINTENANCE     14  
8.03
  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING HVAC     15  
 
           
ARTICLE NINE — ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS     16  
9.01
  TENANT ALTERATIONS     16  
9.02
  LIENS     16  
 
           
ARTICLE TEN — ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING     17  
10.01
  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING     17  
10.02
  RECAPTURE     18  
10.03
  EXCESS RENT     18  
10.04
  TENANT LIABILITY     19  
10.05
  ASSUMPTION AND ATTORNMENT     19  
 
           
ARTICLE ELEVEN — DEFAULT AND REMEDIES     19  
11.01
  EVENTS OF DEFAULT     19  
11.02
  LANDLORD’S REMEDIES     19  
11.03
  ATTORNEY’S FEES     21  
11.04
  BANKRUPTCY     21  
11.05
  LANDLORD’S DEFAULT     21  
 
           
ARTICLE TWELVE — SURRENDER OF PREMISES     22  
12.01
  IN GENERAL     22  
12.02
  LANDLORD’S RIGHTS     22  
 
           
ARTICLE THIRTEEN — HOLDING OVER     22  
 
           
ARTICLE FOURTEEN — DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY     22  

i


 

             
 
        PAGE  
14.01
  SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY     22  
14.02
  INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY     23  
14.03
  RENT ABATEMENT     23  
14.04
  WAIVER OF STATUTORY REMEDIES     23  
 
           
ARTICLE FIFTEEN — EMINENT DOMAIN     23  
15.01
  TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART     23  
15.02
  TAKING OF PART     24  
15.03
  COMPENSATION     24  
 
           
ARTICLE SIXTEEN — INSURANCE     24  
16.01
  TENANT’S INSURANCE     24  
16.02
  FORM OF POLICIES     24  
16.03
  LANDLORD’S INSURANCE     24  
16.04
  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION     25  
16.05
  NOTICE OF CASUALTY     25  
 
           
ARTICLE SEVENTEEN — WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY     25  
17.01
  WAIVER OF CLAIMS     25  
17.02
  INDEMNITY BY TENANT     25  
17.03
  WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES     26  
 
           
ARTICLE EIGHTEEN — RULES AND REGULATIONS     26  
18.01
  RULES     26  
18.02
  ENFORCEMENT     26  
 
           
ARTICLE NINETEEN — LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS     26  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY — ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE     26  
20.01
  IN GENERAL     26  
20.02
  ENFORCEMENT     27  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE — INTENTIONALLY OMITTED     27  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO — REAL ESTATE BROKERS     27  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE — MORTGAGEE PROTECTION     27  
23.01
  SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT     27  
23.02
  MORTGAGEE PROTECTION     27  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR — NOTICES     28  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE — EXERCISE FACILITY     28  
 
           
ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX — MISCELLANEOUS     28  
26.01
  LATE CHARGES     28  
26.02
  NO JURY TRIAL; VENUE; JURISDICTION     29  
26.03
  DEFAULT UNDER OTHER LEASE     29  
26.04
  OPTION     29  
26.05
  TENANT AUTHORITY     29  
26.06
  ENTIRE AGREEMENT     29  
26.07
  MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE     29  
26.08
  EXCULPATION     29  
26.09
  ACCORD AND SATISFACTION     29  
26.10
  LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING     30  
26.11
  BINDING EFFECT     30  
26.12
  CAPTIONS     30  
26.13
  TIME; APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION     30  
26.14
  ABANDONMENT     30  
26.15
  LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S DUTIES     30  
26.16
  SECURITY SYSTEM     30  
26.17
  NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENTS     30  
26.18
  RECORDATION     30  
26.19
  SURVIVAL     30  
26.20
  EXHIBITS OR RIDERS     31  

ii


 

LEASE
ARTICLE ONE
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
1.01   BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
In the event of any conflict between these Basic Lease Provisions and any other Lease provision, such other Lease provision shall control.
(1)   BUILDING AND ADDRESS:
As of the Date of Lease, the Building has street addresses of 301 & 351 Penobscot Drive
Redwood City, California 94063
Building Number 11, located in Phase II (“Tenant’s Phase”) of Seaport Centre
(2)   LANDLORD AND ADDRESS:
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company,
a New York corporation
 Notices to Landlord shall be addressed:
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
c/o Seaport Centre Manager
701 Chesapeake Drive
Redwood City, CA 94063
with copies to the following:
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
400 South El Camino Real, Suite 800
San Mateo, CA 94402
Attention: Assistant Vice President
(3)   TENANT; CURRENT ADDRESS & TAX ID:
                     
 
  (a)   Name:   Genomic Health, Inc. (“Genomic Health”)        
 
  (b)   State of incorporation:   a Delaware corporation        
 
  (c)   Tax Identification Number:   77-0552594        
    Tenant shall notify Landlord of any change in the foregoing.
Notices to Tenant shall be addressed:
Genomic Health, Inc.
301 Penobscot Drive
Redwood City, CA 94063
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 with a copy to:
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
50 Fremont Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention: Hilda A. Senseney
(4)   DATE OF LEASE: as of September 23, 2005
(5)   LEASE TERM: For each of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, the Term will commence separately on the Initial Premises Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as defined and described in Rider 2, and the Lease Term shall expire (as to the entire Premises) on the last day of the six-year period which commences on the Initial Premises Commencement Date.
(6)   COMMENCEMENT DATES: For each of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, the Term will commence separately on the Initial Premises Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as defined and described in Rider 2.
(7)   EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of the six-year period which commences on the Initial Premises Commencement Date.
(8)   MONTHLY BASE RENT: Monthly Base Rent for the Premises is the combined Monthly Base Rent for each of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, as and when due as set forth in this Lease. In light of the differences for each such space in the respective rate of Monthly Base Rent, timing of the Commencement Date and increases in rates, the amount of Monthly Base Rent for each such space is set forth separately below. The initial monthly installment for both parts of the Premises is due upon Tenant’s execution.

1


 

Initial Premises :
         
Period from Initial Premises        
Commencement Date through        
Expiration Date   Monthly   Monthly Rate/SF of Rentable Area
Months 01 — 12*
  $24,448.90*   $1.06*
Months 13 — 24
  $25,140.85   $1.09
Months 25 — 36
  $25,832.80   $1.12
Months 37 — 48
  $26,755.40   $1.16
Months 49 — 60
  $27,447.35   $1.19
Months 61 — 72 (Expiration Date)
  $28,369.95   $1.23
 
   
Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to forbear in collection of the Monthly Base Rent for the Initial Premises for the first four (4) months after the Initial Premises Commencement Date, and further provided that Tenant is not in Default under this Lease for a full year after expiration of the fourth month of the Term, the Monthly Base Rent for the Initial Premises for such first four months of the Term shall be waived.
Expansion Premises :
         
Period from Expansion Premises        
Commencement Date through        
Expiration Date   Monthly   Monthly Rate/SF of Rentable Area
Months 01 — 12*
  $34,769.00*   $1.40*
Months 13 — 24
  $36,010.75   $1.45
Months 25 — 36
  $37,252.50   $1.50
Months 37 — 48
  $38,494.25   $1.55
Months 49 — 60
  $39,376.00   $1.60
Months 61 — Expiration Date
  $40,977.75   $1.65
 
   
Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to forbear in collection of the Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises for the first month after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and further provided that Tenant is not in Default under this Lease for a full year after expiration of such first month, the Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises for such first month shall be waived.
(9) RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT (initial monthly rate, until further notice): Until the Commencement Date has occurred for both the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, the Rent Adjustment Deposit payable by Tenant during the Term shall be only for that part of the Premises for which the Commencement Date has occurred. It is agreed that the Rent Adjustment Deposit (at the initial monthly rate, until further notice) for the Initial Premises shall be Fourteen Thousand Nineteen Dollars ($14,019.00). The initial monthly installment for both parts of the Premises is Twenty-nine Thousand One Hundred Fourteen Dollars ($29,114.00) and is due upon Tenant’s execution.
(10) RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES:
 Initial Premises:             23,065 square feet
 Expansion Premises:     24,835 square feet
 Premises (both parts):   47,900
(11)   RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING 47,900 square feet
 
(12)   RENTABLE AREA OF THE PHASE: 235,620 square feet
 
(13)   RENTABLE AREA OF THE PROJECT: 537,444 square feet
(14)   SECURITY: The cash and/or Letter of Credit in the amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and no/100 ($500,000.00) (and any proceeds of the Letter of Credit drawn and held by Landlord) as provided in Article Five.
 
(15)   SUITE NUMBER &/OR ADDRESS OF PREMISES:
  Initial Premises:             351 Penobscot Drive
  Expansion Premises      301 Penobscot Drive
  Premises (both parts)   301 Penobscot Drive, until further notice
(16)   TENANT’S SHARE:
         
For Initial Premises only until Expansion Premises Commencement Date:  
Tenant’s Building Share:
    48.1524 %
Tenant’s Phase Share:
    09.7891 %
Tenant’s Project Share:
    04.2916 %

2


 

         
For Full Premises on & after Expansion Premises Commencement Date:  
Tenant’s Building Share:
    100 %
Tenant’s Phase Share:
    20.3293 %
Tenant’s Project Share:
    08.9126 %
(17)   TENANT’S USE OF PREMISES: General office use; biotechnology/pharmaceutical research and development, assembly, biotechnical or pharmaceutical manufacturing, and warehousing.
 
(18)   PARKING SPACES:
  For Initial Premises only until Expansion Premises Commencement Date: 76
  For Full Premises on & after Expansion Premises Commencement Date: 158
(19)   BROKERS:
  Landlord’s Broker:          Cornish & Carey Commercial
  Tenant’s Broker:                               BT Commercial and Technology Commercial
1.02   ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS & RIDER(S)
The Exhibits and Rider(s) set forth below and attached to this Lease are incorporated in this Lease by this reference:
EXHIBIT A Plan of Premises
EXHIBIT B Workletter Agreement
EXHIBIT C Site Plan of Project
EXHIBIT D Permitted Hazardous Material
EXHIBIT E Form of Letter of Credit Acceptable from Silicon Valley Bank
EXHIBIT F Fair Market Rental Rate
EXHIBIT G Tenant’s Personal Property
EXHIBIT H Form of Letter of Credit
RIDER 1 Commencement Date Agreement
RIDER 2 Additional Provisions
1.03   DEFINITIONS
For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
ADJUSTMENT YEAR: The applicable calendar year or any portion thereof after the Commencement Date of this Lease for which a Rent Adjustment computation is being made.
AFFILIATE: Any Person (as defined below) which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with Tenant. The word Person means an individual, partnership, trust, corporation, limited liability company, firm or other entity. For purposes of this definition, the word “control,” means, with respect to a Person that is a corporation or a limited liability company, the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than sixty percent (60%) of the voting rights attributable to the shares or membership interests of the controlled Person and, with respect to a Person that is not a corporation, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power at all times to direct or cause the direction of the management of the controlled Person.
BUILDING: Each building in which the Premises is located, as specified in Section 1.01(1).
BUILDING OPERATING EXPENSES: Those Operating Expenses described in Section 4.01.
COMMENCEMENT DATE: The dates specified in Section 1.01(6) as the Commencement Dates, unless changed by operation of Article Two or Rider 2.
COMMON AREAS: All areas of the Project made available by Landlord from time to time for the general common use or benefit of the tenants of the Building or Project, and their employees and invitees, or the public, as such areas currently exist and as they may be changed from time to time.
DECORATION: Tenant Alterations which do not require a building permit and which do not affect the facade or roof of the Building, or involve any of the structural elements of the Building, or involve any of the Building’s systems, including its electrical, mechanical, plumbing, security, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, communication, and fire and life safety systems.
DEFAULT RATE: Two (2) percentage points above the rate then most recently announced by Bank of America N.T.& S.A. at its San Francisco main office as its corporate base lending rate, from time to time announced, but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by Law.
DELIVERY DATE: The date for Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of possession of the Premises, if different from the Commencement Date, as provided in Rider 2.
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS: All Laws governing the use, storage, disposal or generation of any Hazardous Material or pertaining to environmental conditions on, under or about the Premises or any part of the Project, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42

3


 

U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq .), and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq .).
EXPANSION PREMISES: The space under the Prior Sublease (defined in Rider 2) which becomes part of the Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as more particularly provided in this Lease. The Expansion Premises is deemed to be 24,835 square feet of Rentable Area, is commonly known as 301 Penobscot Drive (as of the execution date of this Lease), is depicted on Exhibit A hereto, and is further described in Section 1.01, definition of Premises and Rider 2.
EXPIRATION DATE: The date specified in Section 1.01(7) unless changed by operation of Article Two or Rider 2.
FORCE MAJEURE: Any accident, casualty, act of God, war or civil commotion, strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including water shortages, energy shortages or governmental preemption in connection with an act of God, a national emergency, or by reason of Law, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by act of God, war or other emergency.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL: Such substances, material and wastes which are or become regulated under any Environmental Law; or which are classified as hazardous or toxic or medical waste or biohazardous waste under any Environmental Law; and explosives, firearms and ammunition, flammable material, radioactive material, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum and its byproducts.
INITIAL PREMISES: The part of the Premises to be delivered initially to Tenant after execution of this Lease and part as to which the Term first commences, as more particularly provided in this Lease. The Initial Premises is deemed to be 23,065 square feet of Rentable Area, is commonly known as 351 Penobscot Drive (as of the execution date of this Lease), is depicted on Exhibit A hereto, and is further described in Section 1.01, definition of Premises and Rider 2.
INDEMNITEES: Collectively, Landlord, any Mortgagee or ground lessor of the Property, the property manager and the leasing manager for the Property and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees.
LAND: The parcel(s) of real estate on which the Building and Project are located.
LANDLORD WORK: The construction or installation of improvements to be furnished by Landlord, if any, specifically described in Rider 2 attached hereto.
LAWS OR LAW: All laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, other requirements, orders, rulings or decisions adopted or made by any governmental body, agency, department or judicial authority having jurisdiction over the Property, the Premises or Tenant’s activities at the Premises and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which affect the Property.
LEASE: This instrument and all exhibits and riders attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time.
LEASE YEAR: The twelve month period beginning on the first day of the first month following the Initial Premises Commencement Date (unless the Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month in which case beginning on the Commencement Date), and each subsequent twelve month, or shorter, period until the Expiration Date.
MONTHLY BASE RENT: The monthly rent specified in Section 1.01(8).
MORTGAGEE: Any holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument encumbering the Property.
NATIONAL HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and other holidays recognized by the Landlord and the janitorial and other unions servicing the Building in accordance with their contracts.
OPERATING EXPENSES: All Taxes, costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Property (including the amortized portion of any capital expenditure or improvement, together with interest thereon, expenses of changing utility service providers, and any dues, assessments and other expenses pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restrictions, or any reciprocal easements, or any owner’s association now or hereafter affecting the Project; provided however that with respect to any expenses, dues, assessments and other expenses pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restrictions, or any reciprocal easements, or any owner’s association hereafter affecting the Project, then such costs and expenses shall only be deemed to be Operating Expenses to the extent that such costs or expenses could otherwise be deemed to be Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions set forth in this section). Operating Expenses shall be allocated among the categories of Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses or Phase Operating Expenses as provided in Article Four. If any Operating Expense relates to more than one calendar year, such expense shall be proportionately allocated among such related calendar years. Operating Expenses shall include the following, by way of illustration only and not limitation: (1) all Taxes; (2) all insurance premiums and other costs (including deductibles), including the cost of rental insurance; (3) all license, permit and inspection fees; (4) all costs of utilities, fuels and related services, including water, sewer, light, telephone, power and steam connection, service and related charges; (5) all costs to repair, maintain and operate heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, including preventive maintenance incurred by Landlord, if any; (6) all janitorial, landscaping and security services; (7) all wages, salaries, payroll taxes, fringe benefits and other labor costs, including the cost of workers’ compensation and disability insurance; (8) all costs of operation, maintenance and repair of all parking facilities and other common areas; (9) all supplies, materials, equipment

4


 

and tools; (10) dues, assessments and other expenses pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restrictions, or any reciprocal easements, or any owner’s association now or hereafter affecting the Project; (11) modifications to the Building or the Project occasioned by Laws now or hereafter in effect, but only as amortized over the useful life of the capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord; (12) the total charges of any independent contractors employed in the care, operation, maintenance, repair, leasing and cleaning of the Project, including landscaping, roof maintenance, and repair, maintenance and monitoring of life-safety systems, plumbing systems, electrical wiring and Project signage; (13) the cost of accounting services necessary to compute the rents and charges payable by tenants at the Project; (14) exterior window and exterior wall cleaning and painting; (15) managerial and administrative expenses; (16) all costs in connection with the exercise facility at the Project; (17) all costs and expenses related to Landlord’s retention of consultants in connection with the routine review, inspection, testing, monitoring, analysis and control of Hazardous Material, and retention of consultants in connection with the clean-up of Hazardous Material (to the extent not recoverable from a particular tenant of the Project), and all costs and expenses related to the implementation of recommendations made by such consultants concerning the use, generation, storage, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge, disposal or clean-up of Hazardous Material on, under or about the Premises or the Project (to the extent not recoverable from a particular tenant of the Project); (18) all capital improvements made for the purpose of reducing or controlling other Operating Expenses, and all other capital expenditures, but only as amortized over the useful life of such capital improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest on the unamortized portion; (19) all property management costs and fees, including all costs in connection with the Project property management office; and (20) all fees or other charges incurred in conjunction with voluntary or involuntary membership in any energy conservation, air quality, environmental, traffic management or similar organizations. Operating Expenses shall not include: (a) costs of alterations of space to be occupied by new or existing tenants of the Project; (b) depreciation charges; (c) interest and principal payments on loans (except for loans for capital expenditures or improvements which Landlord is allowed to include in Operating Expenses as provided above); (d) ground rental payments; (e) real estate brokerage and leasing commissions; (f) advertising and marketing expenses; (g) costs of Landlord reimbursed by insurance proceeds; (h) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any other tenant or occupant of the Building (other than payments comparable to Rent Adjustments hereunder) or by any tenant’s insurance carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company; (i) expenses incurred in negotiating leases of other tenants in the Project or enforcing lease obligations of other tenants in the Project; (j) Landlord’s property manager’s corporate general overhead or corporate general administrative expenses; (k) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Building, Project or Phase, unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operation and managing the Building, Project or Phase; (l) Landlord’s corporate general overhead or corporate general administrative expenses associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, Project or Phase; (m) executives’ salaries; (n) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; (o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; (p) the acquisition and installation costs of the replacement of 150 tons of HVAC (which includes mechanical units, associated controls and ductwork, and related materials and expenses), as described in Section 8.03 below; (q) the costs of any Tenant Work (as defined in the Workletter), and (r) costs incurred in connection with Hazardous Materials to the extent such Hazardous Materials were present on the Project prior to the Delivery Date.
PHASE: Phase means any individual Phase of the Project, as more particularly described in the definition of Project.
PHASE OPERATING EXPENSES: Those Operating Expenses described in Section 4.01.
PREMISES: The Premises consists of the entire Rentable Area of the Building at the initial Suite Number(s) listed in Section 1.01 and is depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. The Premises is classified in two parts, namely the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, for purposes of separately determining and providing as to each part for the Delivery Date, Commencement Date of the Term and commencement of Rent as to each, and certain other rights and obligations of the parties, as more particularly provided in Rider 2, the Workletter and other provisions of this Lease.
PROJECT or PROPERTY: As of the date hereof, the Project is known as Seaport Centre and consists of those buildings (including the Building) whose general location is shown on the Site Plan of the Project attached as Exhibit C , located in Redwood City, California, associated vehicular and parking areas, landscaping and improvements, together with the Land, any associated interests in real property, and the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus located in or used in conjunction with any of the foregoing. The Project may also be referred to as the Property. As of the date hereof, the Project is divided into Phase I and Phase II, which are generally designated on Exhibit C , each of which may individually be referred to as a Phase. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to add or remove buildings, areas and improvements to or from a Phase or the Project, or to add or remove a Phase to or from the Project. In the event of any such addition or removal which affects Rentable Area of the Project or a Phase, Landlord shall make a corresponding recalculation and adjustment of any affected Rentable Area and Tenant’s Share.
PROJECT OPERATING EXPENSES: Those Operating Expenses described in Section 4.01.
REAL PROPERTY: The Property excluding any personal property.
RENT: Collectively, Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits, and all other charges, payments, late fees or other amounts required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.
RENT ADJUSTMENT: Any amounts owed by Tenant for payment of Operating Expenses. The Rent Adjustments shall be determined and paid as provided in Article Four.

5


 

RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT: An amount equal to Landlord’s estimate of the Rent Adjustment attributable to each month of the applicable Adjustment Year. On or before the Commencement Date and the beginning of each subsequent Adjustment Year or with Landlord’s Statement (defined in Article Four), Landlord may estimate and notify Tenant in writing of its estimate of Operating Expenses, including Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses and Phase Operating Expenses, and Tenant’s Share of each, for the applicable Adjustment Year. The Rent Adjustment Deposit applicable for the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be the amount, if any, specified in Section 1.01(9). Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit the right of Landlord from time to time during any calendar year to revise its estimates of Operating Expenses and to notify Tenant in writing thereof and of revision by prospective adjustments in Tenant’s Rent Adjustment Deposit payable over the remainder of such year. The last estimate by Landlord shall remain in effect as the applicable Rent Adjustment Deposit unless and until Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of a change.
RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING: The amount of square footage set forth in Section 1.01(11)
RENTABLE AREA OF THE PHASE: The amount of square footage set forth in Section 1.01(12)
RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: The amount of square footage set forth in Section 1.01(10).
RENTABLE AREA OF THE PROJECT: The amount of square footage set forth in Section 1.01(13), which represents the sum of the rentable area of all space intended for occupancy in the Project.
SECURITY: The cash and/or Letter of Credit specified in Section 1.01, if any, paid or delivered to Landlord as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, and any proceeds of the Letter of Credit drawn and held by Landlord, all as more particularly provided in Article Five.
SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE: The completion of the Landlord Work or Tenant Work, as the case may be, except for minor insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments which remain to be done.
TAXES: All federal, state and local governmental taxes, assessments (including assessment bonds) and charges of every kind or nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, management, control or operation of the Property or any of its components (including any personal property used in connection therewith), which may also include any rental or similar taxes levied in lieu of or in addition to general real and/or personal property taxes. For purposes hereof, Taxes for any year shall be Taxes which are assessed for any period of such year, whether or not such Taxes are billed and payable in a subsequent calendar year. There shall be included in Taxes for any year the amount of all fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid by Landlord during such year in seeking or obtaining any refund or reduction of Taxes. Taxes for any year shall be reduced by the net amount of any tax refund received by Landlord attributable to such year. If a special assessment payable in installments is levied against any part of the Property, Taxes for any year shall include only the installment of such assessment and any interest payable or paid during such year. Taxes shall not include any federal or state inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes, except that if a change occurs in the method of taxation resulting in whole or in part in the substitution of any such taxes, or any other assessment, for any Taxes as above defined, such substituted taxes or assessments shall be included in the Taxes.
TENANT ADDITIONS: Collectively, Landlord Work, Tenant Work and Tenant Alterations. Tenant’s Personal Property (as set forth in Exhibit G hereto) shall not be deemed to be included in the definition of Tenant Additions.
TENANT ALTERATIONS: Any alterations, improvements, additions, installations or construction in or to the Premises or any Real Property systems serving the Premises done or caused to be done by Tenant after the date hereof, whether prior to or after the Commencement Date (including Tenant Work, but excluding Landlord Work).
TENANT DELAY: Any event or occurrence which delays the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work which is caused by or is described as follows:
(i) special work, changes, alterations or additions requested or made by Tenant in the design or finish in any part of the Premises after approval of the plans and specifications (as described in the Rider 2);
(ii) Tenant’s delay in submitting plans, supplying information, approving plans, specifications or estimates, giving authorizations or otherwise;
(iii) failure to approve and pay for such work as Landlord undertakes to complete at Tenant’s expense;
(iv) the performance or completion by Tenant or any person engaged by Tenant of any work in or about the Premises; or
(v) failure to perform or comply with any obligation or condition binding upon Tenant pursuant to Rider 2, including the failure to approve and pay for such Landlord Work or other items if and to the extent Rider 2 provides they are to be approved or paid by Tenant.
TENANT’S FF&E: The property of Tenant described in Section 5 of the Workletter.
TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY: Tenant’s property described on Exhibit G hereto.

6


 

TENANT WORK: All work installed or furnished to the Premises by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy pursuant to Rider 2 and the Workletter.
TENANT’S BUILDING SHARE: The share as specified in Section 1.01(16) and Section 4.01.
TENANT’S PHASE: The Phase in which the Premises is located, as indicated in Section 1.01(1).
TENANT’S PHASE SHARE: The share as specified in Section 1.01(16) and Section 4.01.
TENANT’S PROJECT SHARE: The share as specified in Section 1.01(16) and Section 4.01.
TENANT’S SHARE: Shall mean collectively, Tenant’s respective shares of the respective categories of Operating Expenses, as provided in Section 1.01(16) and Section 4.01.
TERM: The term of this Lease commencing on the Initial Premises Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.
TERMINATION DATE: The Expiration Date or such earlier date as this Lease terminates or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates.
WORKLETTER: The Agreement regarding the completion of Tenant Work and Landlord Work, if any, set forth in Rider 2 and Exhibit B hereto.
ARTICLE TWO
PREMISES, TERM, FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION, COMMON AREAS AND PARKING
2.01   LEASE OF PREMISES
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term and upon the terms, covenants and conditions provided in this Lease.
2.02   TERM (See Rider 2)
 
2.03   FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION (See Rider 2)
 
2.04   AREA OF PREMISES
Landlord and Tenant agree that for all purposes of this Lease the Rentable Area of the Premises, the Rentable Area of the Building, the Rentable Area of the Phase and the Rentable Area of the Project as set forth in Article One are controlling, and are not subject to revision after the date of this Lease, except as otherwise provided herein.
2.05   CONDITION OF PREMISES (See Rider 2)
 
2.06   COMMON AREAS & PARKING
     (a)  Right to Use Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to the use of any common entrances, ramps, drives and similar access and serviceways and other Common Areas in the Project. The rights of Tenant hereunder in and to the Common Areas shall at all times be subject to the rights of Landlord and other tenants and owners in the Project who use the same in common with Tenant, and it shall be the duty of Tenant to keep all the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operations. Tenant shall not use the Common Areas or common facilities of the Building or the Project, including the Building’s electrical room, parking lot or trash enclosures, for storage purposes. Nothing herein shall affect the right of Landlord at any time to remove any persons not authorized to use the Common Areas or common facilities from such areas or facilities or to prevent their use by unauthorized persons.
     (b)  Changes in Common Areas . Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time to (i) make alterations in or additions to the Common Areas or common facilities of the Project, including constructing new buildings or changing the location, size, shape or number of the driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, landscape areas and walkways, (ii) designate property to be included in or eliminate property from the Common Areas or common facilities of the Project, (iii) close temporarily any of the Common Areas or common facilities of the Project for maintenance purposes, and (iv) use the Common Areas and common facilities of the Project while engaged in making alterations in or additions and repairs to the Project; provided, however, that (x) such changes do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises or increase Tenant’s costs hereunder, and (y) reasonable access to the Premises and parking at or near the Project remains available.
     (c)  Parking . During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use the number of Parking Spaces specified in Section 1.01(18) for parking on an unassigned basis on that portion of the Project designated by Landlord from time to time for parking. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the parking spaces in the Project’s parking facility may include a mixture of spaces for compact vehicles as well as full-size passenger automobiles, and that Tenant shall not use parking spaces for vehicles larger than the striped size of the parking spaces. Tenant shall comply with any and all parking rules and regulations if and as from time to time established by Landlord. Tenant shall not allow any vehicles using Tenant’s parking privileges to be parked, loaded or unloaded except in accordance with this Section, including in the areas and in the manner designated by Landlord for such activities. If any vehicle owned or operated by Tenant or any Tenant Parties (as defined in Article Seven) is using the parking or loading areas contrary to any provision of this Section, Landlord shall have

7


 

the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, to remove or tow away the vehicle without prior notice to Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within ten (10) business days after notice from Landlord to Tenant.
ARTICLE THREE
RENT
Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord via wire transfer in accordance with instructions set forth below (as modified by Landlord from time to time), or to such other persons, or at such other places or in such manner designated by Landlord, without any prior demand therefor in immediately available funds and without any deduction or offset whatsoever, Rent, including Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments in accordance with Article Four, during the Term. Monthly Base Rent shall be paid monthly in advance on the first day of each month of the Term, except that the first installment of Monthly Base Rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with execution of this Lease by means of Tenant’s check payable to the order of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. Monthly Base Rent shall be prorated for partial months within the Term. Unpaid Rent shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease. Until further notice to Tenant, Rent paid by wire transfer shall be wired to:
Wells Fargo Bank, San Francisco, CA,
A/C # 482-9605856
Routing # 121000248
A/C Name: CBRE ITF — Seaport II
ARTICLE FOUR
OPERATING EXPENSES, RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS
4.01   TENANT’S SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSES
Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in the respective shares of the respective categories of Operating Expenses as set forth below.
     (a) Tenant’s Project Share of Project Operating Expenses, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the rentable square footage of the Premises by the rentable square footage of the Project and as of the date hereof equals the percentage set forth in Section 1.01(16);
     (b) Tenant’s Building Share of Building Operating Expenses, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the rentable square footage of the Premises respectively for each building in which the Premises is located by the total rentable square footage of such building and as of the date hereof equals the percentage set forth in Section 1.01(16);
     (c) Tenant’s Phase Share of Phase Operating Expenses, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the aggregate rentable square footage of the Premises by the total rentable square footage of Tenant’s Phase and as of the date hereof equals the percentage set forth in Section 1.01(16);
     (d) Project Operating Expenses shall mean all Operating Expenses that are not included as Phase Operating Expenses (defined below) and that are not either Building Operating Expenses or operating expenses directly and separately identifiable to the operation, maintenance or repair of any other building located in the Project, but Project Operating Expenses includes operating expenses allocable to any areas of the Building or any other building during such time as such areas are made available by Landlord for the general common use or benefit of all tenants of the Project, and their employees and invitees, or the public, as such areas currently exist and as they may be changed from time to time;
     (e) Building Operating Expenses shall mean Operating Expenses that are directly and separately identifiable to each building in which the Premises or part thereof is located;
     (f) Phase Operating Expenses shall mean Operating Expenses that Landlord may allocate to a Phase as directly and separately identifiable to all buildings located in the Phase (including but not limited to the Building) and may include Project Operating Expenses that are separately identifiable to a Phase;
     (g) Landlord shall have the right to allocate a particular item or portion of Operating Expenses as any one of Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses or Phase Operating Expenses; however, in no event shall any portion of Building Operating Expenses, Project Operating Expenses or Phase Operating Expenses be assessed or counted against Tenant more than once; and.
     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.01, as to each specific category of Operating Expense which one or more tenants of the Building either pays directly to third parties or specifically reimburses to Landlord (for example, separately contracted janitorial services or property taxes directly reimbursed to Landlord), then, on a category by category basis, the amount of Operating Expenses for the affected period shall be adjusted as follows: (1) all such tenant payments with respect to such category of expense and all of Landlord’s costs reimbursed thereby shall be excluded from Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Building Share, Tenant’s Phase Share or Tenant’s Project Share, as the case may be, for such category of Operating Expense shall be adjusted by excluding the square footage of all such tenants, and (2) if Tenant pays or directly reimburses Landlord for such category of Operating Expense, such category of Operating Expense shall be excluded from the determination of Operating Expenses for the purposes of this Lease.

8


 

4.02   RENT ADJUSTMENTS
Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent Adjustments with respect to each Adjustment Year as follows:
     (a) The Rent Adjustment Deposit shall be paid monthly during the Term with the payment of Monthly Base Rent, except the first installment which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with execution of this Lease. The Rent Adjustment Deposit represents, on a monthly basis, Tenant’s Share of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Expenses, as described in Section 4.01, for the applicable Adjustment Year (or portion thereof); and
     (b) Any Rent Adjustments due in excess of the Rent Adjustment Deposits in accordance with Section 4.03.
4.03   STATEMENT OF LANDLORD
Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, Landlord will furnish Tenant a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) showing the following:
     (a) Operating Expenses for the last Adjustment Year showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses categorized among Project Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses and Phase Operating Expenses for such period and Tenant’s Share of each as described in Section 4.01 above;
     (b) The amount of Rent Adjustments due Landlord for the last Adjustment Year, less credit for Rent Adjustment Deposits paid, if any; and
     (c) Any change in the Rent Adjustment Deposit due monthly in the current Adjustment Year, including the amount or revised amount due for months preceding any such change pursuant to Landlord’s Statement.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement any amounts for Rent Adjustments then due in accordance with Landlord’s Statement. Any amounts due from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section shall be credited to the Rent Adjustment Deposit next coming due, or refunded to Tenant if the Term has already expired provided Tenant is not in default hereunder. No interest or penalties shall accrue on any amounts which Landlord is obligated to credit or refund to Tenant by reason of this Section 4.03. Landlord’s failure to deliver Landlord’s Statement or to compute the amount of the Rent Adjustments shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to deliver such items nor constitute a waiver or release of Tenant’s obligations to pay such amounts. The Rent Adjustment Deposit shall be credited against Rent Adjustments due for the applicable Adjustment Year. During the last complete calendar year or during any partial calendar year in which the Lease terminates, Landlord may include in the Rent Adjustment Deposit its estimate of Rent Adjustments which may not be finally determined until after the termination of this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent Adjustments survives the expiration or termination of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the sum of Monthly Base Rent and the Rent Adjustments be less than the Monthly Base Rent payable.
4.04   BOOKS AND RECORDS
Landlord shall maintain books and records showing Operating Expenses and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. The Tenant or its representative (which representative shall be a certified public accountant licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located and whose primary business is certified public accounting) shall have the right, for a period of thirty (30) days following the date upon which Landlord’s Statement is delivered to Tenant, to examine the Landlord’s books and records with respect to the items in the foregoing statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes during normal business hours, upon written notice, delivered at least three (3) business days in advance. If Tenant does not object in writing to Landlord’s Statement within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s receipt thereof, specifying the nature of the item in dispute and the reasons therefor, then Landlord’s Statement shall be considered final and accepted by Tenant. Any amount due to the Landlord as shown on Landlord’s Statement, whether or not disputed by Tenant as provided herein shall be paid by Tenant when due as provided above, without prejudice to any such written exception.
4.05   TENANT OR LEASE SPECIFIC TAXES
In addition to Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, Rent Adjustment Deposits and other charges to be paid by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than federal or state inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by the Rent payable hereunder, including any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied by any governmental or taxing body with respect to the receipt of such rent; or (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or (c) upon the measured value of Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures located in the Premises or in any storeroom or any other place in the Premises or the Property, or the areas used in connection with the operation of the Property, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that, to the extent possible, Tenant shall cause such taxes on personal property or trade fixtures to be billed to and paid directly by Tenant; (d) resulting from Landlord Work, Tenant Work or Tenant Alterations to the Premises, whether title thereto is in Landlord or Tenant; or (e) upon this transaction. Taxes paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall not be included in any computation of Taxes as part of Operating Expenses.

9


 

ARTICLE FIVE
SECURITY
     (a) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, concurrently with execution of this Lease, shall either (1) pay Landlord in cash or immediately available funds or (2) provide Landlord the Letter of Credit (defined below) as more particularly described below, in each case in the amount of the Security specified in Section 1.01 as security (“Security”) for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of each and every term, provision, covenant, and condition of this Lease. If Tenant fails timely to perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease or any other document executed by Tenant in connection with this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustment Deposits, Rent Adjustments or the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant (excluding normal wear and tear) then Landlord may use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of the Security for the payment of any such Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments not paid when due, for the cost of repairing such damage, for the cost of cleaning the Premises, for the payment of any other sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s failure to perform, and otherwise for compensation of Landlord for any other loss or damage to Landlord occasioned by Tenant’s failure to perform, including, but not limited to, any loss of future Rent and any damage or deficiency in the reletting of the Premises (whether such loss, damages or deficiency accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord) and the amount of the unpaid past Rent, future Rent loss, and all other losses, costs and damages, that Landlord would be entitled to recover if Landlord were to pursue recovery under California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or 1951.4. If Landlord so uses, applies or retains all or part of the Security, Tenant shall within five (5) business days after demand pay or deliver to Landlord in immediately available funds the sum necessary to replace the amount used, applied or retained, except as specified in (e) below. If Tenant has fully and faithfully performed and observed all of Tenant’s obligations under the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Security (except any amount retained for application by Landlord as provided herein) shall be returned or paid over to Tenant no later than ninety (90) days after the latest of: (i) the Termination Date; (ii) the removal of Tenant from the Premises; or (iii) the surrender of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with this Lease. Provided, however, in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder.
     (b) The Security, whether in the form of cash, Letter of Credit (defined below) and/or Letter of Credit Proceeds (defined below), shall not be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages with respect to Tenant’s failure to perform, nor shall any action or inaction of Landlord with respect to it or its use or application be a waiver of, or bar or defense to, enforcement of any right or remedy of Landlord. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security separate from its general funds and shall not have any fiduciary duties or other duties (except as set forth in this Section) concerning the Security. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security. In the event of any sale, lease or transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security, or balance thereof, to the vendee, transferee or lessee and any such transfer shall release Landlord from all liability for the return of the Security. Tenant thereafter shall look solely to such vendee, transferee or lessee for the return or payment of the Security. Tenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the Security or any interest in it and Landlord shall not be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance, and regardless of one or more assignments of this Lease, Landlord may return the Security to the original Tenant without liability to any assignee. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights of Tenant under the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and any and all rights of Tenant under all other provisions of law, now or hereafter enacted, regarding security deposits.
     (c) If Tenant fails timely to perform any obligation under this Article Five, such breach shall constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease without any right to or requirement of any further notice or cure period under any other Article of this Lease, except such notice and cure period expressly provided under this Article Five.
     (d) During the first six months after the date on which this Lease has been executed by both Tenant and Landlord, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to provide Landlord with the Letter of Credit (defined below) as the Security required under this Lease in substitution for the cash then held by Landlord as Security. In the event that Tenant first delivered the Security in the form of cash or immediately available funds prior to delivering the Letter of Credit, then, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of cash held by Landlord as Security, less any amounts thereof used, applied or retained by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Subsection (a) and not replenished by Tenant.
     (e) As used herein, “Letter of Credit” shall mean an unconditional, irrevocable sight draft letter of credit issued, presentable and payable at the San Francisco, California or San Jose, California office of a major national bank satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion (the “Bank”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, in an amount equal to Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00). The Letter of Credit shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof, and that Landlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit up to the full amount thereof, as determined by Landlord, and the Bank will pay to Landlord the amount of such draw upon receipt by the Bank of a sight draft signed by Landlord without requirement for any additional documents or statements by Landlord; and (ii) that, in the event of assignment or other transfer of either Landlord’s interest in this Lease or of any interest in Landlord (including, without limitation, consolidations, mergers, reorganizations or other entity changes), the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord, without charge to Landlord and without recourse, to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the Bank shall confirm the same to Landlord and such assignee or transferee. The Letter of Credit shall be in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto. Provided however, if Tenant proposes to use Silicon Valley Bank as the issuer of the Letter of Credit, the form of Letter of Credit set forth in Exhibit E hereto will be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit and use the proceeds therefrom (the “Letter of Credit Proceeds”) or any portion thereof in any manner Landlord is permitted to use the Security under this Article Five. In the event Landlord draws upon the Letter of Credit and elects not

10


 

to terminate the Lease, but to use the Letter of Credit Proceeds, then within five (5) business days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice specifying the amount of the Letter of Credit Proceeds so utilized by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the then-required amount of the Letter of Credit. Tenant’s failure to deliver such amendment or replacement of the Letter of Credit to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord’s notice shall constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease. The Letter of Credit shall have an initial term of no longer than one (1) year, shall be “evergreen”, and shall be extended, reissued or replaced by Tenant, in each case at least thirty (30) days prior to its expiration in a manner that fully complies with the requirements of this Article Five, so that in all events the Letter of Credit required hereunder shall be in full force and effect continuously until the date (the “L/C Expiration Date”) for return of the Security described in Subsection (a) above. No more often than once per year, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to deliver to Landlord, on 15 days prior notice, a replacement Letter of Credit on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Article Five, in the event that Landlord determines, in its good faith judgment, that the issuing Bank is no longer satisfactory to remain as the issuer of the Letter of Credit. Any advice from the issuer that it intends to withdraw or not extend the Letter of Credit prior to any scheduled annual expiration or the L/C Expiration Date shall entitle the Landlord to immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit.
ARTICLE SIX
UTILITIES & SERVICES
6.01   LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES
Landlord shall provide maintenance and services as provided in Article Eight.
6.02   TENANT TO OBTAIN & PAY DIRECTLY
     (a) Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly all charges for gas, electricity, sewer, heat, light, power, telephone, refuse pickup (to be performed on a regularly scheduled basis so that accumulated refuse does not exceed the capacity of Tenant’s refuse bins), janitorial service and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to or used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises, together with all taxes thereon. Tenant shall contract directly with the providing companies for such utilities and services.
     (b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, without, in each instance, the prior written consent of Landlord, as more particularly provided in Article Nine, Tenant shall not: (i) make any alterations or additions to the electric or gas equipment or systems or other Building systems. Tenant’s use of electric current shall at no time exceed the capacity of the wiring, feeders and risers providing electric current to the Premises or the Building. The consent of Landlord to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to limit usage of electricity to no more than such capacity.
6.03   TELEPHONE SERVICES
All telegraph, telephone, and communication connections which Tenant may desire outside the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s sole discretion, and the location of all wires and the work in connection therewith shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord and shall be subject to the direction of Landlord, except that such approval is not required as to Tenant’s cabling from the Premises in a route designated by Landlord to any telephone cabinet or panel provided for Tenant’s connection to the telephone cable serving the Building, so long as Tenant’s equipment does not require connections different than or additional to those to the telephone cabinet or panel provided. As to any such connections or work outside the Premises requiring Landlord’s approval, Landlord reserves the right reasonably to approve the entity or entities providing telephone or other communication cable installation, removal, repair and maintenance outside the Premises and reasonably to restrict and control access to telephone cabinets or panels outside the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs incurred in connection with the installation of telephone cables and communication wiring in the Premises, including any hook-up, access and maintenance fees related to the installation of such wires and cables in the Premises and the commencement of service therein, and the maintenance thereafter of such wire and cables; and there shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Building all installation, removal, hook-up or maintenance costs incurred by Landlord in connection with telephone cables and communication wiring serving the Building which are not allocable to any individual users of such service but are allocable to the Building generally. If Tenant fails to maintain all telephone cables and communication wiring in the Premises and such failure affects or interferes with the operation or maintenance of any other telephone cables or communication wiring serving the Building, Landlord or any vendor hired by Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises forthwith and perform such repairs, restorations or alterations as Landlord deems necessary in order to eliminate any such interference (and Landlord may recover from Tenant all of Landlord’s costs in connection therewith). No later than the Termination Date, Tenant agrees to remove all telephone cables and communication wiring installed by Tenant for and during Tenant’s occupancy, which Landlord shall request Tenant to remove. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of its agents or employees shall be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers or invitees or anyone claiming through, by or under Tenant, for any damages, injuries, losses, expenses, claims or causes of action because of any interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance at any time for any reason in the furnishing of any telephone or other communication service to the Premises and the Building.
6.04   FAILURE OR INTERRUPTION OF UTILITY OR SERVICE
To the extent that any equipment or machinery furnished or maintained by Landlord outside the Premises is used in the delivery of utilities directly obtained by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.02 and breaks down or ceases to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly. In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption of, or change in, any utilities or services supplied by Landlord which are not directly obtained by Tenant, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to have service promptly resumed. In either event covered by the preceding two sentences, if the cause of any such failure, stoppage or interruption of, or change

11


 

in, utilities or services is within the control of a public utility, other public or quasi-public entity, or utility provider outside Landlord’s control, notification to such utility or entity of such failure, stoppage or interruption and request to remedy the same shall constitute “reasonable diligence” by Landlord to have service promptly resumed. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the contrary, in the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption of, or change in, any utility or other service furnished to the Premises or the Project resulting from any cause other than the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of Landlord or its agents or contractors, including changes in service provider or Landlord’s compliance with any voluntary or similar governmental or business guidelines now or hereafter published or any requirements now or hereafter established by any governmental agency, board or bureau having jurisdiction over the operation of the Property: (a) Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to, any abatement or reduction of Rent; (b) no such failure, stoppage, or interruption of any such utility or service shall constitute an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant of the obligation to perform any covenant or agreement of this Lease to be performed by Tenant; (c) Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease nor be liable to Tenant for damages or otherwise.
6.05   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
 
6.06   SIGNAGE
Except as set forth in Rider 2 , Tenant shall not install any signage within the Project, the Building or the Premises without obtaining the prior written approval of Landlord, and Tenant shall be responsible for procurement, installation, maintenance and removal of any such signage installed by Tenant, and all costs in connection therewith. Any such signage shall comply with Landlord’s current Project signage criteria and all Laws.
ARTICLE SEVEN
POSSESSION, USE AND CONDITION OF PREMISES
7.01   POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES
     (a) Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the uses specified in Section 1.01(17) to conduct Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which: (1) is unlawful or in violation of any Law or Environmental Law; (2) may be dangerous to persons or property or which may increase the cost of, or invalidate, any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations; (3) is contrary to or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Lease or the rules and regulations as provided in Article Eighteen; (4) contrary to or prohibited by the articles, bylaws or rules of any owner’s association affecting the Project; (5) would obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project, or injure or annoy them, or would tend to create or continue a nuisance; or (6) would constitute any waste in or upon the Premises or Project.
     (b) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises, the Building and the Project depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas, except as provided below, (b) Tenant shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Premises, including any leasehold improvements or other work to be performed in the Premises under or in connection with this Lease, (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by Tenant Additions in the Premises, and (d) Landlord may perform, or require Tenant to perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas necessitated by the Building being deemed to be a “public accommodation” instead of a “commercial facility” as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees.
     (c) Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate and use commercially reasonable efforts to participate in traffic management programs generally applicable to businesses located in or about the area and Tenant shall encourage and support van and car pooling by, and staggered and flexible working hours for, its office workers and service employees to the extent reasonably permitted by the requirements of Tenant’s business. Neither this Section or any other provision of this Lease is intended to or shall create any rights or benefits in any other person, firm, company, governmental entity or the public.
     (d) Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to comply with any and all guidelines or controls concerning energy management imposed upon Landlord by federal or state governmental organizations or by any energy conservation association to which Landlord is a party or which is applicable to the Building.
7.02   HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
     (a) Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, produce, store, handle, release, discharge, or dispose of, on, under or about the Premises or any part of the Project, or transport to or from the Premises or any part of the Project, any Hazardous Material, or allow its employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees or any other person or entity under Tenant’s control (“Tenant Parties”) to do so except to the extent expressly provided below. Provided that the Premises are used only for the uses specified in Section 1.01(17) above, Tenant shall be permitted to use and store in, and transport to and from, the Premises Hazardous Material identified on Exhibit D hereto and by this reference incorporated herein (“Permitted Hazardous Material”) so long as: (i) each item of the Permitted Hazardous Material is used or stored in, or transported to and from, the Premises only to the extent necessary for Tenant’s operation of its business at the Premises; (ii) at no time shall any Permitted Hazardous Material be in use or storage at the Premises in excess of the quantity specified

12


 

therefor in Exhibit D ; (iii) Tenant shall not install any underground tanks of any type; and (iv) the conditions and provisions set forth in this Section 7.02 are complied with. If Tenant desires to add additional types or quantities of Hazardous Materials to the list of Permitted Hazardous Materials specified in Exhibit D, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the Hazardous Materials and quantities thereof that Tenant desires to use at the Premises and Landlord shall thereafter have the right to approve or disapprove such additional Hazardous Materials in Landlord’s sole discretion within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice. Failure to notify Tenant in writing of its decision within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed disapproval by Landlord. Tenant shall comply with and shall cause all Tenant Parties to comply with all Environmental Laws and other Laws pertaining to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises and concerning the proper use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, handling, release, discharge, removal and disposal of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(1) Tenant shall provide Landlord promptly with copies of: (x) all permits, licenses and other governmental and regulatory approvals with respect to the use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, handling, release, discharge, removal and disposal by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties of Hazardous Material at the Project; and (y) each hazardous material management plan or similar document (“Plan(s)”) with respect to use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, handling, release, discharge, removal or disposal of Hazardous Material by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties necessary to comply with Environmental Laws or other Laws prepared by or on behalf of Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties (whether or not required to be submitted to a governmental agency) and updates thereof in the event of any change in the Permitted Hazardous Materials used by Tenant or when otherwise required by Law.
(2) If Tenant is notified of any investigation or violation of any Environmental Laws or other Laws arising from any activity of Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties at the Property, or if Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Material has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Project, other than as previously consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Landlord, and provide Landlord with a copy of all reports, notices, claims or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Material. In such event Landlord may conduct, at Tenant’s expense, such tests and studies as Landlord deems desirable relating to compliance by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties with this Lease, Environmental Laws, other Laws, or relating to the alleged presence of Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties. Further, Landlord may conduct, at Landlord’s expense, such tests and studies as Landlord deems desirable relating to compliance by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties with this Lease, Environmental Laws, other Laws, or relating to the alleged presence of Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties. In the event such tests and studies done at Landlord’s expense reasonably indicate that Tenant or Tenant Parties have violated Environmental Laws or caused a release of Hazardous Material, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the cost of such tests and studies.
(3) Neither Tenant nor any of the Tenant Parties shall cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be released, discharged or disposed of in, on, under, or about the Premises or the Project (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Tenant’s expense, take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises, the Project or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Tenant, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Material brought onto the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties.
(4) Tenant shall, no later than the Termination Date, surrender the Premises to Landlord free of Hazardous Material and with all remedial and/or closure plans completed (and deliver evidence thereof to Landlord).
     (b) To the extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless against all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from the use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, handling, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal, transportation to or from, or presence of any Hazardous Material on, under or about the Premises or any part of the Project caused by Tenant or by any of the Tenant Parties, whether before, during or after the Term. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 7.02 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity, subject to the prior written approval of Tenant, which may not unreasonably be withheld.
     (c) The right to use and store in, and transport to and from, the Premises the Permitted Hazardous Material is personal to Genomic Health and may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by it without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, except (i) to a Permitted Transferee which is an assignee of the Lease and which has satisfied the requirements of Sections 10.01 and 10.05 of this Lease; and (ii) Genomic Health may permit a Permitted Transferee which is a sublessee to use and store in, and transport to and from, the Premises the Permitted Hazardous Material to the same extent as Genomic Health has such right under this Lease, subject to all the provisions of this Lease. Any consent by Landlord pursuant to Article Ten to an assignment, transfer, subletting, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of this Lease, and any interest therein or right or privilege appurtenant thereto, shall not constitute consent by Landlord to the use or storage at, or transportation to, the Premises of any Hazardous Material (including a Permitted Hazardous Material) by any such assignee, sublessee or transferee unless Landlord expressly agrees otherwise in writing. Provided however, at the time Tenant requests approval

13


 

of any proposed assignment or sublease of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the proposed Permitted Hazardous Material list of the proposed assignee or sublessee. Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s proposed Permitted Hazardous Material list, or to require modifications to said list. In the event that Landlord does not approve of the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s Permitted Hazardous Material list, or the proposed assignee or sublessee cannot or will not modify said list, then it shall be reasonable for purposes of Article Ten hereof for Landlord to refuse its consent to the proposed assignee or sublessee. In the event that the proposed Hazardous Material list of the assignee or sublessee includes any Hazardous Material different from or in greater quantity than those on Tenant’s Permitted Hazardous Material list, Tenant shall pay Landlord, whether or not Landlord consents to the proposed list of Permitted Hazardous Materials and/or to the proposed assignment or sublease, (i) a processing fee of Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) at the time Tenant submits the request for approval, and (ii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any consultants retained by Landlord in connection with review of the proposed Permitted Hazardous Material list and use thereof by the proposed assignee or sublessee. Any consent by Landlord to the use or storage at, or transportation to or from the Premises, of any Hazardous Material (including a Permitted Hazardous Material) by an assignee, sublessee or transferee of Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to refuse such consent as to any subsequent assignee or transferee.
     (d) Tenant acknowledges that the sewer piping at the Project is made of ABS plastic. Accordingly, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, only ordinary domestic sewage is permitted to be put into the drains at the Premises. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL Tenant EVER DEPOSIT ANY ESTERS OR KETONES (USUALLY FOUND IN SOLVENTS TO CLEAN UP PETROLEUM PRODUCTS) IN THE DRAINS AT THE PREMISES. If Tenant desires to put any substances other than ordinary domestic sewage into the drains, it shall first submit to Landlord a complete description of each such substance, including its chemical composition, and a sample of such substance suitable for laboratory testing. Landlord shall promptly determine whether or not the substance can be deposited into the drains and its determination shall be absolutely binding on Tenant. Upon demand, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for expenses incurred by Landlord in making such determination. If any substances not so approved hereunder are deposited in the drains in Tenant’s Premises, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages resulting therefrom, including but not limited to all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in repairing or replacing the piping so damaged.
7.03 LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS
     (a) Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises, so long as Tenant’s use, layout or design of the Premises is not materially affected or altered. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises (i) in the event of an emergency, without prior notice, or (ii) with 24-hour prior notice to inspect the Premises, to perform janitorial and other services (if any), to conduct safety and other testing in the Premises and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building or other parts of the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable (including all alterations, improvements and additions in connection with a change in service provider or providers). Janitorial and cleaning services (if any) shall be performed after normal business hours. Any entry or work by Landlord may be during normal business hours and Landlord may use reasonable efforts to ensure that any entry or work shall not materially interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.
     (b) If Tenant or its agents shall not be personally present to permit an entry into the Premises when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord (or Landlord’s agents), after having properly notified Tenant (unless Landlord believes an emergency situation exists), may enter the Premises without rendering Landlord or its agents liable therefor, and without relieving Tenant of any obligations under this Lease.
     (c) Landlord may enter the Premises for the purpose of conducting such inspections, tests and studies as Landlord may deem desirable or necessary to confirm Tenant’s compliance with all Laws and Environmental Laws or for other purposes necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to ensure the sound condition of the Property and the systems serving the Property. Landlord’s rights under this Section 7.03 (c) are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.
     (d) Landlord may do any of the foregoing, or undertake any of the inspection or work described in the preceding paragraphs without such action constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, or giving rise to an abatement of Rent by reason of loss or interruption of business of the Tenant, or otherwise.
     (e) The review, approval or consent of Landlord with respect to any item required or permitted under this Lease is for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party, as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.
7.04 QUIET ENJOYMENT
Landlord covenants, in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet possession or quiet enjoyment, that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, and subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease and to the rights of any Mortgagee or ground lessor.

14


 

ARTICLE EIGHT
MAINTENANCE & HVAC
8.01 LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE
Subject to Article Fourteen and Section 8.02, Landlord shall maintain the structural portions of the Building, the roof, exterior walls and exterior doors, foundation, and underslab standard sewer system of the Building in good, clean and safe condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no responsibility to perform preventive maintenance or service for, or to repair any heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment and systems serving the Premises (“HVAC”), and all such preventive maintenance, service, and repairs shall be performed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 8.02. Landlord shall also (a) maintain the landscaping, parking facilities and other Common Areas of the Project, and (b) wash the outside of exterior windows at intervals determined by Landlord. Except as provided in Article Fourteen and Article Fifteen, there shall be no abatement of rent, no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of or the failure to make any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project or in or to any fixtures, appurtenances or equipment therein. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
8.02 TENANT’S MAINTENANCE
     (a) Subject to the provisions of Article Fourteen, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain and make all repairs to the Premises and fixtures therein which Landlord is not required to make pursuant to Section 8.01, including repairs to the interior walls, ceilings and windows of the Premises, the interior doors, Tenant’s signage, and the electrical, life-safety, plumbing and HVAC, and shall maintain the Premises, the fixtures, HVAC and utilities systems therein, and the area immediately surrounding the Premises (including all garbage enclosures), in a good, clean and safe condition. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any maintenance contract entered into by Tenant with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall also, at Tenant’s expense, keep any non-standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and other non-standard equipment in the Building in good condition and repair, using contractors approved in advance, in writing, by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding Section 8.01 above, to the extent that Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance and no waiver set forth in Section 16.04 is applicable, Tenant will pay for any repairs to the Building or the Project which are caused by any negligence or willful and wrongful act, of Tenant or its assignees, subtenants or employees, or of the respective agents of any of the foregoing persons, or of any other persons permitted in the Building or elsewhere in the Project by Tenant or any of them. Tenant will maintain the Premises, and will leave the Premises upon termination of this Lease, in a safe, clean, neat and sanitary condition.
     (b) With respect to HVAC, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall enter into contracts (“HVAC Service Contracts”) for regularly scheduled inspections and preventive maintenance and service, as to which the contractors, scope of work, frequency of inspection, maintenance or service, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion. Tenant shall cause the contractor for such HVAC Service Contracts to deliver written reports to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date of such inspection, maintenance and/or service. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the initial HVAC Service Contracts within sixty (60) days after the Initial Premises Commencement Date and of subsequent HVAC Service Contracts entered into by Tenant within ten (10) days after execution thereof (which subsequent HVAC Service Contracts shall be subject to the same approval standards and requirements as set forth above with respect to the initial contract). In the event Tenant fails, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, to meet the requirements for such HVAC Service Contracts and cause such inspections, maintenance and service to be performed, which failure continues at the end of fifteen (15) days following written notice given by Landlord stating the nature of the failure, Landlord shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to obtain such HVAC Service Contracts and to enter the Premises and perform such inspection, maintenance and service, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if the nature of the maintenance or repair is such that it cannot, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, be completed within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice, Landlord shall not undertake such inspection, maintenance and service at Tenant’s expense provided Tenant commences such inspection, maintenance and service in the manner required above within said 15-day period and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion and provided further, however, that in the event of an emergency condition, Landlord shall have the right to make such inspection, maintenance, service and/or repairs on behalf of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense after giving Tenant such notice, if any, as is reasonable under the circumstances. Landlord’s right of entry pursuant to Section 7.03 shall include the right to enter and inspect the Premises for violations of Tenant’s covenants herein. Tenant shall maintain written records of HVAC inspection, maintenance, service repairs, and shall use certified technicians approved in writing by Landlord to perform such maintenance and repairs.
8.03 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING HVAC
Over a period of three years after the Initial Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall, subject to reimbursement by Landlord on the schedule provided below, replace 150 tons of non-specialized HVAC units serving the Building with new equipment of like kind and quality as the existing equipment (which includes mechanical units, associated controls and ductwork, and related materials and expenses). Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, subject to reimbursement by Landlord on the schedule provided below, which reimbursed amounts shall not be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant as items of Building Operating Expenses. Tenant shall control the work and schedule for the replacement of the 150 tons of HVAC, subject to the requirements set forth herein and Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the following: (a) the vendors and contractors to supply and install such HVAC, and Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant shall obtain bids from a minimum of three such vendors and contractors; (b) all plans and specifications of and for such HVAC and installation thereof; (c) the cost of such HVAC and installation thereof, but Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost reimbursable to Tenant by Landlord hereunder shall in no event exceed the amount of lowest bid; (d)

15


 

the contracts for such HVAC and installation thereof, and Landlord and Tenant agree that, among other things, such contracts shall provide for warranties acceptable to Landlord and that such warranties shall name Landlord and be issued directly for the benefit of and enforceable by Landlord. Tenant shall provide a replacement schedule to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant, in its reasonable opinion, determines that it is most efficient or cost-effective to replace 150 tons of HVAC at the time that Tenant conducts the Tenant Work pursuant to the Workletter, then Tenant may do so. The replacement costs shall be reimbursed to Tenant by Landlord over a three year period on each of the subsequent three (3) anniversaries of the date upon which the replacement work was completed (or first portion thereof was completed, if Tenant elects not to replace all 150 tons at once). Each annual payment shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount actually expended by Tenant for work done (to the extent not previously reimbursed) and (y) one-third (1/3) of the total cost of replacement of all 150 tons, as approved and permitted by this Section; provided however, any amount reimbursable to Tenant hereunder shall, if not previously reimbursed, be reimbursed to Tenant no later than the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Initial Premises Commencement Date. Provided further, at least thirty (30) days prior to any reimbursement, Tenant shall provide Landlord, with respect to the work for which reimbursement is sought: (i) a reasonable description of the work, including names of all contractors, subcontractors and vendors providing labor, services or material; (ii) bills and invoices, and proof of payment thereof by Tenant; (iii) valid, unconditional mechanics’ lien releases; (iv) applicable warranties; and (v) “As Built” drawings and specifications in the same form as those required under Section 3.5 of the Workletter. In no event shall any portion of Tenant’s Allowance (as defined in the Workletter) be allocated toward the cost of the replacement of the 150 tons of HVAC, or the ancillary mechanical units, associated controls and ductwork, and related materials and expenses. Upon installation, such HVAC shall be deemed to be part of the Building and owned by Landlord.
ARTICLE NINE
ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
9.01 TENANT ALTERATIONS
(a) The following provisions shall apply to the completion of any Tenant Alterations:
     (1) Tenant shall not, except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, make or cause to be made any Tenant Alterations in or to the Premises or any Property systems serving the Premises. Prior to making any Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord ten (10) days prior written notice (or such earlier notice as would be necessary pursuant to applicable Law) to permit Landlord sufficient time to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Subject to all other requirements of this Article Nine, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent, undertake (i) Decoration work and/or (ii) any Alterations that (x) do not adversely affect the roof, structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building, (y) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (z) do not cost, in the aggregate, over the Term of the Lease, in excess of $50,000. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the names and addresses of all contractors and subcontractors and copies of all contracts. All Tenant Alterations shall be completed at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate, and only by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The contractors, mechanics and engineers who may be used are further limited to those whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. Landlord may further condition its consent upon Tenant furnishing to Landlord and Landlord approving prior to the commencement of any work or delivery of materials to the Premises related to the Tenant Alterations such of the following as specified by Landlord: architectural plans and specifications, opinions from Landlord’s engineers stating that the Tenant Alterations will not in any way adversely affect the Building’s systems, necessary permits and licenses, certificates of insurance, and such other documents in such form reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord may, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, request that Tenant provide Landlord with appropriate evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and pay for the completion of the Tenant Alterations such as a performance bond or letter of credit. Upon completion of the Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an as-built mylar and digitized (if available) set of plans and specifications for the Tenant Alterations.
     (2) Tenant shall pay the cost of all Tenant Alterations and the cost of decorating the Premises and any work to the Property occasioned thereby. In connection with completion of any Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall, upon receipt of Landlord’s itemized invoice therefor, pay Landlord’s actual and reasonable costs to review the plans and specifications for such Tenant Alterations and to monitor the performance thereof, including a construction administration fee and all elevator and hoisting charges at Landlord’s then standard rate. Upon completion of Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection therewith and such other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord or Mortgagee.
     (3) Tenant agrees to complete all Tenant Alterations (i) in accordance with all Laws, Environmental Laws, all requirements of applicable insurance companies and in accordance with Landlord’s standard construction rules and regulations, and (ii) in a good and workmanlike manner with the use of good grades of materials. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives any notice of violation of any Law in connection with completion of any Tenant Alterations and shall immediately take such steps as are necessary to remedy such violation. In no event shall such supervision or right to supervise by Landlord nor shall any approvals given by Landlord under this Lease constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of such work or materials for Tenant’s intended use or of compliance with the requirements of Section 9.01(a)(3)(i) and (ii) above or impose any liability upon Landlord in connection with the performance of such work.

16


 

     (b) All Tenant Additions to the Premises whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall without compensation or credit to Tenant, become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord at the time of their installation and shall remain in the Premises, unless pursuant to Article Twelve, Tenant may remove them or is required to remove them at Landlord’s request. Tenant’s Personal Property, as set forth in Exhibit G , shall at all times remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall remove such property at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
9.02 LIENS
Tenant shall not permit any lien or claim for lien of any mechanic, laborer or supplier or any other lien to be filed against the Building, the Land, the Premises, or any other part of the Property arising out of work performed, or alleged to have been performed by, or at the direction of, or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien or claim for lien is filed, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving notice of such lien or claim (a) have such lien or claim for lien released of record or (b) deliver to Landlord a bond in form, content, amount, and issued by surety, satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying, protecting, defending and holding harmless the Indemnitees against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to take any of the above actions, Landlord, in addition to its rights and remedies under Article Eleven, without investigating the validity of such lien or claim for lien, may pay or discharge the same and Tenant shall, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.
ARTICLE TEN
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
10.01 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     (a) Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, Tenant may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the encumbering of Tenant’s interest therein in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, by anyone other than Tenant, provided, however, if Landlord chooses not to recapture the space proposed to be subleased or assigned as provided in Section 10.02, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a subletting or assignment under this Section 10.01. Tenant agrees that the provisions governing sublease and assignment set forth in this Article Ten shall be deemed to be reasonable. If Tenant desires to enter into any sublease of the Premises or assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver written notice thereof to Landlord (“Tenant’s Notice”), together with the identity of the proposed subtenant or assignee and the proposed principal terms thereof and financial and other information sufficient for Landlord to make an informed judgment with respect to such proposed subtenant or assignee at least sixty (60) days prior to the commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease or assignment. If Tenant proposes to sublease less than all of the Rentable Area of the Premises, the space proposed to be sublet and the space retained by Tenant must each be a marketable unit as reasonably determined by Landlord and otherwise in compliance with all Laws; provided however, so long as the Tenant is Genomic Health or a Permitted Transferee which is an assignee of the Lease which has satisfied the requirements of Sections 10.01 and 10.05 below, the foregoing shall not apply to a sublease for a sublease term of a year or less, for undemised space in the aggregate (for one or more such subleases in effect at any one time) up to 3,000 square feet of Rentable Area. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its approval or disapproval of the proposed sublease or assignment or its decision to exercise its rights under Section 10.02 within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Notice (and all required information). In no event may Tenant sublease any portion of the Premises or assign the Lease to any other tenant of the Project. Tenant shall submit for Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) any advertising which Tenant or its agents intend to use with respect to the space proposed to be sublet.
     (b) With respect to Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord may take into consideration any factors which Landlord may deem relevant, and the reasons for which Landlord’s denial shall be deemed to be reasonable shall include, without limitation, the following:
(i) the business reputation or creditworthiness of any proposed subtenant or assignee is not acceptable to Landlord; or
(ii) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant would diminish the value or reputation of the Building or Landlord; or
(iii) any proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s use of the Premises would violate Section 7.01 of the Lease or would violate the provisions of any other leases of tenants in the Project;
(iv) the proposed assignee or subtenant is either a governmental agency, a school or similar operation, or a medical related practice; or
(v) the proposed subtenant or assignee is a bona fide prospective tenant of Landlord in the Project as demonstrated by a written proposal dated within ninety (90) days prior to the date of Tenant’s request; or
(vi) the proposed subtenant or assignee would materially increase the estimated pedestrian and vehicular traffic to and from the Premises and the Building.
In no event shall Landlord be obligated to consider a consent to any proposed assignment of the Lease which would assign less than the entire Premises. In the event Landlord wrongfully withholds its consent to any proposed sublease of the Premises or assignment of the Lease, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy therefor shall be to seek specific performance of Landlord’s obligations to consent to such sublease or assignment.

17


 

     (c) Any sublease or assignment shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Any subtenant or assignee shall execute such documents as Landlord may reasonably require to evidence such subtenant or assignee’s assumption of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all agreements executed by Tenant and the proposed subtenant and assignee with respect to the Premises. Landlord’s approval of a sublease, assignment, hypothecation, transfer or third party use or occupancy shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to further assignments or subleases, hypothecations, transfers or third party use or occupancy.
     (d) For purposes of this Article Ten, an assignment shall be deemed to include a change in the majority control of Tenant, resulting from any transfer, sale or assignment of shares of stock or membership interests of Tenant occurring by operation of Law or otherwise, and includes any merger, acquisition, consolidation or reorganization, except as otherwise provided in this Subsection below. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the contrary, an assignment for purposes of this Article does not include any transfer of control of the stock or membership interests of Tenant through (i) any public offering of shares of stock in Tenant in accordance with applicable State and Federal law, rules, regulations and orders if thereafter the stock shall be listed and publicly traded through the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ national market; or (ii) public sale of such stock effected through such Exchange or the NASDAQ national market. If Tenant is a partnership, any change in the partners of Tenant shall be deemed to be an assignment.
     (e) For purposes of this Lease, a “Permitted Transferee” shall mean any Person which: (i) is an Affiliate of Tenant; or (ii) is the corporation or other entity (the “Successor”) resulting from a merger, conversion, consolidation or non-bankruptcy reorganization with Tenant; or (iii) is not a Successor but is otherwise a deemed assignee due to a change of control under section 10.01(d) above; or (iv) purchases, leases or acquires by way of exchange all or substantially all the assets of Tenant as a going concern (the “Purchaser”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 10.01(a) and (b), 10.02 and 10.03, provided there is no uncured Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, without the prior written consent of Landlord, to assign this Lease to a Permitted Transferee or to sublease the Premises or any part thereof to a Permitted Transferee provided that: (1) Landlord receives thirty (30) days prior written notice of an assignment or sublease (including a pending transaction described in subparts (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 10.01(e)); provided that Tenant may give notice in less than thirty (30) days in connection with a pending transaction described in subparts (ii) and (iv) of this Section 10.01(e) to the extent that Tenant is precluded, by the terms of the transaction or, if Tenant’s stock is publicly traded, by applicable securities’ laws, from making disclosure of the transaction itself; (2) with respect to an assignment of the Lease or a sublease of more than half the Premises to an entity described in subparts (ii) or (iv) of this Section 10.01(e), the Permitted Transferee’s net worth is not less than Tenant’s net worth (measured as of the most recent date for which financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are available); (3) with respect to an assignment of the Lease or a sublease of more than half the Premises to an entity described in subparts (i) or (iii) of this Section 10.01(e), Tenant (as the assignor or sublandord) continues in existence with a net worth not less than Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to such assignment or subletting; (4) the Permitted Transferee expressly assumes (except a Permitted Transferee which is a deemed assignee under subpart (iii) of this Section 10.01(e) or which is a sublessee in the event of a sublease under this Section 10.01(e)) in writing reasonably satisfactory to Landlord all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease and delivers such assumption to Landlord no later than fifteen (15) days (or such lesser time as is appropriate in connection with a pending transaction described in subparts (ii) and (iv) of this Section 10.01(e) to the extent that Tenant is precluded, by the terms of the transaction or, if Tenant’s stock is publicly traded, by applicable securities’ laws, from making disclosure of the transaction itself) prior to the effective date of the assignment; (5) Landlord receives no later than five (5) days before the effective date a fully executed copy of the applicable assignment or sublease agreement between Tenant and the Permitted Transferee; and (6) promptly after Landlord’s written request, Tenant and the Permitted Transferee provide such reasonable documents and information which Landlord reasonably requests for the purpose of substantiating whether or not the assignment or sublease is to a Permitted Transferee. All determinations of net worth for purposes of this Subsection shall exclude any value attributable to goodwill or going concern value. With respect to any proposed assignment under subparts (ii) or (iv) of this Section 10.01(e), Tenant shall pay Landlord, no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment or sublease, a processing fee of Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00), which shall be Landlord’s earned fee whether or not the proposed assignment or sublease is completed by Tenant.
     (f) With respect to any sublease to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Subsection (e) above, Tenant hereby irrevocably assigns to Landlord, effective upon any such sublease, all rent and other payments due from subtenant under the sublease, provided however, that Tenant shall have a license to collect such rent and other payments until the occurrence of a default by Tenant under any of the provisions of the Lease, and notice to Tenant of such default shall not be a prerequisite to Landlord’s right to collect subrent. At any time at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to give notice to the subtenant of such assignment. Landlord shall credit Tenant with any rent received by Landlord under such assignment but the acceptance of any payment on account of rent from the subtenant as the result of any such default shall in no manner whatsoever serve to release Tenant from any liability under the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreement under the Lease. No such payment of rent or any other payment by the subtenant directly to Landlord and/or acceptance of such payment(s) by Landlord, regardless of the circumstances or reasons therefor, shall in any manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by the subtenant to Landlord in the absence of a specific written agreement signed by Landlord to such an effect. For purposes of this Subsection, any use or occupancy by a Permitted Transferee (unless it is an assignee) without a formal sublease shall for the purposes of this Subsection be deemed to be a sublease at the same rental rate as provided in the Lease.
10.02 RECAPTURE
Landlord shall have the option to exclude from the Premises covered by this Lease (“recapture”), the space proposed to be sublet or subject to the assignment, so long as (i) the proposed transfer is not to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01(e), and (ii) the proposed sublease is for the

18


 

remainder of the term of this Lease and Landlord recaptures the entire portion of the Premises subject to the proposed sublease. If Landlord elects to recapture, such recapture shall be effective as of the commencement date of such sublease or assignment, Tenant shall surrender possession of the space proposed to be subleased or subject to the assignment to Landlord on the effective date of recapture of such space from the Premises, such date being the Termination Date for such space. Effective as of the date of recapture of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this section, the Monthly Base Rent, Rentable Area of the Premises and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly.
10.03 EXCESS RENT
Except with respect to an assignment or sublease to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.01(e), Tenant shall pay Landlord on the first day of each month during the term of the sublease or assignment, fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which the sum of all rent and other consideration (direct or indirect) due from the subtenant or assignee for such month exceeds: (i) that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments due under this Lease for said month which is allocable to the space sublet or assigned; and (ii) the following costs and expenses for the subletting or assignment of such space: (1) brokerage commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, (2) the actual costs paid in making any improvements or substitutions in the Premises required by any sublease or assignment; and (3) “free rent” periods, costs of any inducements or concessions given to subtenant or assignee, moving costs, and other amounts in respect of such subtenant’s or assignee’s other leases or occupancy arrangements. All such costs and expenses shall be amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment pursuant to sound accounting principles.
10.04 TENANT LIABILITY
In the event of any sublease or assignment, whether or not with Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not be released or discharged from any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, including any liability arising from the exercise of any renewal or expansion option, to the extent such exercise is expressly permitted by Landlord. Tenant’s liability shall remain primary, and in the event of default by any subtenant, assignee or successor of Tenant in performance or observance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against said subtenant, assignee or successor. After any assignment, Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or subletting of this Lease, or amendments or modifications of this Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto, and such action shall not relieve Tenant or any successor of Tenant of liability under this Lease. If Landlord grants consent to such sublease or assignment, Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such assignment or sublease. In addition, if Tenant has any options to extend the term of this Lease or to add other space to the Premises, such options shall not be available to any subtenant or assignee, directly or indirectly without Landlord’s express written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.
10.05 ASSUMPTION AND ATTORNMENT
If Tenant shall assign this Lease as permitted herein, the assignee shall expressly assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder in a written instrument satisfactory to Landlord and furnished to Landlord not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment. If Tenant shall sublease the Premises as permitted herein, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, within fifteen (15) days following any request by Landlord, obtain and furnish to Landlord the written agreement of such subtenant to the effect that the subtenant will attorn to Landlord and will pay all subrent directly to Landlord.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
11.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following shall constitute a material default and breach of the Lease (a “Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:
     (i) Tenant fails to pay any installment or other payment of Rent, including Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments, within three business (3) days after written notice to Tenant of such failure to pay, provided that after Landlord has twice sent such notice to Tenant for failure to pay, thereafter such failure shall be a Default if Tenant fails to pay any such installment or other payment of Rent, including Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments, within three (3) business days after the date when the same are due;
     (ii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or the Workletter and, unless the default involves a hazardous condition, which shall be cured forthwith or unless the failure to perform is a Default for which this Lease specifies there is no cure or grace period, fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant, provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subsection so long as Tenant diligently and continuously prosecutes the cure to completion;
     (iii) the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under execution or other legal process;
     (iv) a petition is filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement under any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Act, or any amendment,

19


 

replacement or substitution therefor, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts, which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days;
     (v) Tenant is declared insolvent by Law or any assignment of Tenant’s property is made for the benefit of creditors;
     (vi) a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant’s property, which appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days;
     (vii) any action taken by or against Tenant to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure in a materially adverse way which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or
     (viii) upon the dissolution of Tenant.
11.02 LANDLORD’S REMEDIES
     (a) A Default shall constitute a breach of the Lease for which Landlord shall have the rights and remedies set forth in this Section 11.02 and all other rights and remedies set forth in this Lease or now or hereafter allowed by Law, whether legal or equitable, and all rights and remedies of Landlord shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other right or remedy.
     (b) With respect to a Default, at any time Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice to Tenant stating such election. Upon the termination of Tenant’s right to possession pursuant to this Section 11.02, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate, and Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided. Upon such termination, Landlord shall have the right, subject to applicable Law, to re-enter the Premises and dispossess Tenant and the legal representatives of Tenant and all other occupants of the Premises by unlawful detainer or other summary proceedings, or otherwise as permitted by Law, regain possession of the Premises and remove their property (including their trade fixtures, personal property and those Tenant Additions which Tenant is required or permitted to remove under Article Twelve), but Landlord shall not be obligated to effect such removal, and such property may, at Landlord’s option, be stored elsewhere, sold or otherwise dealt with as permitted by Law, at the risk of, expense of and for the account of Tenant, and the proceeds of any sale shall be applied pursuant to Law. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of any such property. Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s removing or storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Section or Section 12.01, and Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend, protect and hold harmless, the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claims, demands, actions, expenses, liability and cost (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related to such removal or storage. Upon such written termination of Tenant’s right to possession and this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to recover damages for Tenant’s Default as provided herein or by Law, including the following damages provided by California Civil Code Section 1951.2:
     (1) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;
     (2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided;
     (3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and
     (4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom. The word “rent” as used in this Section 11.02 shall have the same meaning as the defined term Rent in this Lease. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above is computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in clause (3) above is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For the purpose of determining unpaid Rent under clause (3) above, the monthly Rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the sum of the Monthly Base Rent, and monthly Storage Space Rent, if any, and the amounts last payable by Tenant as Rent Adjustments for the calendar year in which Landlord terminated this Lease as provided hereinabove.
     (c) Even if Tenant is in Default and/or has abandoned the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice as provided in Section 11.02(b) above, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. In such event, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of a landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), or any successor statute. During such time as Tenant is in Default, if Landlord has not terminated this Lease by written notice and if Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s option to recapture pursuant to Section 10.02, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such assignment or sublease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Article Ten shall be deemed to constitute reasonable limitations of Tenant’s right to assign or sublet. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in the absence of written notice pursuant to Section 11.02(b) above terminating Tenant’s right to possession, no other act of Landlord shall

20


 

constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, including acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or the withholding of consent to a subletting or assignment, or terminating a subletting or assignment, if in accordance with other provisions of this Lease.
     (d) In the event that Landlord seeks an injunction with respect to a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay the premium for any bond required in connection with such injunction.
     (e) Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to relief from forfeiture, redemption or reinstatement granted by Law (including California Civil Code of Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179) in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises by reason of Tenant’s Default or otherwise;
     (f) When this Lease requires giving or service of a notice of Default or of a failure of Tenant to observe or perform any covenant, condition or provision of this Lease which will constitute a Default unless Tenant so observes or performs within any applicable cure period, and so long as the notice given or served provides Tenant the longer of any applicable cure period required by this Lease or by statute, then the giving of any equivalent or similar statutory notice, including any equivalent or similar notices required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute, shall replace and suffice as any notice required under this Lease. When a statute requires service of a notice in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by Article Twenty-four shall replace and satisfy the statutory service–of–notice procedures, except that any notice of unlawful detainer required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute shall be served as required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162 or any similar or successor statute, and for purposes of Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162 or any similar or successor statute, Tenant’s “place of residence” and “usual place of business” shall mean the address specified by Tenant for notice pursuant to Section 1.01 of this Lease, as changed by Tenant pursuant to Article Twenty-four of this Lease.
     (g) The voluntary or other surrender or termination of this Lease, or a mutual termination or cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall terminate all or any existing assignments, subleases, subtenancies or occupancies permitted by Tenant, except if and as otherwise specified in writing by Landlord.
     (h) No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant, and no exercise by Landlord of its rights pursuant to Section 26.15 to perform any duty which Tenant fails timely to perform, shall impair any right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease.
11.03 ATTORNEY’S FEES
In the event any party brings any suit or other proceeding with respect to the subject matter or enforcement of this Lease, the prevailing party (as determined by the court, agency or other authority before which such suit or proceeding is commenced) shall, in addition to such other relief as may be awarded, be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs of investigation as actually incurred, including court costs, expert witness fees, costs and expenses of investigation, and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in any such suit or proceeding (including in any action or participation in or in connection with any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, 11 United States Code Sections 101 et seq ., or any successor statutes, in establishing or enforcing the right to indemnification, in appellate proceedings, or in connection with the enforcement or collection of any judgment obtained in any such suit or proceeding).
11.04 BANKRUPTCY
The following provisions shall apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:
     (a) In connection with any proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code where the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purposes of assigning it, such election or assignment, may only be made upon compliance with the provisions of (b) and (c) below, which conditions Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable. In the event the trustee elects to reject this Lease then Landlord shall immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee.
     (b) Any election to assume this Lease under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant as debtor-in-possession or by Tenant’s trustee (the “Electing Party”) must provide for:
The Electing Party to cure or provide to Landlord adequate assurance that it will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within fifteen (15) days from the date of assumption and it will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge such condition to be commercially reasonable.
     (c) If the Electing Party has assumed this Lease or elects to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any other person, such interest may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance (as herein defined), of all of the obligations imposed on Tenant under this Lease.
For the purposes hereof, “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

21


 

     (i) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, certified by its chief financial officer, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and
     (ii) Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties which may be required under a lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.
     (d) Landlord’s acceptance of rent or any other payment from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived, or waive, the requirement of Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent, or Landlord’s claim for any amount of Rent due from Tenant.
11.05 LANDLORD’S DEFAULT
Landlord shall be in default hereunder in the event Landlord has not begun and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Landlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of the alleged failure to perform. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of Landlord’s default as to any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives such remedies of termination and rescission and hereby agrees that Tenant’s remedies for default hereunder and for breach of any promise or inducement shall be limited to a suit for damages and/or injunction. In addition, Tenant hereby covenants that, prior to the exercise of any such remedies, it will give Mortgagee notice and a reasonable time to cure any default by Landlord.
ARTICLE TWELVE
SURRENDER OF PREMISES
12.01 IN GENERAL
Upon the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in a clean, good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear and tear, and damage caused by Landlord excepted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Tenant shall remove from the Premises all movable personal property of Tenant and Tenant’s trade fixtures, including, subject to Section 6.04, cabling for any of the foregoing. Tenant shall be entitled to remove such Tenant Additions which at the time of their installation Landlord and Tenant agreed may be removed by Tenant. Tenant shall also remove such other Tenant Additions as required by Landlord, including any Tenant Additions containing Hazardous Material. Tenant immediately shall repair all damage resulting from removal of any of Tenant’s property, furnishings, Tenant’s Personal Property or Tenant Additions, shall close all floor, ceiling and roof openings and shall restore the Premises to a tenantable condition as reasonably determined by Landlord. If any of the Tenant Additions which were installed by Tenant involved the lowering of ceilings, raising of floors or the installation of specialized wall or floor coverings or lights, then Tenant shall also be obligated to return such surfaces to their condition prior to the commencement of this Lease. Tenant shall also be required to close any staircases or other openings between floors. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, if so requested by Tenant in writing (and prominently in all capital and bold lettering which also states that such request is pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Lease) at the time Tenant requests approval of any Tenant Work or subsequent Tenant Alterations, Landlord shall advise Tenant at the time of Landlord’s approval of such Tenant Work or Tenant Alterations as to whether Landlord will require that such Tenant Work or Tenant Alterations be removed by Tenant from the Premises; provided, however, regardless of the foregoing, in any event, Landlord may require removal of any Tenant Additions containing Hazardous Material and all Tenant’s trade fixtures, and, subject to Section 6.03, cabling and wiring installed for Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures. In the event possession of the Premises is not delivered to Landlord when required hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to remove those items described above, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), at Tenant’s expense, remove any of such property and store, sell or otherwise deal with such property as provided in Section 11.02(b), including the waiver and indemnity obligations provided in that Section, and undertake, at Tenant’s expense, such restoration work as Landlord deems necessary or advisable.
12.02 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS
All property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may deal with such property as provided in Section 11.02(b), including the waiver and indemnity obligations provided in that Section. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant Additions required to be removed pursuant to Section 12.01 above and in restoring the Premises to the condition required by this Lease at the Termination Date.
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
HOLDING OVER
Tenant shall pay Landlord the greater of (i) 150% of the monthly Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over (including increases for Rent Adjustments which Landlord may reasonably estimate) or, (ii) 150% of the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord for each month or portion thereof that Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any portion thereof, after the Termination Date (without reduction for any partial month that Tenant retains possession). Tenant shall also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention of possession. The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord and Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenancy in sufferance.

22


 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN
DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
14.01 SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY
     (a) If any fire or other casualty (whether insured or uninsured) renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage, estimate the length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and restoration and shall by notice advise Tenant of such estimate (“Landlord’s Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the amount of time required to substantially complete such repair and restoration will exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord, or Tenant if all or a substantial portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving written notice to the other at any time within twenty (20) days after delivery of Landlord’s Notice, provided that if Landlord so chooses, Landlord’s Notice may also constitute such notice of termination.
     (b) In the event that the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of its replacement cost or to any extent if no insurance proceeds or insufficient insurance proceeds are receivable by Landlord, or if the buildings at the Project shall be damaged to the extent of fifty percent (50%) or more of the replacement value or to any extent if no insurance proceeds or insufficient insurance proceeds are receivable by Landlord, and regardless of whether or not the Premises be damaged, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the casualty to terminate this Lease in lieu of so restoring the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Landlord’s notice, which date shall be no later than sixty (60) days following the date of Landlord’s notice.
     (c) Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding Subsections 14.01 (a) and (b), Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness to repair and restore the Premises to its condition as existed prior to such casualty, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and Force Majeure delays, and also subject to zoning Laws and building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord so long as Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs and restoration.
     (d) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage, whether carried by Landlord or Tenant, for damages to the Premises, except for those proceeds of Tenant’s insurance of its own personal property and equipment which would be removable by Tenant at the Termination Date. All such insurance proceeds shall be payable to Landlord whether or not the Premises are to be repaired and restored, provided, however, if this Lease is not terminated and the parties proceed to repair and restore Tenant Additions at Tenant’s cost, to the extent Landlord received proceeds of Tenant’s insurance covering Tenant Additions, such proceeds shall be applied to reimburse Tenant for its cost of repairing and restoring Tenant Additions.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article Fourteen to the contrary: (i) Landlord shall have no duty pursuant to this Section to repair or restore any portion of any Tenant Additions or to expend for any repair or restoration of the Premises or Building amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration; and (ii) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section if any damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of Tenant, its agent or employees. Whether or not the Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article Fourteen, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by any such damage, destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises or the Building or access thereto.
     (f) Any repair or restoration of the Premises performed by Tenant shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine hereof.
14.02 INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY
Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding Subsections 14.01 (a) and (b), then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Building or the Premises other than Tenant Additions, with reasonable promptness, unless such damage is to the Premises and occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term, in which event either Tenant or Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to the other within twenty (20) days after the date of such casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to repair shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.01 above.
14.03 RENT ABATEMENT
Except for (i) the willful and wrongful act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, or (ii) the gross negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees only if and to the extent Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds covering abatement of the Rent hereunder, then, if all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated, Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis from the date of the casualty until Landlord has Substantially Completed the repair and restoration work in the Premises which it is required to perform, provided, that as a result of such casualty, Tenant does not occupy the portion of the Premises which is untenantable during such period.

23


 

14.04 WAIVER OF STATUTORY REMEDIES
The provisions of this Lease, including this Article Fourteen, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and any Law, including Sections 1932(2), 1933(4), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction shall have no application to this Lease or to any damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and are hereby waived.
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
EMINENT DOMAIN
15.01 TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART
In the event the whole or any substantial part of the Building or of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation) and is thereby rendered untenantable, this Lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in such authority or any earlier date on which possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, and Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date. Further, if at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area of the Project is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation), and regardless of whether or not the Premises be so taken or condemned, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant to terminate this Lease as of the date title vests in such authority or any earlier date on which possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, and Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date. Landlord may, without any obligation to Tenant, agree to sell or convey to the taking authority the Premises, the Building, Tenant’s Phase, the Project or any portion thereof sought by the taking authority, free from this Lease and the right of Tenant hereunder, without first requiring that any action or proceeding be instituted or, if instituted, pursued to a judgment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, in the event the taking of the Building or Premises is temporary (for less than the remaining term of the Lease), Landlord may elect either (i) to terminate this Lease or (ii) permit Tenant to receive the entire award attributable to the Premises in which case Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and this Lease shall not terminate.
15.02 TAKING OF PART
In the event a part of the Building or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority (or a deed is delivered in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not terminated, the Lease shall be amended to reduce or increase, as the case may be, the Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building, as the case may be, remaining after any such taking or condemnation. Landlord, upon receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation (or proceeds of sale) shall make necessary repairs and restorations to the Premises (exclusive of Tenant Additions) and to the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural and economically efficient unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking, or a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Building is to be changed and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building or prevents the economical operation of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tenant.
15.03 COMPENSATION
Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award (or sale proceeds) from any such taking, condemnation or sale without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right separately to pursue against the condemning authority a separate award in respect of the loss, if any, to Tenant Additions paid for by Tenant without any credit or allowance from Landlord, for fixtures or personal property of Tenant, or for relocation or business interruption expenses, so long as there is no diminution of Landlord’s award as a result.
ARTICLE SIXTEEN
INSURANCE
16.01 TENANT’S INSURANCE
Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to maintain in force, with a company or companies acceptable to Landlord, during the Term: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a primary basis and without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Premises on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage, including contractual liability covering the indemnification provisions in this Lease. Such insurance shall be for such limits that are reasonably required by Landlord from time to time but not less than a combined single limit of Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00); (b) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance to the extent required by and in accordance with the Laws of the State of California; (c) “All Risks” property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the full replacement cost of all Tenant Additions to the Premises, equipment, installations, fixtures and contents of the Premises in the event of loss; (d) In the event a motor vehicle is to be used by Tenant in connection with its business operation from the Premises, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance coverage with limits of not less than Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) combined single limit coverage against bodily injury liability and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of Tenant, its agents and employees in connection with this Lease, of any owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles; and (e) such other insurance or coverages as Landlord reasonably requires.

24


 

16.02 FORM OF POLICIES
Each policy referred to in 16.01 shall satisfy the following requirements. Each policy shall (i) name Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance), (ii) be issued by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of California reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) where applicable, provide for deductible amounts satisfactory to Landlord and not permit co-insurance, (iv) shall provide that such insurance may not be canceled or amended without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Landlord, and (v) each policy of “All-Risks” property insurance shall provide that the policy shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such policies. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, certificates of insurance and at Landlord’s request, copies of all policies and renewals thereof to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, not less than ten (10) days prior to the Commencement Date and not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of each policy.
16.03 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE
Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in full force and effect during the Term hereof, including any extensions or renewals thereof, insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, qualified to do business in the State of California on the Building in amounts not less than the greater of eighty (80%) percent of the then full replacement cost (without depreciation) of the Building (above foundations and excluding Tenant Additions to the Premises) or an amount sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable policies, against fire and such other risks as may be included in standard forms of all risk coverage insurance reasonably available from time to time. Landlord agrees to maintain in force during the Term, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Building on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage. Such insurance shall be for a combined single limit of Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00). Neither Landlord’s obligation to carry such insurance nor the carrying of such insurance shall be deemed to be an indemnity by Landlord with respect to any claim, liability, loss, cost or expense due, in whole or in part, to Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct. Without obligation to do so, Landlord may, in its sole discretion from time to time, carry insurance in amounts greater and/or for coverage additional to the coverage and amounts set forth above.
16.04 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
     (a) Landlord agrees that, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, it will include in its “All Risks” policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policies.
     (b) Tenant agrees to include, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, in its “All Risks” insurance policy or policies on Tenant Additions to the Premises, whether or not removable, and on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance company or companies (i) waive the right of subrogation against Landlord and/or any tenant of space in the Building with respect to losses payable under such policy or policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. If Tenant is unable to obtain in such policy or policies either of the clauses described in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall, if legally possible and without necessitating a change in insurance carriers, have Landlord named in such policy or policies as an additional insured. If Landlord shall be named as an additional insured in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord agrees to endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft, or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or representing any other payment growing out of or connected with said policies, and Landlord does hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.
     (c) Provided that Landlord’s right of full recovery under its policy or policies aforesaid is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Landlord hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Tenant, its servants, agents and employees, for loss or damage occurring to the Real Property and the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein, except Tenant Additions, to the extent the same is covered by Landlord’s insurance, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant, its servants, agents or employees. Provided that Tenant’s right of full recovery under its aforesaid policy or policies is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Tenant hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Landlord, its servants, and employees and against every other tenant in the Real Property who shall have executed a similar waiver as set forth in this Section 16.04 (c) for loss or damage to Tenant Additions, whether or not removable, and to Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions hereof to the extent the same is covered or coverable by Tenant’s insurance required under this Lease, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Landlord, its servants, agents or employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof.
     (d) Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to advise the other promptly if the clauses to be included in their respective insurance policies pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) above cannot be obtained on the terms hereinbefore provided and thereafter to furnish the other with a certificate of insurance or copy of such policies showing the naming of the other as an additional insured, as aforesaid. Landlord and Tenant hereby also agree to notify the other promptly of any cancellation or change of the terms of any such policy which would affect such clauses or naming. All such policies which name both Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds shall, to the extent obtainable, contain agreements by the insurers to the effect that no act or omission of any additional insured will invalidate the policy as to the other additional insureds.

25


 

16.05 NOTICE OF CASUALTY
Tenant shall give Landlord notice in case of a fire or accident in the Premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event.
ARTICLE SEVENTEEN
WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY
17.01 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant releases the Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, damage to person or property sustained by the Tenant or any occupant of the Premises or the Property resulting directly or indirectly from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in and about the Premises or the Property, or any part of either, or any equipment or appurtenance therein, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises or the Property, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Property or of any other person, including Landlord’s agents and servants, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. If any such damage, whether to the Premises or the Property or any part of either, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in the Property, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, servants, agents, contractors, invitees or customers, Tenant shall be liable therefor and Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, repair such damage and Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of demand for the total cost of such repairs, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. Tenant shall not be liable for any such damage caused by its acts or neglect to the extent that Landlord or a tenant has recovered any amount of the damage from proceeds of insurance policies and the insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.
17.02 INDEMNITY BY TENANT
To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, from the undertaking of any Tenant Additions or repairs to the Premises, from the conduct of Tenant’s business on the Premises, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any willful act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, customers or invitees, in or about the Premises or the Property or any part of either. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. The foregoing indemnity shall not operate to relieve an Indemnitee of liability to the extent such liability is caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of such Indemnitee. Further, the foregoing indemnity is subject to and shall not diminish any waivers in effect in accordance with Section 16.04 by Landlord or its insurers to the extent of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under its “All-Risks” property insurance.
17.03 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
To the extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby waives and releases the Indemnitees from any consequential damages, compensation or claims for inconvenience or loss of business, rents or profits as a result of any injury or damage, whether or not caused by the willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees.
ARTICLE EIGHTEEN
RULES AND REGULATIONS
18.01 RULES
Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants, employees, agents, and invitees to comply with all reasonable rules and regulations for use of the Premises, the Building, the Phase and the Project imposed by Landlord, as the same may be revised from time to time, including the following: (a) Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements of Landlord’s emergency response plan, as the same may be amended from time to time; and (b) Tenant shall not place any furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment in the Premises in a manner so as to obstruct the windows of the Premises to cause the Building, in Landlord’s good faith determination, to appear unsightly from the exterior. Such rules and regulations are and shall be imposed for the cleanliness, good appearance, proper maintenance, good order and reasonable use of the Premises, the Building, the Phase and the Project and as may be necessary for the enjoyment of the Building and the Project by all tenants and their clients, customers, and employees.
18.02 ENFORCEMENT
Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon the Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the rules and regulations as set forth above or as hereafter adopted, or the terms, covenants or conditions of any other lease as against any other tenant, and the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Building in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.

26


 

ARTICLE NINETEEN
LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS
Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to persons, property or business and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for offset or abatement of Rent: (1) to change the Building’s name or street address upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant; (2) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (3) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises; (4) upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to display the Premises to prospective purchasers at reasonable hours at any time during the Term and to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last twelve (12) months of the Term; (5) to grant to any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purpose permitted hereunder; (6) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, washrooms or public portions of the Building, and to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building; (7) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises as required by any applicable rules of the United States Post Office; and (8) to close the Building after Standard Operating Hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes.
ARTICLE TWENTY
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
20.01 IN GENERAL
Within fifteen (15) days after request therefor by Landlord, Mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or owner, Tenant agrees as directed in such request to execute an Estoppel Certificate in recordable form, binding upon Tenant, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in the possession of the Premises if that is the case; (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) that Tenant has no offsets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any offsets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof); (vi) that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, that Tenant has accepted the Premises and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord or any other party with respect thereto; (vii) that if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon the Tenant by a Mortgagee, Tenant will acknowledge receipt thereof and agree to be bound by the provisions thereof; (viii) that Tenant will give to the Mortgagee copies of all notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; and (ix) to any other information reasonably requested.
20.02 ENFORCEMENT
In the event that Tenant fails to deliver an Estoppel Certificate within three (3) business days after Tenant has received notice from Landlord of Tenant’s failure to deliver an Estoppel Certificate within the time prescribed in Section 20.01 above, then such failure shall be a Default for which there shall be no additional cure or grace period. In addition to any other remedy available to Landlord, Landlord may impose a charge equal to $500.00 for each day that Tenant fails to deliver an Estoppel Certificate and Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver the subject Estoppel Certificate that Tenant has failed to deliver.
ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO
REAL ESTATE BROKERS
Landlord and Tenant represent to each other that in connection with this Lease they are represented by Tenant’s Broker identified in Section 1.01(19) and Landlord’s Broker identified in Section 1.01(19), and that except for Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, neither has dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby indemnify and agree to protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against all claims, losses, damages, liability, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) by virtue of any broker, agent or other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of alleged representation of, or dealings or discussions with, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, except for Landlord’s Broker and except for a commission payable to Tenant’s Broker to the extent provided for in a separate written agreement between Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker. Tenant is not obligated to pay or fund any amount to Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord hereby agrees to pay such commission, if any, to which Landlord’s Broker is entitled in connection with the subject matter of this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s separate written agreement with Landlord’s Broker. Such commission shall include an amount to be shared by Landlord’s Broker with Tenant’s Broker to the extent that Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker have entered into a separate agreement between themselves to share the commission paid to Landlord’s Broker by Landlord. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

27


 

ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
23.01 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
This Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to (i) any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property, now or hereafter existing, and all amendments, extensions, renewals and modifications to any such lease, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter encumbering fee title to the Real Property and/or the leasehold estate under any such lease, and all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements and modifications of such mortgage or trust deed and/or the obligation secured thereby, unless such ground lease or ground lessor, or mortgage, trust deed or Mortgagee, expressly provides or elects that the Lease shall be superior to such lease or mortgage or trust deed. If any such mortgage or trust deed is foreclosed (including any sale of the Real Property pursuant to a power of sale), or if any such lease is terminated, upon request of the Mortgagee or ground lessor, as the case may be, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the ground lessor under such lease, as the case may be, provided, however, that such purchaser or ground lessor shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance except payments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) subject to any offset, defense or damages arising out of a default of any obligations of any preceding Landlord; or (iii) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of the Mortgagee or ground lessor; or (iv) liable for any security deposits not actually received in cash by such purchaser or ground lessor. This subordination shall be self-operative and no further certificate or instrument of subordination need be required by any such Mortgagee or ground lessor. In confirmation of such subordination, however, Tenant shall execute promptly any reasonable certificate or instrument that Landlord, Mortgagee or ground lessor may request. Tenant hereby constitutes Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute such certificate or instrument for and on behalf of Tenant upon Tenant’s failure to do so within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so. Upon request by such successor in interest, Tenant shall execute and deliver reasonable instruments confirming the attornment provided for herein.
23.02 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee or ground lessor, by registered or certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has received notice (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Mortgagee or ground lessor shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional notice time as may be necessary, if, within such thirty (30) days, any Mortgagee or ground lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property, if necessary to effect such cure). Such period of time shall be extended by any period within which such Mortgagee or ground lessor is prevented from commencing or pursuing such foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property by reason of Landlord’s bankruptcy. Until the time allowed as aforesaid for Mortgagee or ground lessor to cure such defaults has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall not, terminate this Lease on account of default. This Lease may not be modified or amended so as to reduce the Rent or shorten the Term, or so as to adversely affect in any other respect to any material extent the rights of the Landlord, nor shall this Lease be canceled or surrendered, without the prior written consent, in each instance, of the ground lessor or the Mortgagee.
ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR
NOTICES
     (a) All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service, or mailed by first class, registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.
     (b) All notices, demands or requests to be sent pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to have been properly given or served by delivering or sending the same in accordance with this Section, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses listed in Sections 1.01(2) and (3).
     (c) Notices, demands or requests sent by mail or overnight courier service as described above shall be effective upon deposit in the mail or with such courier service. However, the time period in which a response to any such notice, demand or request must be given shall commence to run from (i) in the case of delivery by mail, the date of receipt on the return receipt of the notice, demand or request by the addressee thereof, or (ii) in the case of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, the date of acceptance of delivery by an employee, officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given, as indicated by advice from Federal Express or other overnight courier service or by mail return receipt, shall be deemed to be receipt of notice, demand or request sent. Notices may also be served by personal service upon any officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant, and shall be effective upon such service.
     (d) By giving to the other party at least thirty (30) days written notice thereof, either party shall have the right from time to time during the term of this Lease to change their respective addresses for notices, statements, demands and requests, provided such new address shall be within the United States of America.

28


 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE
EXERCISE FACILITY
Tenant agrees to inform all employees of Tenant of the following: (i) the exercise facility is available for the use of the employees of tenants of the Project only and for no other person; (ii) use of the facility is at the risk of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, and all users must sign a release; (iii) the facility is unsupervised; and (iv) users of the facility must report any needed equipment maintenance or any unsafe conditions to the Landlord immediately. Landlord may discontinue providing such facility at Landlord’s sole option at any time without incurring any liability. As a condition to the use of the exercise facility, Tenant and each of Tenant’s employees that uses the exercise facility shall first sign a written release in form and substance acceptable to Landlord. Landlord may change the rules and/or hours of the exercise facility at any time, and Landlord reserves the right to deny access to the exercise facility to anyone due to misuse of the facility or noncompliance with rules and regulations of the facility. To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from use of the exercise facility in the Project by Tenant, Tenant’s employees or invitees, except to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of Landlord or Indemnitees. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity.
ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX
MISCELLANEOUS
26.01 LATE CHARGES
     (a) The Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits shall be due when and as specifically provided above. Except for such payments and late charges described below, which late charge shall be due when provided below (without notice or demand), all other payments required hereunder to Landlord shall be paid within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. All Rent and charges, except late charges, not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the Default Rate in effect on the date such payment was due.
     (b) In the event Tenant is more than five (5) days late in paying any installment of Rent due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent installment of Rent. The parties agree that (i) such delinquency will cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses not contemplated herein, the exact amount of which will be difficult to calculate, including the cost and expense that will be incurred by Landlord in processing each delinquent payment of rent by Tenant, and (ii) the amount of such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and that such late charge shall be paid to Landlord for each delinquent payment in addition to all Rent otherwise due hereunder. The parties further agree that the payment of late charges and the payment of interest provided for in subparagraph (a) above are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for its inability to use the money improperly withheld by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for its additional administrative expenses in handling and processing delinquent payments.
     (c) Payment of interest at the Default Rate and/or of late charges shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall the foregoing provisions of this Article or any such payments prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay Rent when due, including the right to terminate this Lease.
26.02 NO JURY TRIAL; VENUE; JURISDICTION
Each party hereto (which includes any assignee, successor, heir or personal representative of a party) shall not seek a jury trial, hereby waives trial by jury, and hereby further waives any objection to venue in the County in which the Project is located, and agrees and consents to personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California, in any action or proceeding or counterclaim brought by any party hereto against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage, or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise, whether any of the foregoing is based on this Lease or on tort law. No party will seek to consolidate any such action in which a jury has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived. It is the intention of the parties that these provisions shall be subject to no exceptions. By execution of this Lease the parties agree that this provision may be filed by any party hereto with the clerk or judge before whom any action is instituted, which filing shall constitute the written consent to a waiver of jury trial pursuant to and in accordance with Section 631 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. No party has in any way agreed with or represented to any other party that the provisions of this Section will not be fully enforced in all instances. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
26.03 DEFAULT UNDER OTHER LEASE
It shall be a Default under this Lease if Tenant or any Affiliate holding any other lease with Landlord for premises in the Project defaults under such lease and as a result thereof such lease is terminated or terminable.
26.04 OPTION
This Lease shall not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. The submission of the Lease to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises,

29


 

but when executed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord, the Lease shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant in effect for fifteen (15) days to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained.
26.05 TENANT AUTHORITY
Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has full authority and power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Lease, that the person executing this Lease is fully empowered to do so, and that no consent or authorization is necessary from any third party. Landlord may request that Tenant provide Landlord evidence of Tenant’s authority.
26.06 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Lease, the Exhibits and Riders attached hereto contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there are no other agreements, either oral or written, and no other representations or statements, either oral or written, on which Tenant has relied. This Lease shall not be modified except by a writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.
26.07 MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE
If Mortgagee of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease which shall not result in any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other material and adverse change in the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees that the Lease may be so modified.
26.08 EXCULPATION
Tenant agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of its successors and assigns, that any liability or obligation of Landlord in connection with this Lease shall only be enforced against Landlord’s equity interest in the Property up to a maximum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and in no event against any other assets of the Landlord, or Landlord’s officers or directors or partners, and that any liability of Landlord with respect to this Lease shall be so limited and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount.
26.09 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION
No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term. Receipt or acceptance of payment from anyone other than Tenant, including an assignee of Tenant, is not a waiver of any breach of Article Ten, and Landlord may accept such payment on account of the amount due without prejudice to Landlord’s right to pursue any remedies available to Landlord.
26.10 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING
In the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer (provided, however, that Landlord shall not be freed and relieved of its obligation for reimbursement of the Security to Tenant unless Landlord has transferred to such transferee the unapplied balance of Tenant’s Security held by Landlord at such time), and any remaining liability of Landlord with respect to this Lease shall be limited to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount.
26.11 BINDING EFFECT
Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
26.12 CAPTIONS
The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.
26.13 TIME; APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION
Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. If more than one person signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each item, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. Wherever the term “including” or “includes” is used in this Lease, it shall have the same meaning as if followed by the phrase “but not limited to”. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be construed according to its normal and usual meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

30


 

26.14 ABANDONMENT
In the event Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises but is otherwise in compliance with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, Landlord shall (i) have the right to enter into the Premises in order to show the space to prospective tenants, (ii) have the right to reduce the services provided to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease to such levels as Landlord reasonably determines to be adequate services for an unoccupied premises and (iii) during the last six (6) months of the Term, have the right to prepare the Premises for occupancy by another tenant upon the end of the Term. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of written notice pursuant to Section 11.02(b) or pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.3 terminating Tenant’s right to possession, none of the foregoing acts of Landlord or any other act of Landlord shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, and the Lease shall continue in effect.
26.15 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S DUTIES
If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without prior notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Rent under this Lease and shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.
26.16 SECURITY SYSTEM
Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or maintain any security patrol or security system. Landlord shall not be responsible for the quality of any such patrol or system which may be provided hereunder or for damage or injury to Tenant, its employees, invitees or others due to the failure, action or inaction of such patrol or system.
26.17 NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENTS
Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands of or adjacent to the Project shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.
26.18 RECORDATION
Neither this Lease, nor any notice nor memorandum regarding the terms hereof, shall be recorded by Tenant. Any such unauthorized recording shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge, at the request of Landlord, a memorandum of this Lease, in recordable form.
26.19 SURVIVAL
The waivers of the right of jury trial, the other waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and/or Indemnitees shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements which by their terms survive expiration or termination of the Lease.
26.20 EXHIBITS OR RIDERS
All exhibits, riders and/or addenda referred to in this Lease as an exhibit, addenda or rider hereto or attached hereto, are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed as of the date set forth in Section 1.01(4) hereof.
                 
TENANT:       LANDLORD:
 
               
Genomic Health, Inc.,       Metropolitan Life Insurance Company,
a Delaware corporation       a New York corporation
 
               
By
  /s/ Randal W. Scott       By   /s/ Greg Hill
 
             
  Randal Scott, Ph.D.           Greg Hill
         
 
  Print name           Print name
Its
  Chairman and CEO       Its   Director
 
               
(Chairman of Board, President or Vice President)    
 
               
By
  /s/ G. Bradley Cole            
 
               
 
  G. Bradley Cole            
             
 
  Print name            
Its
  Executive Vice President and CFO            
 
               
(Secretary, Assistant Secretary, CFO or Assistant Treasurer)

31


 

EXHIBIT A
PLAN OF PREMISES

Exhibit A — Page 1


 

EXHIBIT B
WORKLETTER AGREEMENT
     This Workletter Agreement (“Workletter”) is attached to and a part of a certain Lease by and between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation, as Landlord, and Genomic Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, for the Premises (the “Lease”). Terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning of such terms as defined elsewhere in the Lease. For purposes of this Workletter, references to “State” and “City” shall mean the State and City in which the Building is located.
     1.  Base Building .
     All work performed during the Building’s initial course of construction and modifications thereto, excluding all original and modified build-outs of any tenant spaces, shall be referred to as the “Base Building Work” or “Base Building”, as applicable. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s representatives have made any representations or promises with respect to the Premises or the Base Building except as herein expressly set forth. Provided however, Landlord agrees that the Building Systems (defined in Section 3.2 below) which are part of the Base Building, except to the extent of any to be removed, demolished or altered by Tenant, will be delivered by Landlord in good working order and condition.
     2.  Landlord Work .
     There shall be no Landlord Work.
     3.  Tenant’s Plans .
     3.1. Description . At its expense, Tenant shall employ:
     (i) one or more architects reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and licensed by the State (“Tenant’s Architect”) to prepare architectural drawings and specifications for all layout and Premises improvements not included in, or requiring any change or addition to, the AS IS condition and Landlord Work, if any.
     (ii) one or more engineers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and licensed by the State (“Tenant’s Engineers”) to prepare structural, mechanical and electrical working drawings and specifications for all Premises improvements not included in, or requiring any change or addition to, the AS IS condition and Landlord Work, if any.
All such drawings and specifications are referred to herein as “Tenant’s Plans”. Tenant’s Plans shall be in form and detail sufficient to secure all applicable governmental approvals. Tenant’s Architect shall be responsible for coordination of all engineering work for Tenant’s Plans and shall coordinate with any consultants retained by Tenant in connection with the design and installation of improvements to the Premises (the use of such consultants is subject to Landlord’s consent), and Landlord’s architect or other representative to assure the consistency of Tenant’s Plans with the Base Building Work and Landlord Work (if any).
Tenant shall pay Landlord, within ten (10) days of receipt of each invoice from Landlord, the cost incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s architects and engineers to review Tenant’s Plans for consistency of same with the Base Building Work and Landlord Work, if any. Tenant’s Plans shall also include the following:
     (a) Final Space Plan: The “Final Space Plan” for the Premises shall include a full and accurate description of room titles, floor loads, alterations to the Base Building or Landlord Work (if any) or requiring any change or addition to the AS IS condition, and the dimensions and location of all partitions, doors, aisles, plumbing (and furniture and equipment to the extent same affect floor loading). The Final Space Plan shall (i) be compatible with the design, construction, systems and equipment of the Base Building and Landlord Work, if any; (ii) specify only materials, equipment and installations which are new and of a grade and quality no less than existing components of the Building when they were originally installed (collectively, (i) and (ii) may be referred to as “Building Standard” or “Building Standards”); (iii) comply with Laws, (iv) be capable of logical measurement and construction, and (v) contain all such information as may be required for the preparation of the Mechanical and Electrical Working Drawings and Specifications (including, without limitation, a capacity and usage report, from engineers designated by Landlord pursuant to Section 3.1(b). below, for all mechanical and electrical systems in the Premises).
     (b) Mechanical and Electrical Working Drawings and Specifications: Tenant shall employ engineers approved by Landlord to prepare Mechanical and Electrical Working Drawings and Specifications showing complete plans for electrical, life safety, automation, plumbing, water, and air cooling, ventilating, heating and temperature control and shall employ engineers designated by Landlord to prepare for Landlord a capacity and usage report (“Capacity Report”) for all mechanical and electrical systems in the Premises.
     (c) Issued for Construction Documents: The “Issued for Construction Documents” shall consist of all drawings (1/8” scale) and specifications necessary to construct all Premises improvements including, without limitation, architectural and structural working drawings and specifications and Mechanical and Electrical Working Drawings and Specifications and all applicable governmental authorities plan check corrections.

Exhibit B — Page 1


 

     3.2. Approval by Landlord . Tenant’s Plans and any revisions thereof shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval or disapproval:
     (i) shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided however, that Landlord may disapprove Tenant’s Plans in its sole and absolute discretion if they (a) adversely affect the structural integrity of the Building, including applicable floor loading capacity; (b) adversely affect any of the Building Systems (as defined below), the Common Areas or any other tenant space (whether or not currently occupied); (c) fail to fully comply with Laws, (d) affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (e) provide for improvements which do not meet or exceed the Building Standards; or (f) involve any installation on the roof, or otherwise affect the roof, roof membrane or any warranties regarding either (provided however, that Landlord acknowledges that it has agreed that Tenant shall replace up to 150 tons of HVAC on the roof, including mechanical units and associated controls, ductwork and materials, which will include certain installations on the roof, all pursuant to Landlord’s approval and the requirements set forth in Section 8.03 of the Lease). Building Systems collectively shall mean the structural, electrical, mechanical (including, without limitation, heating, ventilating and air conditioning), plumbing, fire and life-safety (including, without limitation, fire protection system and any fire alarm), communication, utility, gas (if any), and security (if any) systems in the Building.
     (ii) shall not be delayed beyond ten (10) business days with respect to initial submissions and major change orders (those which impact Building Systems or any other item listed in subpart (i) of Section 3.2 above) and beyond five (5) business days with respect to required revisions and any other change orders.
If Landlord disapproves of any of Tenant’s Plans, Landlord shall advise Tenant of what Landlord disapproves in reasonable detail. After being so advised by Landlord, Tenant shall submit a redesign, incorporating the revisions required by Landlord, for Landlord’s approval. The approval procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant’s Plans are ultimately approved. Approval by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord with respect to the safety, adequacy, correctness, efficiency or compliance with Laws of Tenant’s Plans. Tenant shall be fully and solely responsible for the safety, adequacy, correctness and efficiency of Tenant’s Plans and for the compliance of Tenant’s Plans with any and all Laws.
     3.3. Landlord Cooperation . Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant and make good faith efforts to coordinate Landlord’s construction review procedures to expedite the planning, commencement, progress and completion of Tenant Work. Landlord shall complete its review of each stage of Tenant’s Plans and any revisions thereof and communicate the results of such review within the time periods set forth in Section 3.2 above.
     3.4. City Requirements . Any changes in Tenant’s Plans which are made in response to requirements of the applicable governmental authorities and/or changes which affect the Base Building Work shall be immediately submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval.
     3.5. “As-Built” Drawings and Specifications . A CADD-DXF diskette file and a set of mylar reproducibles of all “as-built” drawings and specifications of Tenant’s Work in the Premises (reflecting all field changes and including, without limitation, architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications) prepared by Tenant’s Architect and Engineers or by Contractors (defined below) shall be delivered by Tenant at Tenant’s expense to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after completion of the Tenant Work. If Landlord has not received such drawings and diskette(s) within thirty (30) days, Landlord may give Tenant written notice of such failure. If Tenant does not produce the drawings and diskette(s) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written notice, Landlord may, at Tenant’s sole cost which may be deducted from the Allowance, produce the drawings and diskette(s) using Landlord’s personnel, managers, and outside consultants and contractors. Landlord shall receive an hourly rate reasonable for such production.
4. Tenant Work .
     4.1. Tenant Work Defined . All tenant improvement work required by the Issued for Construction Documents (including, without limitation, any approved changes, additions or alterations pursuant to Section 7 below) is referred to in this Workletter as “Tenant Work.”
     4.2. Tenant to Construct . Tenant shall construct all Tenant Work pursuant to this Workletter, and except to the extent modified by or inconsistent with express provisions of this Workletter, pursuant with the provisions of the terms and conditions of Article Nine of the Lease, governing Tenant Alterations (except to the extent modified by this Workletter) and all such Tenant Work shall be considered “Tenant Alterations” for purposes of the Lease.
     4.3. Construction Contract . All contracts and subcontracts for Tenant Work shall include any terms and conditions reasonably required by Landlord.
     4.4. Contractor . Tenant shall select one or more contractors to perform the Tenant Work (“Contractor”) subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not unreasonably be withheld.
     4.5. Division of Landlord Work and Tenant Work . Tenant Work is defined in Section 4.1. above and Landlord Work, if any, is defined in Section 2.
5. Tenant’s Expense .
     Tenant agrees to pay for all Tenant Work, including, without limitation, the costs of design thereof, whether or not all such costs are included in the “Permanent Improvement Costs” (defined below). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Workletter, Tenant shall apply the “Allowance” (defined below) to payment of the Permanent Improvement Costs. Landlord shall provide Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“Allowance”) in

Exhibit B — Page 2


 

the amount equal to Eight Hundred Thirty-three Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty-five and no/100 Dollars ($833,825.00). The Allowance shall be used solely to reimburse Tenant for the Permanent Improvement Costs. The term “Permanent Improvement Costs” shall mean the actual and reasonable costs of construction of that Tenant Work which constitutes permanent improvements to the Premises, actual and reasonable costs of design thereof and governmental permits therefor, costs incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s architects and engineers pursuant to Section 3.1, and Landlord’s construction administration fee (defined in Section 8.10 below). Provided, however, Permanent Improvement Costs shall exclude costs of “Tenant’s FF&E” (defined below). For purposes of this Workletter, “Tenant’s FF&E” shall mean Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, telephone systems, computer systems, equipment, any other personal property or fixtures, and installation thereof, including, without limitation, “Tenant’s Personal Property” described on Exhibit G hereto. If Tenant does not utilize one hundred percent (100%) of the Allowance for Permanent Improvement Costs no later than December 31, 2006, Tenant shall have no right to the unused portion of the Allowance.
6. Application and Disbursement of the Allowance .
     6.1. Tenant shall prepare a budget for all Tenant Work, including the Permanent Improvement Costs and all other costs of the Tenant Work (“Budget”), which Budget shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Such Budget shall be supported by a guaranteed maximum price construction contract and such other documentation as Landlord may require to evidence the total costs. To the extent the Budget exceeds the available Allowance (“Excess Cost”), Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of such Excess Cost. Further, prior to any disbursement of the Allowance by Landlord, Tenant shall pay and disburse its own funds for all that portion of the Permanent Improvement Costs equal to the sum of (a) the Permanent Improvement Costs in excess of the Allowance; plus (b) the amount of “Landlord’s Retention” (defined below). “Landlord’s Retention” shall mean an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Allowance, which Landlord shall retain out of the Allowance and shall not be obligated to disburse unless and until after Tenant has completed the Tenant Work and complied with Section 6.4 below. Further, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement of the Allowance unless and until Tenant has provided Landlord with (i) bills and invoices covering all labor and material expended and used in connection with the particular portion of the Tenant Work for which Tenant has requested reimbursement, (ii) an affidavit from Tenant stating that all of such bills and invoices have either been paid in full by Tenant or are due and owing, and all such costs qualify as Permanent Improvement Costs, (iii) contractors affidavit covering all labor and materials expended and used, (iv) Tenant, contractors and architectural completion affidavits (as applicable), and (v) valid mechanics’ lien releases and waivers pertaining to any completed portion of the Tenant Work which shall be conditional or unconditional, as applicable, all as provided pursuant to Section 6.2 and 6.4 below.
     6.2. Upon Tenant’s full compliance with the provisions of Section 6, and if Landlord determines that there are no applicable or claimed stop notices (or any other statutory or equitable liens of anyone performing any of Tenant Work or providing materials for Tenant Work) or actions thereon, Landlord shall disburse the applicable portion of the Allowance as follows:
     (a) In the event of conditional releases, to the respective contractor, subcontractor, vendor, or other person who has provided labor and/or services in connection with the Tenant Work, upon the following terms and conditions: (i) such costs are included in the Budget, are Permanent Improvement Costs, are covered by the Allowance, and Tenant has completed and delivered to Landlord a written request for payment, in form reasonably approved by Landlord, setting forth the exact name of the contractor, subcontractor or vendor to whom payment is to be made and the date and amount of the bill or invoice, (ii) the request for payment is accompanied by the documentation set forth in Section 6.1; and (iii) Landlord, or Landlord’s appointed representative, has inspected and approved the work for which Tenant seeks payment; or
     (b) In the event of unconditional releases, directly to Tenant upon the following terms and conditions: (i) Tenant seeks reimbursement for costs of Tenant Work which have been paid by Tenant, are included in the Budget, are Permanent Improvement Costs, and are covered by the Allowance; (ii) Tenant has completed and delivered to Landlord a request for payment, in form reasonably approved by Landlord, setting forth the name of the contractor, subcontractor or vendor paid and the date of payment, (iii) the request for payment is accompanied by the documentation set forth in Section 6.1; and (iv) Landlord, or Landlord’s appointed representative, has inspected and approved the work for which Tenant seeks reimbursement.
     6.3. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the aforementioned documents by the 15th of the month and payment shall be made by the 30th day of the month following the month in which such documentation is provided.
     6.4. Prior to Landlord disbursing the Landlord’s Retention to Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the following items within thirty (30) days after completion of the Tenant Work: (i) “As Built” drawings and specifications pursuant to Section 3.5 above, (ii) all unconditional lien releases from all general contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) performing work, (iii) a “Certificate of Completion” prepared by Tenant’s Architect, and (iv) a final budget with supporting documentation detailing all costs associated with the Permanent Improvement Costs.
7. Changes, Additions or Alterations .
     If Tenant desires to make any non-de minimis change, addition or alteration or desires to make any change, addition or alteration to any of the Building Systems after approval of the Issued for Construction Documents, Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord plans and specifications with respect to such change, addition or alteration. Any such change, addition or alteration shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 of this Workletter. Tenant shall be responsible for any submission to and plan check and permit requirements of the applicable governmental authorities. Tenant shall be

Exhibit B — Page 3


 

responsible for payment of the cost of any such change, addition or alteration if it would increase the Budget and Excess Cost previously submitted and approved pursuant to Section 6 above.
8. Miscellaneous .
     8.1. Scope . Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, this Workletter shall not apply to any space added to the Premises by Lease option or otherwise, but shall apply to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises.
     8.2. Tenant Work shall include (at Tenant’s expense subject to application of the Allowance towards the costs of such items) for all of the Premises:
(a) Landlord approved lighting sensor controls as necessary to meet applicable Laws;
(b) Building Standard fluorescent fixtures in all Building office areas;
(c) Building Standard meters for each of electricity and chilled water used by Tenant shall be connected to the Building’s system and shall be tested and certified prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises by a State certified testing company;
(d) Building Standard ceiling systems (including tile and grid) and;
(e) Building Standard air conditioning distribution and Building Standard air terminal units.
     8.3. Sprinklers . Subject to any terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, Landlord shall provide an operative sprinkler system consisting of mains, laterals, and heads “AS IS” on the date of delivery of the Premises to Tenant. Tenant shall pay for piping distribution, drops and relocation of, or additional, sprinkler system heads and Building firehose or firehose valve cabinets, if Tenant’s Plans and/or any applicable Laws necessitate such.
     8.4. Floor Loading . Floor loading capacity shall be within building design capacity. Tenant may exceed floor loading capacity with Landlord’s consent, at Landlord’s sole discretion and must, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, reinforce the floor as required for such excess loading.
     8.5. Work Stoppages . If any work on the Real Property other than Tenant Work is delayed, stopped or otherwise affected by construction of Tenant Work, Tenant shall immediately take those actions necessary or desirable to eliminate such delay, stoppage or effect on work on the Real Property other than Tenant Work.
     8.6. Life Safety . Tenant (or Contractor) shall employ the services of a fire and life-safety subcontractor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord for all fire and life-safety work at the Building.
     8.7. Locks . Tenant may purchase locks, cylinders and keys for the Premises from its own vendor, provided that (a) such vendor and the locks, cylinders and keys to be used are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval; (b) of a make and model which are functional, operable and compatible with Landlord’s master key system; (c) a master key or keys are provided to Landlord, of which Landlord may place one such master key in the “knox box” for use by the fire department and emergency personnel in the event of an emergency and may retain another key for Landlord’s use for entry permitted under the Lease; and (d) the contact information for Tenant’s vendor for locks, cylinders and keys used in the Premises shall be provided to Landlord with Tenant’s request for approval.
     8.8. Authorized Representatives . Tenant has designated David Quinn to act as Tenant’s representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Workletter. Such representative(s) shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Tenant as required in this Workletter. Tenant may add or delete authorized representatives upon five (5) business days notice to Landlord.
     8.9. Access to Premises . After Landlord has recovered possession of the Premises from any prior Tenant, prior to delivery of possession to Tenant, Tenant and its architects, engineers, consultants, and contractors shall have access at reasonable times and upon advance notice and coordination with the Building management, to the Premises for the purpose of planning Tenant Work. Such access shall not in any manner interfere with Landlord Work, if any. Such access, and all acts and omissions in connection with it, shall be subject to and governed by all other provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification obligations, insurance obligations, etc, except for the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent. To the extent that such access by Tenant delays the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work (if any), such delay shall be a Tenant Delay and the Landlord Work shall be deemed Substantially Complete on the date such Landlord Work would have been completed but for such access.
     8.10. Fee . Landlord shall receive a fee equal to two percent (2.0%) of the Allowance for Landlord’s review and supervision of construction of the Tenant Work, which fee shall be paid by Landlord applying two percent (2.0%) of the Allowance in payment thereof. Such fee is in addition to Tenant’s reimbursement of costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to other provisions hereof, including, without limitation, for Landlord’s architects and engineers to review Tenant’s Plans.
9. Force and Effect .
     The terms and conditions of this Workletter shall be construed to be a part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated in the Lease by this reference. Should any inconsistency arise between this Workletter and the Lease as to the specific matters which are the subject of this Workletter, the terms and conditions of this Workletter shall control.

Exhibit B — Page 4


 

EXHIBIT C
SITE PLAN OF PROJECT

Exhibit C — Page 1


 

EXHIBIT D
PERMITTED HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Permitted Hazardous Material includes insignificant amounts of substances listed below so long as (i) such substances are maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for Tenant’s operations in the Premises, or such other specific quantity limit as specified below, (ii) such substances are used, stored and handled strictly in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions, industry standards and all applicable laws, (iii) such substances are not disposed of in or about the Building or the Project in a manner which would constitute a release or discharge thereof, and (iv) all such substances are removed from the Building and the Project by Tenant no later than the Termination Date.
     
Type:   Quantity:
Substances typically found or used in general office applications, to the extent the Premises is used for general offices
  as noted above
                     
HazMat Classification   Common Chemical or Trade Name   Tot.   Unit
CL-II
  Combustible Liquid   Acetic Acid     4     L
CL-II
  Combustible Liquid   Isoamyl Alcohol     1     L
CL-II;
CORR-L
  Combustible Liquid; Corrosive Liquid   1,3-Diaminopropane     2     L
CL-II;
CORR-L
  Combustible Liquid; Corrosive Liquid   Ethylenediamine     1     L
CL-IIIA
  Combustible Liquid   Diethylpyrocarbonate     0.5     L
CL-IIIA
  Combustible Liquid   Dimethylsulfoxide     2     L
CL-IIIA
  Combustible Liquid   RNaseZap     3.5     L
CL-IIIA
  Combustible Liquid   Triethylamine/Acetate buffer     0.5     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Ammonium Hydroxide solution     0.5     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Bradford Reagent (protein dye reagent)     0.5     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Formic Acid     1     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Hydrochloric Acid     6     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   N,N’-Dimethylethylenediamine     0.025     kg
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Phosphoric Acid     4     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   RNaseZap wipes     1     kg
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Sodium Hydroxide solution     2     L
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Spermidine     0.5     kg
CORR-L
  Corrosive Liquid   Trifluoroacetic Acid     1     L
CORR-L;
CL-IIIA
  Corrosive Liquid; Combustible Liquid   Monoethanolamine     4     L
CORR-L; HI
TOX-L
  Corrosive Liquid; Highly Toxic Liquid   Phenol/chloroform solution (TRIzol)     6     L
CORR-L; HI
TOX-L;
CL-III
  Corrosive Liquid; Highly Toxic Liquid; Combustible Liquid   Phenol     4     L
CORR-S
  Corrosive Solid   Sodium Hydroxide, Pellets     2     kg
CORR-S
  Corrosive Solid   Tris(2-carboxyethyl)-phosphine hydrochloride     0.01     kg
CRYO
  Cryogenic Solid   Carbon Dioxide, solid     250     lbs
CRYO
  Cryogenic Liquid   Nitrogen, Lquid     400     L
FL-1B
  Flammable Liquid   Acetone     4     L
FL-1B
  Flammable Liquid   Acetonitrile     16     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   (±)-2-Butanol     2     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Ethyl Alcohol, 70-100%, blends     150     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Buffer RW1, Wash Buffer (guanidinium thiocyanate (2.5-10%); ethanol (2.5-10%)), Buffer Kit     1     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Cytoseal XYL, Mounting Medium, Xylene-based     1     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Eosin Y     0.05     kg
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Eosin Y, 1% Alcoholic Solution     6     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   EZ-DeWax, Tissue Deparaffinization Solution, Ready-to-Use     1     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Harris Hematoxylin     15     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Isopropyl Alcohol     20     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Methyl Alcohol     8     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Triethylamine     2.5     L
FL-IB
  Flammable Liquid   Xylenes     50     L
FL-IC
  Flammable Liquid   Isoamyl Acetate     1     L
FL-IC
  Flammable Liquid   n-Butanol     2     L

Exhibit D — Page 1


 

                     
HazMat Classification   Common Chemical or Trade Name   Tot.   Unit
HI TOX-L
  Highly Toxic Liquid   Chloroform     6     L
HI TOX-L
  Highly Toxic Liquid   Chloroform/Isoamyl Alcohol (24:1)     1     L
HI TOX-L
  Highly Toxic Liquid   Ethidium Bromide solution     0.1     L
HI TOX-L
  Highly Toxic Liquid   Tetramethylammonium Chloride solution     2.5     L
HI TOX-S
  Highly Toxic Solid   Sodium Azide     0.1     kg
NFG
  Non-Flammable Compressed Gas   Air, Compressed Gas     2000     cu ft
NFG
  Non-Flammable Compressed Gas   Carbon Dioxide, Compressed Gas     300     lbs
NFG
  Non-Flammable Compressed Gas   Helium, Compressed Gas     450     cu ft
OXY-L
  Oxidizing Liquid   Hydrogen Peroxide, <30%     0.1     L
OXY-L; CORR-L
  Oxidizing Liquid; Corrosive Liquid   Bleach, Household (5-10% sodium hypochlorite)     20     L
OXY-L; CORR-L
  Oxidizing Liquid; Corrosive Liquid   Nitric Acid     4     L
OXY-S
  Oxidizing Solid   Sodium Perchlorate     1     kg
TOX-L
  Toxic Liquid   1,4-Dithiothreitol     0.1     L
TOX-L
  Toxic Liquid   Formalin, Neutral Buffered     10     L
TOX-L
  Toxic Liquid   2-Mercaptoethanol     1     L
TOX-L
  Toxic Liquid   Formamide     2     L
TOX-L
  Toxic Liquid   N,N-Dimethylformamide     0.2     kg
TOX-S
  Toxic Solid   Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic Acid     0.01     kg
TOX-S
  Toxic Solid   Hexadecyltrimethylammonium Bromide     1     kg
TOX-S
  Toxic Solid   Lithium Chloride     0.5     kg
TOX-S
  Toxic Solid   o-Phenylenediamine     0.25     L

Exhibit D — Page 2


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT ACCEPTABLE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK
IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF______
DATED: __________ ___, 20___
BENEFICIARY:
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS
400 SOUTH EL CAMINO REAL, 8 TH FLOOR
SAN MATEO, CA 94402
APPLICANT:
GENOMIC HEALTH, INC.
301 PENOBSCOT DRIVE
REDWOOD CITY, CA 94063
AMOUNT:  US$500,000.00 (FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS)
EXPIRATION DATE: ___, 2006
LOCATION: AT OUR COUNTERS IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA
DEAR SIR/MADAM:
WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN FAVOR OF THE AFORESAID ADDRESSEE (“BENEFICIARY”) FOR DRAWINGS UP TO US$500,000.00 (FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED, PRESENTABLE AND PAYABLE AT OUR OFFICE AT: 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, MAIL SORT HF210, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054 ATTENTION: GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES — STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT (THE BANK’S OFFICE), AND EXPIRES WITH OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON ___, 2006.
THE TERM “BENEFICIARY” INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR BY OPERATION OF LAW OF THE NAMED BENEFICIARY INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIQUIDATOR, REHABILITATOR, RECEIVER OR CONSERVATOR.
WE HEREBY UNDERTAKE TO PROMPTLY HONOR YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) DRAWN ON US, INDICATING OUR CREDIT NO. SVBSF___, FOR ALL OR ANY PART OF THIS CREDIT IF PRESENTED AT OUR OFFICE SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH ONE ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRY DATE OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRY DATE TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS, IF ANY.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENT, CONDITION OR QUALIFICATION. THE OBLIGATION OF SILICON VALLEY BANK UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS THE INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION OF SILICON VALLEY BANK, AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO.
IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT IS DEEMED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE EXPIRY DATE HEREOF, OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO AN EXPIRATION DATE WE NOTIFY YOU BY REGISTERED MAIL/COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO CONSIDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXTENDED FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD.
PARTIAL DRAWS ARE ALLOWED.
THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONE OR MORE TIMES BUT IN EACH INSTANCE TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AND ONLY IN THE FULL AMOUNT AVAILABLE TO BE DRAWN UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. ANY SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED ONLY UPON PRESENTATION TO US, THE ISSUING BANK, AT THE BANK’S OFFICE SPECIFIED IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH ABOVE, OF THE ATTACHED EXHIBIT “A” DULY COMPLETED AND EXECUTED BY THE BENEFICIARY AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE. EACH SUCH TRANSFER WILL BE EFFECTED AT NO COST TO THE BENEFICIARY OR TRANSFEREE. OUR TRANSFER FEE 1 / 4 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) WILL BE FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE APPLICANT. HOWEVER, ANY TRANSFER IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE.

Exhibit E — Page 1


 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500 AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND, IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL CONTROL. IF THIS CREDIT EXPIRES DURING AN INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE 17 OF SAID PUBLICATION 500, THE BANK HEREBY SPECIFICALLY AGREES TO EFFECT PAYMENT IF THIS CREDIT IS DRAWN AGAINST WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE RESUMPTION OF BUSINESS.
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
             
 
           
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
      AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE    

Exhibit E — Page 2


 

EXHIBIT “A”
DATE:
TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK
     3003 TASMAN DRIVE
     SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
     ATTN: GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES
RE: SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA , CALIFORNIA
     IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF___
          DATED                      ___, 20___AMOUNT: US$___.
GENTLEMEN:
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:
_______________________________________________________________________________
(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)
________________________________________________________________________________
(ADDRESS)
ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.
BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.
THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.
SINCERELY,
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
__________________________
 
(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)**
 
 
** THIS TRANSFER FORM, EXHIBIT “A”, MUST BE NOTARIZED BY A NOTARY PUBLIC

Exhibit E — Page 3


 

EXHIBIT F
FAIR MARKET RENTAL RATE
     1.  Definition of Fair Market Rental Rate . “Fair Market Rental Rate” shall mean the Monthly Base Rent equal to the monthly base rental per rentable square foot which a tenant would pay and which a willing landlord would accept for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and in other buildings of class A standards in Seaport Centre and along the Highway 101 corridor in Redwood City, Redwood Shores, San Carlos and Belmont (“Applicable Market”) for the period for which such rental is to be paid and for a lease on terms substantially similar to those of the Lease (including, without limitation, those applicable to Taxes, Operating Expenses and exclusions, but also considering so-called net and triple net leases, and leases utilizing operating expense stops or base years, and making appropriate adjustment between such leases and this Lease, as described below), based on prevailing market conditions in the Building and in other buildings of class A standards in the Applicable Market at the time such determination is made (“Comparable Transactions”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Comparable Transactions shall be for a term similar to the term of tenancy and for space comparable in use, floor levels, square footage and location within the Building and in other buildings of class A standards in the Applicable Market as the transaction for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined; however, leases of unusual or odd shaped spaces shall not be considered. In any determination of Fair Market Rental Rate, the stated or contract monthly net or base rental in Comparable Transactions shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the different terms and conditions prevailing in such transactions and those present in the Lease, including, without limitation: (a) the extent to which average annual expenses and taxes per rentable square foot payable by tenants in Comparable Transactions vary from those payable by Tenant under the Lease, and so, for example, if the Lease provides for payment of Rent Adjustments and/or certain Operating Expenses on the basis of increases over a base year, then the rate of Monthly Base Rent under the Lease shall be based upon a step-up to change the calendar year which serves as the base year for calculation of the base for such Operating Expenses for the Option Term to be the full calendar year in which the Option Term commences, and such step-up shall be considered in the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate; (b) tenant improvements, value of existing tenant improvements, the concessions, if any, being given by landlords in Comparable Transactions, such as parking charge abatement, free rent or rental abatement applicable after substantial completion of any tenant improvements (and no adjustment shall be made for any free or abated rent during any construction periods), loans at below-market interest rates, moving allowances, space planning allowances, lease takeover payments and work allowances, as compared to any tenant improvement, refurbishment or repainting allowance given to Tenant under the Lease for the space for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined; (c) the brokerage commissions, fees and bonuses payable by landlords in Comparable Transactions (whether to tenant’s agent, such landlord or any person or entity affiliated with such landlord), as compared to any such amounts payable by Landlord to the broker(s) identified with respect to the transaction for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined; (d) the time value of money; (e) any material difference between the definition of rentable area and the ratio of project rentable to useable square feet in Comparable Transactions, as compared to such figures applicable to the space for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined; and (f) the extent to which charges for parking by tenants in Comparable Transactions vary from those payable by Tenant under the Lease.
     2.  Sealed Estimates . In the event the Lease requires Fair Market Rental Rate to be determined in accordance with this Exhibit, Landlord and Tenant shall meet within ten (10) business days thereafter and each simultaneously submit to the other in a sealed envelope its good faith estimate of Fair Market Rental Rate (the “Estimates”). If the higher Estimate is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower Estimate, then Fair Market Rental Rate shall be the average of the two Estimates. If such simultaneous submission of Estimates does not occur within such ten (10) business day period, then either party may by notice to the other designate any reasonable time within five (5) business days thereafter and any reasonable place at or near the Building for such meeting to take place. In the event only one party submits an Estimate at that meeting, such Estimate shall be Fair Market Rental. In the event neither party submits an Estimate at that meeting, the transaction for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined shall be deemed cancelled and of no further force or effect.
     3.  Selection of Arbitrators . If the higher Estimate is more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower Estimate, then either Landlord or Tenant may, by written notice to the other within five (5) business days after delivery of Estimates at the meeting, require that the disagreement be resolved by arbitration. In the event neither party gives such notice, the transaction for which Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined shall be deemed cancelled and of no further force or effect. Within five (5) business days after such notice, the parties shall select as arbitrators three (3) mutually acceptable independent MAI appraisers with experience in real estate activities, including at least five (5) years experience in appraising comparable space in the Applicable Market (“Qualified Appraisers”). If the parties cannot timely agree on such arbitrators, then within the following five (5) business days, each shall select and inform the other party of one (1) Qualified Appraiser and within a third period of five (5) business days, the two appraisers (or if only one (1) has been duly selected, such single appraiser) shall select as arbitrators a panel of three additional Qualified Appraisers, which three arbitrators shall proceed to determine Fair Market Rental Rate pursuant to Section 4 of this Exhibit. Both Landlord and Tenant shall be entitled to present evidence supporting their respective positions to the panel of three arbitrators.
     4.  Arbitration Procedure . Once a panel of arbitrators has been selected as provided above, then as soon thereafter as practicable each arbitrator shall select one of the two Estimates as the one which, in its opinion, is closer to Fair Market Rental Rate. Upon an Estimate’s selection by two (2) of the arbitrators, it shall be the applicable Fair Market Rental Rate and such selection shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If the arbitrators collectively determine that expert advice is reasonably necessary to assist them in determining Fair Market Rental Rate, then they may retain one or more qualified persons, including but not limited to legal counsel, brokers, architects or engineers, to provide such expert advice. The party whose Estimate is not chosen by the arbitrators shall pay the costs of the arbitrators and any experts retained by the arbitrators. Any fees of any counsel or expert engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party retaining such counsel or expert.

Exhibit F — Page 1


 

     5.  Rent Pending Determination of Fair Market Rental Rate . In the event that the determination of Fair Market Rental Rate has not been concluded prior to commencement of the applicable rental period for the applicable space for which the Fair Market Rental Rate is being determined, Tenant shall pay Landlord Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustment Deposits as would apply under Landlord’s Estimate pursuant to Section 2 of this Exhibit until the Fair Market Rental Rate is determined. In the event that the Fair Market Rental Rate subsequently determined is different from the amount paid for the applicable period, then within thirty (30) days after such determination, Tenant shall pay Landlord any greater amounts due and Landlord shall credit Tenant (against the next Monthly Base Rent installments due) for any reduction in the amounts due.

Exhibit F — Page 2


 

EXHIBIT G
TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY
Tenant’s Personal Property shall mean the following items belonging to Tenant, it being acknowledged that if any of the following are affixed to the Premises in the normal manner for such item, it shall still be deemed to be Tenant’s Personal Property:
1.   Water deionization/purification systems;
 
2.   Facility vacuum system;
 
3.   Facility clean dry air system;
 
4.   Telecommunications systems;
 
5.   Computer network systems;
 
6.   Waste neutralization and monitoring systems;
 
7.   Trash compactor system;
 
8.   Satellite and/or radio frequency signal receivers/transmitters;
 
9.   Compressed gas distribution system;
 
10.   Audio-visual equipment;
 
11.   Electronic security and monitoring systems;
 
12.   Back-up and emergency electrical power equipment;
 
13.   Laboratory casework including fume hoods;
 
14.   Moveable benches and tables;
 
15.   Office furniture and equipment;
 
16.   Bicycle lockers;
 
17.   Shower room lockers;
 
18.   Laboratory equipment including autoclaves, glass washers, ice makers, cage washers, dryers, environmental chambers;
 
19.   Servery equipment ( i.e. , equipment used in food service, in the break area or kitchen area)
 
20.   Fermentation system equipment;
 
21.   Such other items installed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense during the term of the Lease as are agreed to in writing by Tenant and Landlord to be Tenant’s Personal Property.

Exhibit G — Page 1


 

EXHIBIT H
FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
FOR INTERNAL IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY
Our No. __________ Other __________
Applicant ___________________________
     
TO:
  Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
 
  [Address]
 
  Attention: Director, EIM
IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. ___________
     We hereby establish this irrevocable Letter of Credit in favor of the aforesaid addressee (“Beneficiary”) for drawings up to United States $500,000.00 effective immediately. This Letter of Credit is issued, presentable and payable at our office at [issuing bank’s address in either San Francisco or San Jose] and expires with our close of business on ___, 20___.
     The term “Beneficiary” includes any successor by operation of law of the named Beneficiary including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator.
     We hereby undertake to promptly honor your sight draft(s) drawn on us, indicating our Credit No. ___, for all or any part of this Credit if presented at our office specified in paragraph one on or before the expiry date or any automatically extended expiry date.
     Except as expressly stated herein, this undertaking is not subject to any agreement, condition or qualification. The obligation of [issuing bank] under this Letter of Credit is the individual obligation of [issuing bank] , and is in no way contingent upon reimbursement with respect thereto.
     It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it is deemed to be automatically extended without amendment for one year from the expiry date hereof, or any future expiration date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to an expiration date we notify you by registered mail that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit renewed for any such additional period.
     This Letter of Credit is transferable by the Beneficiary and by any successive transferees at no charge or cost to Beneficiary or any transferee. Transfers of this Letter of Credit are subject to receipt of Beneficiary’s (and subsequently, transferee’s) instructions in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 accompanied by the original Letter of Credit and amendments(s) if any.
     This Letter of Credit is subject to and governed by the Laws of the State of New York and the 1993 revision of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits of the International Chamber of Commerce (Publication 500) and, in the event of any conflict, the Laws of the State of New York will control. If this Credit expires during an interruption of business as described in article 17 of said Publication 500, the bank hereby specifically agrees to effect payment if this Credit is drawn against within 30 days after the resumption of business.
         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
       
 
       
 
  [issuing bank]    

Exhibit H — Page 1


 

Schedule 1 to Letter of Credit
[Bank — then current issuer of Letter of Credit]
         
c/o
       
 
       
 
       
     
 
       
     
         
Attention:
       
 
       
Re: Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. ________________
Ladies & Gentlemen:
     The undersigned acknowledges receipt of your advice No. ___of a credit issued in our favor, the terms of which are satisfactory. We now irrevocably transfer the said credit and all amendments and extensions thereof, if any, to:
 
[Name of Transferee]
 
[Address]
     You are to inform the transferee of this transfer and such transferee shall have sole rights as beneficiary under the credit, including any amendments, extension or increases thereof, without notice to or further assent from us.
     This transfer is at no charge or cost to Beneficiary or the transferee.
             
    Yours very truly,    
 
           
    Beneficiary    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           

Exhibit H — Page 2


 

RIDER 1
COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation (“Landlord”), and Genomic Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), have entered into a certain Lease dated as of        , 2005 (the “Lease”).
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to confirm and memorialize the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Lease as provided for in Section 2.02(b) of the Lease;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
     1. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.
     2. The Initial Premises Commencement Date of the Term of the Lease is        .
     3. The Expiration Date of the Term of the Lease is        .
     4. Tenant hereby confirms the following:
  (a)   That it has accepted possession of the premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease;
 
  (b)   That the Landlord Work, if any, is Substantially Complete; and
 
  (c)   That the Lease is in full force and effect.
     5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect and binding on the parties hereto.
     6. The Lease and this Commencement Date Agreement contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between the Landlord and the Tenant relating to the subject matter herein. No prior other agreements or understandings pertaining to such matters are valid or of any force and effect.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Commencement Date Agreement and such execution and delivery have been duly authorized.
                     
TENANT:       LANDLORD:    
             
 
                   
Genomic Health, Inc.,       Metropolitan Life Insurance Company,    
a Delaware corporation       a New York corporation    
 
                   
By
          By        
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
  Print name           Print name    
 
                   
Its
          Its        
 
                   
(Chairman of Board, President or Vice President)                
 
                   
By
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
  Print name                
 
                   
Its
                   
 
                   
(Secretary, Assistant Secretary, CFO or Assistant Treasurer)                

Rider 1 — Page 1


 

RIDER 2
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
This Rider 2 (“Rider”) is attached to and a part of a certain Lease by and between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation, as Landlord, and Genomic Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (for purposes of this Rider, “Genomic”), as Tenant, for the Premises as described therein (the “Lease”).
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS; FORCE AND EFFECT
Capitalized terms used in this Rider shall have the same meanings set forth in the Lease except as otherwise specified herein and except for terms capitalized in the ordinary course of punctuation. This Rider forms a part of the Lease. Should any inconsistency arise between this Rider and any other provision of the Lease as to the specific matters which are the subject of this Rider, the terms and conditions of this Rider shall control.
SECTION 2. PREMISES; CONDITION; DELIVERY; CONSTRUCTION PERIOD; COMMENCEMENT DATE
     2.1. Premises Consisting of Initial Premises & of Expansion Premises. The Premises is classified in two parts, namely the Initial Premises and Expansion Premises, for purposes of determining and providing separately as to each part for the Delivery Date, respective Commencement Dates and certain other rights and obligations of the parties, as more particularly provided in this Rider 2, the Workletter and other provisions of this Lease.
     2.2 AS-IS Condition . Tenant acknowledges that it presently occupies all of the Expansion Premises as subtenant under the Prior Sublease described in Section 2.4 below and that prior to the Execution Date Tenant has inspected the Initial Premises. Tenant hereby leases and Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in its AS IS condition, without any express or implied representations or warranties of any kind by Landlord, its brokers, manager or agents, or the employees of any of them regarding the Premises; and Landlord shall not have any obligation to construct or install any tenant improvements or alterations or to pay for any such construction or installation except to the extent of the Allowance, all as specifically provided in the Workletter. Any Tenant Work and Landlord Work, if any, shall be subject to and governed by the Workletter and other applicable provisions of this Lease.
     2.3. Initial Premises: Projected Delivery Date; Delivery Date; Commencement Date; Tenant’s Obligations During Construction Period .
     (a) Landlord shall tender to Tenant possession of the Initial Premises in its AS IS condition described in Section 2.2 (but free of all prior occupants and their personal property) no later than 2 business days after execution of this Lease (the “Projected Delivery Date”). On the date Landlord actually tenders to Tenant possession of the Initial Premises (the “Delivery Date”), the Premises shall be subject to, and Tenant shall observe and perform, all the conditions and covenants applicable to Tenant under this Lease, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Rider. During the period (the “Construction Period”) from the Delivery Date until the Initial Premises Commencement Date, in recognition of Tenant’s construction and installations in, and preparation of, the Premises for the use and occupancy permitted by this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments. The Term of this Lease shall be as shown in Section 1.01(5) of the Basic Lease Provisions and the Initial Premises Commencement Date of the Term shall be the date which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date Tenant commences its business operations in the Initial Premises beyond operations in the Temporary Space (described below), or (ii) five (5) months after the Delivery Date. To the extent permitted by Law and that Tenant obtains any and all necessary approvals and permits for such use, during the Construction Period Tenant may use part of the Initial Premises for the conduct of business by up to twenty (20) employees of Tenant without obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent for the space so used (“Temporary Space”), but Tenant shall be obligated to pay its pro rata share of Rent Adjustment Deposits and Rent Adjustment with respect to the Temporary Space based upon the number of square feet of Rentable Area of the Temporary Space to the Rentable Area of the Building, Phase and Project.
     (b) Within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the Initial Premises Commencement Date, upon request by Landlord, Tenant and Landlord shall enter into an agreement (which is attached to this Lease as Rider 1) confirming the Initial Premises Commencement Date and the Expiration Date. If Tenant fails to enter into such agreement, then the Initial Premises Commencement Date and the Expiration Date shall be the dates designated by Landlord in such agreement.
     (c) If Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the Initial Premises on the Projected Delivery Date by reason of the following: (i) the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants or occupants, or (ii) for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the failure to give possession on said date. Under such circumstances, by operation of Subsection (a) above, the Delivery Date and Initial Premises Commencement Date are automatically adjusted and determined in relation to the date Landlord actually tenders possession of the Initial Premises to Tenant. No such failure to deliver possession on the originally scheduled Projected Delivery Date shall affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of the Tenant hereunder.
     2.4. Expansion Premises: Prior Sublease; Certain Restoration Obligations; Delivery; Commencement Date . Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that (i) Tenant presently occupies all of the Expansion Premises as Subtenant pursuant to a Sublease from Corixa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Corixa”) as Sublandlord, dated as of June 1, 2001, to which Landlord consented by that certain Consent Letter dated as of June 12, 2001 by and between Landlord, Tenant and Corixa, as such Sublease was amended by the Amendment to Sublease dated as of October 29, 2003, to which Landlord consented by that certain Consent Letter by and between Landlord, Tenant and Corixa, as such Sublease was further amended by the Second

Rider 2 — Page 1


 

Amendment to Sublease dated as of January 31, 2005, to which Landlord consented by that certain Consent Letter by and between Landlord, Tenant and Corixa dated as of February, 2005 (the Sublease, as amended, is referred to as the “Prior Sublease”); and (ii) the term of the Prior Sublease and of the underlying prime lease between Corixa and Landlord will terminate February 28, 2006. Upon such termination, Landlord shall not require Tenant or Corixa to remove any of the existing improvements or alterations installed pursuant to the Prior Sublease and Corixa lease in the Premises and to restore the Premises to its condition prior to such installation, provided however that upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove any fixtures or equipment installed by Corixa or Tenant which contain Hazardous Material, and to repair any damage caused by such removal. The Expansion Premises is leased and accepted by Tenant in its AS IS condition described in Section 2.2. Possession of the Expansion Premises for purposes of this Lease is hereby acknowledged and agreed to be delivered to Tenant by Landlord as of the date of March 1, 2006. Immediately after February 28, 2006, Tenant shall continue in occupancy of the Expansion Premises hereunder. The Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be March 1, 2006, and the Term of the lease of the Expansion Premises shall continue through the Expiration Date, as defined in Section 1.03 at the beginning of this Lease.
SECTION 3. MONUMENT SIGNAGE.
     (a)  Grant of Right . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 6.06 of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to place Tenant identification on one line of the existing, exterior monument sign for the Building in which the Premises are located, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (“Exterior Sign Right”).
     (b)  General Conditions & Requirements . The size, type, style, materials, color, method of installation and exact location of the sign, and the contractor for and all work in connection with the sign, contemplated by this Section shall (i) be subject to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances and with any covenants, conditions and restrictions of record which affect the Property; (ii) be subject to Tenant’s compliance with all requirements of Landlord’s current Project signage criteria at the time of installation; (iii) be consistent with the design of the Building and the Project; (iv) be further subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, install, maintain in first class appearance and condition, and remove such sign.
     (c)  Removal & Restoration . Upon the expiration or termination of the Exterior Sign Right, but in no event later than the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove such sign and shall repair and restore the area in which the sign was located to its condition prior to installation of such sign.
     (d)  Right Personal . The Exterior Sign Right under this Section is personal to Genomic Health, Inc., and may not be used by, and shall not be transferable or assignable (voluntarily or involuntarily) to any person or entity.
SECTION 4. OPTION TO EXTEND.
     (a) Landlord hereby grants Tenant a single option to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period of five (5) years (such period may be referred to as the “Option Term”), as to the entire Premises as it then exists, upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section (the “Option To Extend”), and provided that at the time of exercise of such option (and each Option, if more than one Option is granted): (i) Tenant or a Permitted Transferee which has satisfied the requirements of Sections 10.01 and 10.05 of the Lease must be conducting regular, active, ongoing business in, and be in occupancy (and occupancy by a subtenant, licensee or other party permitted or suffered by Tenant shall not satisfy such condition) of the entire Premises; and (ii) there has been no material adverse change in Tenant’s financial position from such position as of the date of execution of the Lease, as certified by Tenant’s independent certified public accountants, and as supported by Tenant’s certified financial statements, copies of which shall be delivered to Landlord with Tenant’s written notice exercising its right hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may reasonably conclude there has been a material adverse change if Tenant’s independent certified public accountants do not certify there has been no such change.
     (b) Tenant’s election (the “Election Notice”) to exercise the Option To Extend must be given to Landlord in writing no earlier than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date and no later than the date which is nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date. If Tenant either fails or elects not to exercise the Option to Extend by not timely giving its Election Notice, then the Option to Extend shall be null and void, including, if more than one Option is granted, the then applicable Option to Extend and all further Options to Extend.
     (c) The Option Term (and each Option Term, if more than one Option is granted) shall commence immediately after the expiration of the preceding Term of the Lease. Tenant’s leasing of the Premises during the Option Term shall be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions contained in the Lease except that (i) Tenant shall pay the “Option Term Rent”, defined and determined in the manner set forth in the immediately following Subsection; (ii) the Security shall be increased to an amount that is the same percentage or proportion of Option Term Rent as the prior amount of Security was in relation to Rent for the Term prior to the Option Term, but in no event shall the Security be decreased; and (iii) Tenant shall accept the Premises in its “as is” condition without any obligation of Landlord to repaint, remodel, repair, improve or alter the Premises or to provide Tenant any allowance therefor, except to the extent tenants leasing space in Comparable Transactions receive an allowance pursuant to the definition of Fair Market Rental Rate defined in Exhibit F hereto, provided, however, Landlord by notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate, may elect to provide, in lieu of such allowance for alterations to the Offer Space, a rent credit equal to the amount of the allowance that would have otherwise been given, credited toward the rents applicable only to the Offer Space and due starting after such rent obligation commences. If Tenant timely and properly

Rider 2 — Page 2


 

exercises the Option To Extend, references in the Lease to the Term shall be deemed to mean the preceding Term as extended by the Option Term unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
     (d) The Option Term Rent shall mean the sum of the Monthly Base Rent at the Fair Market Rental Rate (as defined in Exhibit F ) plus Rent Adjustments and/or certain Operating Expenses (if applicable, based upon a step-up to change the base year or base amount for calculation of Operating Expenses in connection with determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate) plus other charges pursuant to the Lease payable to Landlord. The determination of Fair Market Rental Rate and Option Term Rent shall be made by Landlord, in the good faith exercise of Landlord’s business judgment. Within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s exercise of the Option To Extend, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate and Option Term Rent for the Premises. Tenant may, within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof, deliver to Landlord a written notice either: (i) accepting Landlord’s determination, in which case the extension shall be effective and binding (subject to Subsection (f) below) at the accepted rate; or (ii) setting forth Tenant’s good faith estimate, in which case Landlord and Tenant will promptly confer and attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Rate and Option Term Rent. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver such notice within such fifteen (15) day period shall be deemed its cancellation of the Option. In the event Tenant has delivered notice setting forth Tenant’s different estimate, but no agreement in writing between Tenant and Landlord on Fair Market Rental Rate and Option Term Rent is reached within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s estimate, the Fair Market Rental Rate shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit F . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, at no time during the Option Term shall the Option Term Rent be less than the “Preceding Rent” (defined below). The Preceding Rent shall mean the sum of the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease calculated at the rate applicable for the last full month of the Term preceding the Option Term plus the Rent Adjustments payable by Tenant under the Lease (if applicable, using the base year for calculation of Base Operating Expenses applicable for the last full month of the Term preceding the Option Term), plus other charges pursuant to the Lease payable to Landlord. To the extent that Tenant pays directly the utility or service provider for utilities or services which Tenant is to obtain directly pursuant to the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay such amounts, but such amounts shall not be counted as part of the Preceding Rent or the Fair Market Rental Rate as used herein. Further, in the event that Landlord notifies Tenant that the Option Term Rent shall equal the Preceding Rent, such determination shall be conclusive and binding to set the Preceding Rent as the Option Term Rent for the Option Term, Tenant shall not be entitled to dispute or contest such determination, and the extension shall be effective and binding (subject to Subsection (f) below).
     (e) Promptly after final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate, Landlord shall prepare a memorandum confirming the specific dates, amounts and terms of the extension for the Option Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Option to Extend, in the form of an amendment to the Lease, and Tenant shall execute such amendment within five (5) business days after Landlord and Tenant agree to the form of the proposed amendment and Landlord shall execute it promptly after Tenant. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the failure of Landlord to prepare such amendment or of either party to execute an amendment shall not affect the validity and effectiveness of the extension for the Option Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Option to Extend.
     (f) Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable at any time prior to commencement of the Option Term, to terminate all of the provisions of this Section with respect to the Option to Extend, whereupon any prior or subsequent exercise of this Option to Extend shall be of no force or effect:
     (i) Tenant’s failure to timely exercise or timely to perform the Option to Extend in strict accordance with the provisions of this Section.
     (ii) The existence at the time Tenant exercises the Option to Extend or at the commencement of the Option Term of a Default on the part of Tenant under the Lease or of any state of facts which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such a Default.
     (iii) Tenant’s third Default under the Lease prior to the commencement of the Option Term, notwithstanding that all such Defaults may subsequently be cured.
     (g) Without limiting the generality of any provision of the Lease, time shall be of the essence with respect to all of the provisions of this Section.
     (h) This Option to Extend is personal to Genomic Health and may not be used by, and shall not be transferable or assignable (voluntarily or involuntarily) to any person or entity other than a Permitted Transferee which is an assignee of the Lease and which has satisfied the requirements of Sections 10.01 and 10.05 of this Lease, and such Permitted Transferee may exercise the right without Tenant joining in or consenting to such exercise, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under the Lease, including those resulting from any such exercise with the same force and effect as if Tenant had joined in such exercise.

Rider 2 — Page 3

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 13, 2005, except for the ninth paragraph of Note 1 as to which the date is September 8, 2005, in Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1, Registration No. 333-126626) and the related Prospectus of Genomic Health, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Palo Alto, California
 
Palo Alto, California
September 23, 2005